DESTACO Clamping Technologies Catalog

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 364
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document provides an overview of various clamping and automation products offered by Destaco including end effectors, grippers, indexers, manual clamps, power clamps, and remote handling equipment.

Destaco offers end effectors, grippers, indexers, manual clamps, power clamps, and remote handling equipment across different industry segments to improve manufacturing productivity and quality.

Destaco has global locations in North America, South America, Asia, and Europe including facilities in Brazil, Spain, Netherlands, UK, France, India, Thailand, China, and several locations across the US and Germany.

Clamping Technology

Netherlands
UK

Auburn Hills, MIUSA


Red Wing, MN USA

France

Mt. Juliet, TN USA

Wheeling, ILUSA

Germany
China

Spain

Thailand

Brazil

Global Locations
NORTH AMERICA

ASIA

DESTACO Headquarters
Auburn Hills, Michigan
Toll Free: 1.888.DESTACO
Marketing: [email protected]
Customer Service: [email protected]

Thailand
Tel: +66-2-326-0812
Customer Service: [email protected]

Mt. Juliet, Tennessee


Tel: 1.888.DESTACO
Customer Service: [email protected]
Wheeling, Illinois
Tel: 1.800.645.5207
Customer Service: [email protected]
Red Wing, Minnesota (Central Research Laboratories)
Tel: 651.385.2142
Customer Service: [email protected]

SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Tel: 0800-124070
Customer Service: [email protected]

Volume 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic

Vol 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic | July 2016

India

Clamping Technology

China
Tel: +86-21-6081-2888
Customer Service: [email protected]
India
Tel: +91-80-41123421-426
Customer Service: [email protected]

EUROPE
Germany
Tel: +49-6171-705-0
Customer Service: [email protected]
France
Tel: +33-4-7354-5001
Customer Service: [email protected]
UK
Tel: +44-1902-797980
Customer Service: [email protected]
Spain
Tel: +34-936361680
Customer Service: [email protected]
Netherlands
Tel: +31-297285332
Customer Service: [email protected]

Copyright, 2016 DESTACO. All rights for layout, photos and text rest with the publisher
DESTACO. All photomechanical or other reproductions only with our express permission.
All sales are based on our terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment.

MC_CTV1-C_0716_US

End Effectors

Grippers

Indexers

Manual Clamps

Power Clamps

Remote Handling

PRODUCT CATALOG

destaco.com

ABOUT DESTACO

our portfolio of products

Precision in Productivity

DESTACO Mission Statement


Enable optimal manufacturing productivity through a comprehensive suite of easy to integrate
high-performance, precision automation, workholding and containment solutions.
Focused - Dedicated talent and resources to help manufacturers improve precision and productivity

End Effectors (EE)

Grippers (GR)

Tool Changers

Electric Grippers

End-of-Arm Tooling

Pneumatic and Sheet Metal Grippers

Vacuum Products

Rotates

Palletizing Solutions

Slides

Indexers (IN)

Power Clamps (PC)

Precision Conveyors

Power Clamps

Dial Indexers

Pin Clamps and Packages

Shaft and Flange Indexers

Pivot Units

Part Handlers

Power Cylinders

Manual Clamps (MC)

Remote Handling (RH)

Hold Down

Gloveport Systems

Squeeze Action

Transfer Systems

Plunger, Hook and Latch

Telemanipulators

Pneumatic Toggle and Swing

Waste Drum Systems

Insightful - Full line of products improves production flexibility and meets any manufacturing requirement
Comprehensive - Through perspective gained on plant floors around the world, we deliver unique,
creative solutions nobody else can
Global - Production, customer and technical support worldwide, wherever you need us

Focused

Insightful

Comprehensive

Global

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TOC-1

A legacy of
performance
and dependability
Whether on the
workbench or on
the line, DESTACO
is always at the
point of precision.

For more than 100 years, weve focused


our resources on providing great
products, service and reliability for all
market segments around the world.
Today, our insight and high-performance
automation and workholding products
continue to help manufacturers improve
productivity and quality while reducing
scrap and production costs.

End Effectors

Grippers

Indexers

Precision in Productivity

Manual Clamps

Power Clamps

Remote Handling

destaco.com

Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Vertical Hold Down Clamps................................................................ MC-VHD

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps...........................................................MC-HHD

Straight Line Action Clamps................................................................. MC-SLA

Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps......................................... MC-VSC

Pull Action Latch Clamps......................................................................MC-PAL

Squeeze Action Clamps....................................................................... MC-SAP

Accessories........................................................................................ MC-ACC

Carver Clamps....................................................................................MC-CVR

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.................................................................... MC-PTC

Pneumatic Swing Clamps.................................................................... MC-PSC

Pneumatic Power Cylinders.................................................................. MC-PPC

MC-TOC-2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TOC-3

Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Pneumatic Power Clamps..................................................................... PC-PPC

Technical Appendix...............................................................................MC-TEC

Hydraulic Clamping Technology.......................................................... MC-HYD

Product Index...................................................................................... MC-IND

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TOC-3

Manual clamping custom solutions


Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
Below are some examples of standard products modified to customer specified custom solutions.
If there is no product that fits your needs, we will partner with your to design a product that fits.

Model 330
Standard Product

Model 2002-U
Standard Product

Model 604
Standard Product

330-201 Stainless steel clamp with


special hook and locking tab

2002-200 with bar cut and


bolt retainer welded on

604-229 Stainless steel straight


line clamp used in chemical
machining process

Contact us today to get started on your custom application: [email protected]

Markets

Industrial

Aerospace

Food & Packaging

Transportation

Consumer Goods

Welding

Fixture and Testing

CNC/Machining

White Goods/
Appliance

Applications

Assembly

MC-TOC-4

Woodworking

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TOC-5

Making our products special for you


Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
DESTACO offers three levels of modifications for customizing our manual clamping products to fit
our customers specified applications. Depending on the severity of the modifications, quoting times
may take longer.
Model 630-M
Standard Product

Model 202
Standard Product

Level 1 Modifications:

Alternate standard accessories


Removal of grips
Alternate plating/coating
Alternate vinyl dipping
Quotes within 1 day*
202-200 without grip,
with imperial threaded
spindle

630-38 with electroless nickel plating

Model 2002-U
Standard Product

Level 2 Modifications:

Handle and arm extensions


Custom hooks for pull-action clamps
Cut-off handles and arms
Drilled & tapped arms
Quotes within 3 days*

2002-201 with special T-handle

Level 3 Modifications:

Model 624/624-MM
Standard Product

Engineered modifications
Special plungers for straight line action clamps
Quotes within 5 days*
Model 802-U
Standard Product

624-MM-872 with modified handle and


square plunger

802-U219 with handle for manual operation

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

(*) All inquiries subject to minimum order


MC-TOC-5

Page: MC-VHD-#

2002
3

2007
7

2010
9

201
11

202
13

207
17

210
21

247
23

267
23

5905
27

5910
27

5915
27

5105
29

5110
29

528
31

548/578
32

533/535
33

558
35

91090
36

317
37

527
39

7-101
40

7-58

40

7-59

40

7-60

40

229

41

501

43

503

43

505

43

506

43

MC-VHD-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Overall Height
mm [inch]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

275+ [10.83+]

250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Height Under
Clamping Bar
mm [inch]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

100+ [3.94+]

85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]

55 to 70 [2.17 to 2.76]

40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]

Max. Holding Capacity


N [lbf.]

25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]

0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]

10000+ [2250+]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

Series

vertical hold down clamps

Sizing and Application Chart


Overal
mm

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Excellent/High

MC-VHD-2

Fair/Medium

Poor/Low

Harsh/Dirty

Mounting
Style

Normal

Welded

Flanged Base

Arm
Style

Straight Base

Solid Arm Version

Standard
Material

U-Bar Version

Accom. Workpiece Variation

Toggle Lock Plus

Stainless Steel

Suitable Application Area

Steel

Duty Cycle

Food Processing

Closures

Woodworking

Machining

Checking Fixtures

Overal Width
mm [inch]

Assembly

Welding

100+ [3.94+]

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

Overall Length
mm [inch]

20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]

0 to 20 [0 to 0.78]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Height
inch]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

275+ [10.83+]

250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

MC-VHD-2

vertical hold down clamps


Sizing and Application Chart
Service
Environment

Not Recommended

2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Large hand clearance for improved safety


Bolt pattern interchangeable with 202 Series
Three times the holding capacity of 202 Series
Hardened bushings at key pivot points
Near vertical clamping contact
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accepts M6 or 1/4 spindle accessories

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2002-U
Flanged
Base
U-Bar

2002-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2002-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2002-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

2002-UB-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
U-Bar

2002-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

2002-UR
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2002-SR
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2002-UBR
Straight Base
U-Bar

2002-SBR
Straight Base
Solid Bar

2002-U207
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2002-UR207
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Interchangeable
with 207 Series

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Interchangeable
with 207 Series,
DESTACO
Toggle
Lock Plus

This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-4

2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar
Max. Holding
OpenCapacity
ing(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

2002-U

--

215208-M

215105

2002-U-LS-BLK

--

--

215105-BLK

2002115-E

--

--

--

215208-M

215105

--

--

215105-BLK

2002115-E

--

--

--

215208-M

215105

2002115-E

--

--

--

215208-M

215105

2002115-E

--

--

--

215208-M

215105

Model

Weight

(+10 )

2002-S

0,22kg
[0.48lb]

2002-UB
2002-UB-LS-BLK
2002-SB

75

66

2700 N
[600 lbf]

2002-UR
2002-SR

0,25kg
[0.55lb]

2002-UBR
2002-SBR
2002-U207

90

72

2002-UR207

75

57

0,26kg
[0.57lb]

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

2002-( )

[1.12]
28,5

[1.45]
37

[2.64]
67

[3.66]
93

[600 lbf]
2700N

[295 lbf]
1310N

11:1

5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X
X1
X2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-4

2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2002-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2002-U207/2002-UR207
with interchangeable Series 207
Mounting Pattern

[4.27]
108,5
[0.24]
6,1
[0.12]
3

[0.98]
25

[1.95]
49,4

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED

75

[0.12]
3
[0.25]
6,4

[4.72]
119,9

[5.28]
134,1

[0.50]
12,7

[1.25]
31,7

[0.90]
22,9

[0.23]
5,8

[0.24]
6,1

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

[1.93]
49

[0.95]
24,2

[0.50]
12,7

[1.52]
38,6

2002-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

[0.94]
23,9

[5.01]
127,3

[0.12]
3

[0.18]
4,5

[0.13]
R 3,3

[3.32]
84,2

[1.76]
44,7

66

[0.50]
12,7

[1.28]
32,5

[1.34]
34,0

[0.48]
[0.24] 12,2
6,1

[1.91]
48,5

[3.29]
83,5

[1.06]
27

[0.43]
10,8

[0.22]
5,6

[0.22]
5,6
[0.75]
19,1

[1.36]
34,5

MC-VHD-5

[1.95]
49,4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.14]
R3,6

[1.06]
26,9

[0.11]
R 2,8
[0.22]
5,6

[1.25]
31,8

[0.90]
22,9

Model
2002-U207

90

72

2002-UR207

75

57

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-6

vertical hold down clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-6

2007 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Large hand clearance for improved safety


Bolt pattern interchangeable with 207 Series
Over two times the holding capacity
of 207 Series
Hardened bushings at key pivot points
Near vertical clamping contact

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accepts M8 or 5/16 spindle accessories

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2007-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2007-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2007-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2007-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

2007-UB-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
U-Bar

2007-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

2007-UR
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2007-SR
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2007-UBR
Straight Base
U-Bar

2007-SBR
Straight Base
Solid Bar

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

2007-U

--

2007208-M

507107

2007-U-LS-BLK

--

--

507107-BLK

2007115-E

--

--

--

2007208-M

507107

--

--

507107-BLK

2007115-E

--

--

--

2007208-M

507107

2007-SR

2007115-E

--

--

2007-UBR

--

2007208-M

507107

2007115-E

--

--

Model

(+10 )

Weight

(+10 )

2007-S
2007-UB
2007-UB-LS-BLK
2007-SB

4450 N
[1000 lbf]

76

2007-UR

2007-SBR

64

0,54kg
[1.20lbs]

This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-8

2007 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

2007-( )

[1.59]
40,5

[1.95]
49,5

[3.92]
99,5

[5.16]
131

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[470lbf.]
2090N

10:1

5.3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X
X1
X2

Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2007-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[6.60]
167,5

[0.33]
8,3

[1.78]
45,1

[0.12]
3,0

76

66

M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED

[7.17]
182,0

[0.75]
19,1

[0.25]
6,4

[0.16]
4,2

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

[7.94]
201,6

[1.25]
31,8

[2.88]
73,2

[0.18]
4,5
[1.68]
42,7

[0.34]
8,6
[4.82]
122,4

2007-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

[0.75]
19,1

[1.25]
31,8

[0.34]
8,6

[0.17]
R 4,3

[0.16]
4,2

[1.25]
31,8

[1.25]
31,8

[1.94]
49,3
[0.24]
6,1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[1.94]
49,3

[0.28]
7,1

MC-VHD-8

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

2010 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Large hand clearance for improved safety


Bolt pattern interchangeable with 210 Series
Over two times the holding capacity
of 210 Series
Hardened bushings at key pivot points
Near vertical clamping contact

Applications:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accepts M10 or 3/8 spindle accessories

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2010-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2010-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2010-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

2010-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

2010-UR
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2010-SR
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

2010-UBR
Straight Base
U-Bar

2010-SBR
Straight Base
Solid Bar

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

2010-U

---

240208-M

235106

2010-S

2010115-E

---

---

---

240208-M

235106

2010115-E

---

---

---

240208-M

235106

2010-SR

2010115-E

---

---

2010-UBR

---

240208-M

235106

2010115-E

---

---

Model

(+10 )

Weight

(+10 )

2010-UB
2010-SB
2010-UR

6230 N [1400 lbf]

78

2010-SBR

66

1,16kg [2.56lbs]

This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-10

2010 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities

AF

Y
EF

HC
2

EF

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

2010-( )

[2.04]
51,8

[2.44]
62

[4.88]
124

[7.00]
178

[1400lbf.]
6230N

[720lbf.]
3200N

13:1

6:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

HC
1

X
X1
X2

Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
[7.51]
190.6

2010-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.42]
10.6

[0.75]
18.9

[0.16]
4.2

[1.41]
35.7

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

66

78

M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[9.08]
230.7
[1.13]
28.7

[2.62]
66.6

2010-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

[10.00]
254.1

[1.70]
43.1

[0.43]
10.9
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[3.55]
90.3

[0.64]
16.3
[0.21]
R5.2

[0.27]
6.9

[6.09]
154.6
[2.53]
64.3

[1.25]
31.8
mm [INCH]

[1.78]
45.2
[0.33]
8.3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.34]
8.7

MC-VHD-10

[2.62]
66.5

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

mm [INCH

FIRST ANG
PROJECTIO

201 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Smallest series in the Vertical Handle series


Stainless steel version available

201-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Woodworking

201-TU
Flanged
Base, U-Bar,
T-Handle

201-UB
Straight Base

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


812-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-3)

201-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

100

55

0,70kg [0.15lbs]

(+10 )

(+10 )

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

305208-M

102111

201943-M

102911

201-U
201-UB

440 N [100 lbf]

201-TU
201-USS

560 N [125 lbf]

Holding Capacities
AF

Model

X1

X2

[1.75]
44,5

[2.25]
57
[1.38]
35
[2.25]
57

U/UB
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

TU

[0.87]
22

[1.06]
27

USS
X

HC1

HC2

[100lbf.]
440N

[55lbf.]
245N

[125lbf.]
560N

[60lbf.]
270N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
9:1

6:1

8.4:1

4:4:1

9:1

6:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X1
X2

MC-VHD-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-12

201 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UB/-TU/-USS


201-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.73]
18,6

[0.21]
5,4

[0.13]
3,3

55

[1.92]
48,8

M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED
[0.63]
15,9
[3.53]
89,7

100

[0.31]
8,0

[3.08]
78,3

[2.25]
57,3

[3.53]
89,7

[0.88]
22,4

[0.16]
4,0

201-UB
Straight Base

[0.20]
5,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[1.04]
26,4

[0.08]
2,0

[2.04]
51,8

[1.00]
25,4
[0.18]
4,7

[0.63]
16,0

[0.94]
24,0
[0.17]
4,3

[1.04]
26,4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-12

[1.34]
34,0

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

mm [INC

FIRST AN
PROJECT

202 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Two bar styles available


Low profile T-Handle version available
Available in stainless steel
Accommodates M6 or spindle accessories
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


802-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-5)

202-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

202-UL
Flanged Base
Long U-Bar

202-USS
Flanged Base
U-bar, Stainless Steel

202
Flange Base
Solid Bar

202-SS
Flanged Base
Solid Bar
Stainless Steel

202-UB
Straight Base
U-bar

202-B
Straight Base
Solid Bar

202-TU
Flanged Base
U-bar,
T-Handle

202-T
Flanged Base
Solid Bar
T-Handle

202-U-L
Flanged Base
Open U-Bar

202-U-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
Open U-Bar

202-UB-L
Straight Base
Open U-Bar

202-UB-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
Open U-Bar

202305
Flanged Grip.
Provides added safety
and protection. Fits all
202 Series (except
T-Handle) clamps.
Order separately.

This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-14

202 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
202-U

Accessories (Supplied)

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

(+10 )

(+10 )

890 N [200 lbf]

202-UL
202-USS

Weight

0,16kg [0.35lbs]

1110 N [250 lbf]

202

890 N [200 lbf]

202-SS

0,15kg [0.33lbs]

1110 N [250 lbf]

202-UB

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

202208-M

215105

202943-M

215905

202208-M

---

205943-M

---

202208-M

215105

---

---

0,16kg [0.35lbs]
105

202-B

65

202-TU

0,15kg [0.33lbs]
0,17kg [0.38lbs]

202-T

890 N [200 lbf]

202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK

0,16kg [0.35lbs]

202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Model

AF

X1

X2

[1.25]
32

[2.25]
57
[2.88]
73
[2.25]
57

202-U
Y
EF

HC
2

EF

202-USS

HC
1

202
X
X1

X2

202-UL

---

202-SS

[1.25]
32

202-UB
202-B
202-TU
202-T

[0.79]
20

--[1.25]
32
---

[1.88]
48
[2.25]
57
[1.88]
48
[2.25]
57
[1.88]
48

HC1

[3.42]
87

[200 lbf]
890N

[3.00]
76
[3.42]
87
[3.00]
76

[250 lbf]
1110N

[3.42]
87

[2.13]
54

----[200 lbf]
890N
--[200 lbf]
890N
---

HC2
[140 lbf]
625N
[150 lbf]
670N
[170 lbf]
760N
[200 lbf]
890N
[250 lbf]
1110N
[140 lbf]
625N
[200 lbf]
890N
[140 lbf]
625N
[200 lbf]
890N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
5:1
10:1

4:1
5:1

---

8:1

10.1

5:1

---

8:1

11:1

7:1

---

6:1

10:1

5:1

202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK
202-UB-L

[1.25]
32

[2.25]
57

[3.42]
87

[200 lbf] [140 lbf]


890N
625N

202-UB-L-BLK
Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force
This item is available upon request
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-14

202 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-USS/-SS/-UB/-B/-TU/-T
202-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.26]
6,5

[0.50]
12,6

K
H

106

[3.56]
90,4

65

M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[3.30]
83,7

[2.86]
72,8
[0.74]
18,7

[1.12]
28,4

[0.25]
6,3

[0.12]
3,1

[0.93]
23,6

[0.12]
3,1

[0.43]
10,9
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.50]
12,7

Open Bar
Option

[1.06]
26,9

See page
MC-ACC-7
for complete
offering of open
bar accessories
Flanged Base
Model
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK

[4.31]
109,5 [4.75]
120,6

[0.25]
6,4
[1.00]
25,4

[0.99]
25.1

Bar Style

[0.25]
6.4
[1.50]
38.1
[2.51]
63.6

Straight Base
Model
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK

MC-VHD-15

[1.57]
39,8

[0.22]
5,6

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Clamp Models

202-U/202-UB/
202-USS/202-TU

[1.73]
44,1

[0.98]
25

202-UL

[2.29]
58,1

[1.51]
38,4

202/202-B/
202-T/202-SS

[1.08]
27,4

---

202-U-L/
202-UB-L

[1.50]
38,1

---

This item is available upon request


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-16

vertical hold down clamps


Application Example
Application Areas
Clamping during the assembling, drilling, testing, gluing,
locking of covers and much more. The vertical clamp is the
most frequently used product whenever clamping products
are to be integrated with a manual fixture.
The essential product features
In the clamping position, the handle is vertical
Vertical clamps open at an angle between 75 and 215
Vertical clamps are offered with U-shaped or heavy-duty
solid clamping bars
Vertical clamps have a straight or flanged base.
The heavy-duty vertical clamps possess a base that
can be welded on without a hole pattern

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-16

207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

L argest selection of arm and mounting


options
Low profile T-Handle version available
Available in stainless steel
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


807-U Pneumatic toggle clamp
(See page MC-PTC-8)
807-S Pneumatic toggle clamp
(See page MC-PTC-8)
Accepts M8 or 5/16 spindle accessories

207-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

207-UL
Flanged Base
Long U-Bar

207-USS
Stainless
Flanged Base
U-Bar

207-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

207-L
Flanged Base
Long Solid Bar

207-TU
Flanged Base
T-Handle
U-Bar

207-TUL
Flanged Base
T-Handle
Long U-Bar

207-UR
Flanged Base
U-Bar
with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

207-LR
Flanged Base
Long Solid Bar

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

207-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

207-ULB
Straight Base
Long U-Bar

207-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

207-LB
Straight Base
Long Solid
Bar

207-LBR
Straight Base
Long Solid
Bar with

207-UF
U-Bar
Dual Mount

207-U-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
Open U-Bar

207-UB-L
Straight Base
Open Bar

207-UB-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
Open U-Bar

207-SF
Solid Bar
Dual Mount

207-U-L
Flange Base
Open Bar

207305
Flanged Grip. Provides added safety and protection. Fits all
207 Series (except T-Handle) clamps. Order separately.
MC-VHD-17

DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-18

207 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information


Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar
Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

Handle
Opening

(+10 )

Bolt
Spindle
Retainer Assembly

Weight

(+10 )

207-U

0,30kg [0.67lb]

207-UR

1670 N [375 lbf]

0,45kg [1.00lb]

---

225208-M

507107

---

207943-M

507907

207105

---

---

---

225208-M

507107

207105

---

---

0,33kg [0.72lb]

---

---

507107

0,43kg [0.94lb]

---

225208-M

507107

0,38kg [0.84lb]

207105

---

---

207-UL

0,30kg [.67lb]

207-USS

2000 N [450 lbf]

0,32kg [0.70lb]

207-S

0,31kg [0.69lb]

207-L

2220 N [500 lbf]

0,34kg [0.74lb]

207-LR

99

207-UB

0,45kg [1.00lb]

57

1670 N [375 lbf]

207-ULB

0,33kg [0.72lb]

207-SB

0,31kg [0.69lb]

207-LB

2220 N [500 lbf]

0,34kg [0.75lb]

207-LBR

0,45kg [1.00lb]

207-TU

1670 N [375 lbf]

207-TUL
207-UF

1670 N [375 lbf]

96

207-SF

2220 N [500 lbf]

90

56

207-U-L

507107

207-U-L-BLK

1670 N [375 lbf]

207-UB-L

57

99

0,38kg [0.84lb]

---

---

207-UB-L-BLK

Flanged
Washers

507107-BLK
507107
507107-BLK

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
AF

Model

U/UB/UR
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

USS
X
X1

X2

UL/ULB

S/SB
L/LR
LB/LBR
TU
TUL
U-L
UB-L

[1.28]
32,6

X1

X2

[2.00]
50,8
[3.88]
98,5
[2.00]
50,8
[2.88]
73,0

[3.75]
95,3
[5.00]
127

[2.88]
73,0

[5.00]
127

[2.00]
50,8
[3.88]
98,5

[3.75]
95,3
[5.00]
127

[2.00]
50,8

[3.75]
95,3

Dimensions shown mm [inch]

[3.75]
95,3

HC1

HC2

[450 lbf]
2000N

[225 lbf]
1000N
[150 lbf]
670N
[240 lbf]
1070N

[500 lbf]
2220N

[350 lbf]
1560N

[3.66]
9

[375 lbf]
1670N

[225 lbf]
1000N
[150 lbf]
670N

[4.90]
124,5

[375 lbf]
1670N

[2225 lbf]
1000N

[375 lbf]
1670N
[4.90]
124,5

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

12:1

6:1

7:1

4:1
5:1

10:1

5:1
6:1

4:1

4:1

3:1

12:1

6:1

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-18

7:1

207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-S/-L/-TU/-TUL/-UR/-LR/-UB/-ULB/-SB-/-LB/-LBR

207-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar
U-BAR/LONG U-BAR

[0.33]
8,4

[0.56]
14,3

[1.15]
29,3

[3.12]
79,2

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

57

99
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED
T-HANDLE

[4.43]
112,4

[0.63]
16

[6.93] [7.48]
176 189,9

[1.25]
31,8
FLANGED
BASE

FLANGED
BASE

STRAIGHT
BASE

[0.12]
3
[0.24]
6

[1.55]
39,4

[0.32]
8,1

[0.12]
3

STRAIGHT
BASE

RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

207-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

[0.34]
8,7
SOLID BAR/LONG SOLID BAR

[0.75]
19

[1.73]
44

[1.25]
31,8
[0.24]
6

[0.31]
8

[0.28]
7,2

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.38]
35

Bar Style

Clamp Models

207-U/207-UR/207-TU/207-UB

[2.14]
54,4

[1.30]
33

207-UL/207-ULB/207-TUL

[3.84]
97,6

[2.94]
74,6

207-S/207-SB

[2.21]
56,2

---

207-L/207-LR/207-LB/207-LBR

[3.48]
88,4

---

This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-20

207 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | Dual Mount


[3.20]
81,2

[0.34]
8,7

Model
207-SF

[0.25]
6,4

[0.63]
16

[1.00]
25,4

57

56

Model
207-UF
M8 OR 5/16

[0.63]
16

[0.12]
3,1
[2.69]
68,2

[1.50]
38,1

[1.38]
35,1

[1.50]
38,1
[0.45]
11,4
[3.69]
93,7

[0.63]
16

[8.30]
210,8

[0.28]
7,1

[1.50]
38,1

[0.13]
3,3

90

[0.44]
11,2

[1.30]
33
[0.34]
8,6

[1.38]
35,1

[2.68]
68,2
[5.03]
127,7

[1.86]
47,2

[1.00]
25,4

[0.44]
11,2
[0.63]
16

[0.12]
3

[0.27]
6,7

This item is available upon request

Stainless Steel

Open Bar Option


See page MC-ACC-7 for
Complete offering of
Open bar accessories

[0.33]
8,3

[2.11]
53,5

[1.00]
25,3

[0.59]
15
[4.44]
112,9

Flanged Base
Model
207-U-L
207-U-L-BLK

99

[1.30]
33
ADJ,
[0.33]
8,4

[1.30]Model
33207-USS[2.21]
56,1
ADJ,

[2.21]
56,1

[0.33]
8,4

[3.41]
86,6

M8 OR
5/16

[5.63]
143
[0.12]
3,1

[0.63]
16

[3.41]
86,6

[1.25]
31,7

[1.56]
39,6
[0.75]
19,1
[0.31]
7,9

Straight Base
Model
207-UB-L
207-UB-L-BLK

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

57

MC-VHD-20

[0.18]
4,6

[0.28]
7,1

[1.75]
44,3
[1.38]
35,1

[1.25]
31,6

210 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available


Available in stainless steel
Accommodates M10 or 3/8 spindle accessories

Applications:

Assembly & test


Light machining
Light welding

210-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

210-USS
Flanged Base
U-bar, Stainless
Steel

210-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

210-UR
Flanged Base
U Bar

210-SR
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

210-TU
Flanged Base
U Bar,
T-Handle

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


810-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-9)
810-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-9)

210-UB
Straight Base
U-bar

210-SB
Straight Base,
Solid Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model
210-U
210-USS
210-S

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

2670 N [600 lbf]

2670 N [600 lbf]

210-SB

3340 N [750 lbf]

210-UR

2670 N [600 lbf]

210-SR

3340 N [750 lbf]

210-TU

2670 N [600 lbf]

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

240208-M

235106

237943-M

235906

210114

237943-M

---

---

240208-M

235106

210114

---

---

---

240208-M

235106

210114

---

---

---

---

235106

---

3340 N [750 lbf]

210-UB

Bolt
Retainer

0,59kg [1.29lbs]
103

58

0,73kg [1.60lbs]
0,62kg [1.36lbs]

MC-VHD-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-22

210 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacties


AF

Model

X1

U/UB/UR
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

USS
S/SR/SB
X

[1.54]
39

TU

X1

X2

[2.38]
60,5

[4.88]
124

[3.62]
92,0

[5.25]
133

[2.38]
60,5

[4.88]
124

[6.75]
171,5

[4.50]
114,5

HC1

HC2

[600lbf.]
2670N

[290lbf.]
1290N

[750lbf.]
3340N

[360lbf.]
1600N

[750lbf.]
3340N

[500lbf.]
2220N

[600lbf.]
2670N

[290lbf.]
1290N

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

14:1

7:1

9:1
11:1
5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X2

Dimensions | -U/-USS/-S/-UB/-SB-/-UR/-SR/-TU
210-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[6.70]
170,2

[2.35]
59,7

[0.40]
10,2

[0.95]
24

[1.16]
29,4
DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

[6.02]
152,9
103

58

M10 OR 3/8

[1.67]
42,4

[5.43]
137,9
[0.79]
20

[0.31]
8

210-SR
Flanged Base
Solid Bar
with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

[8.19]
208

[0.12]
3

[9.11]
231,5

[2.20]
55,9
[0.35]
9

[0.12]
3

[3.65]
92,8
[5.54]
140,8
[0.31]
8

[1.26]
32

[0.26]
R 6,5
[1.77]
45

[2.56]
65
[0.31]
8

[1.89]
48
[5.51]
140

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-22

[0.33]
8,3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

247, 267 Series


Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Hardened steel bushings


Large bar guides for greater
lateral stability on Model 247
Series 247 accommodates M12
or 1/2 spindle accessory
Series 267 accommodates M16
or 5/8 spindle accessory
247-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Assembly & test


Light machining
Welding

247-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

247-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


847-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-15)
847-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-15)

267-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

267-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

Note:
Clamps shown with included accessories.

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

4400 N [1000 lbf]

120

67

247-UB
267-U

5340 N [1200 lbf]

267-S

140

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

1,07kg [2.36lbs]

---

247208-M

247109

1,08kg [2.36lbs]

247110

---

---

1,07kg [2.36lbs]

---

247208-M

247109

2,18kg [4.80lbs]

---

267203-M

267102

1,98kg [4.36lbs]

110122

---

---

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

12:1

6:1

10:1

5:1

(+10 )

247-U
247-S

Weight

72

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

247-S
267-U

X
X1
X2

Model
247-U/
247-UB

267-S

X
[1.69]
43

[2.50]
63,5

X1

X2

[3.00]
76,2
[4.56]
115,8
[4.00]
101,6
[6.00]
152,4

[6.13]
155,7
[7.00]
177,8
[8.00]
203,2
[8.75]
222,3

HC1

[6.71]
170,5

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[9.25]
235

[1200lbf.]
5340N

HC2
[480lbf.]
2140N
[650lbf.]
2900N
[600lbf.]
2670N
[820lbf.]
3650N

18:1
8:1
12:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information. This item is available upon request

MC-VHD-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-24

247, 267 Series


Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB
[4.88]
123,8

247-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[3.15]
80

[1.36]
34,6

M12 OR 1/2
IF SUPPLIED

[8.86]
225

120
67

[0.87]
22,2

[9.58]
243,4

[1.98]
50,3
[2.33]
59,3
[0.19]
4,7

[0.38]
9,6

247-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

[0.39]
10
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.57]
14,4

[4.89]
124,2

[1.26]
32
[1.77]
45

[0.38]
9,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.37]
9,4

[2.52]
64

[0.35]
8,8

[2.00]
50,8

MC-VHD-24

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

267 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
267-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[5.87]
149,1
[3.92]
99,7

[1.61]
40,8

140

M16 OR 5/8
IF SUPPLIED

72

[11.97]
304
[1.25]
31,8

[3.08]
78,3

[1.89]
48
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

267-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

[0.19]
4,7

[5.87]
149,1
[8.87]
225,3

[5.88]
149,2
[0.64]
16,3

[2.00]
50,8

[0.38]
9,5

[2.75]
69,8

[3.74]
95

[0.50]
12,7
[3.00]
76,2

MC-VHD-25

[0.48]
12,3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-26

vertical hold down clamps


Application Examples

Model 210-U
used in an airframe
assembly fixture

Model 210-U
shown being used
in a checking fixture
application.

Model 533-LB
and 227-UB shown
with black finish in
a fixture for used for
optical inspection.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-26

5905, 5910, 5915 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 igh strength forged clamping arm for
heavy-duty service
Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
Black oxide finish

5905/5910/5915
Flanged Base

Welding fixtures
Assembly fixtures

5905-B/5910-B
Solid Base

Technical Information
Model
5905
5905-B
5910
5910-B
5915

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

[750lbf.]
3340N

135

70

[1600lbf.]
7120N

132

71

[2750lbf.]
12230N

147

74

Max. Holding
Capacity

(+10 )

Weight

(+10 )

[1.08lbs] 0,49kg
[0.82lbs] 0,37kg
[2.84lbs] 1,29kg
[2.24lbs] 1,02kg
[6.44lbs] 2,92kg

Removable handle stop


can be repositioned to limit
opening angle to 90.

MC-VHD-27

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-28

5905, 5910, 5915 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions

HANDLE
OPENING

BAR
OPENING

H1

C1
C
A4

B2

A3

A5

B3

C2

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

B B1

A2

A
A1
L

Model

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

B3

C1

C2

H1

5905

[1.00] [1.50] [0.25] [1.51] [0.25] [2.49] [1.50] [2.13] [0.59] [1.02] [1.27] [0.51] [0.24] [0.29] [0.56] [6.51] [6.75] [4.02]
25,4 38,1
6,4
38,4
6,4
63,2 38,1 54,1 15,0 25,9 32,3 12,9
6,1
7,3
14,2 165,4 171,4 102.10

5910

[1.50] [2.24] [0.37] [2.25] [0.25] [3.76] [2.00] [2.76] [0.75] [1.57] [1.75] [0.75] [0.24] [0.41] [0.75] [9.04] [9.27] [6.02]
38,1 56,9
9,4
57,2
6,4
95,5 50,8 70,1 19,1 39,9 44,5 19,1
6,1
10,5 19,1 229,5 235,5 152.88

5915

[2.00] [2.95] [0.48] [2.99] [0.38] [5.00] [2.75] [3.88] [0.98] [1.97] [2.37] [1.00] [0.35] [0.55] [1.00] [10.89] [11.25] [7.50]
50,8 74,9 12,2 75,9
9,7 127,0 69,9 98,6 24,9 50,0 60,2 25,4
8,9
14,0 25,4 276,7 285,7 190.50

Model

A3

A5

B2

B3

5905-B

[1.51] [2.49] [0.59] [1.02] [0.56] [6.24]


38,4 63,2 15,0 25,9 12,2 158,5

5910-B

[2.25] [3.76] [0.75] [1.57] [0.75] [8.72]


57,2 95,5 19,1 39,9 19,1 221,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-28

5105, 5110 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

H
 igh strength forged clamping arm for
heavy-duty service
Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
Black oxide finish
Large clearance under the clamping bar
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available

Applications:

Welding fixtures
Assembly fixtures

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

5105-R/5110-R
Flanged Base

5105-B/5110-B
Soild
Base

5105/5110
Flanged Base

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

5105-BR/5110-BR
Solid Base

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Model

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

5105
5105-B
5105-R

Weight

(+10 )

[1.12lbs] 0,51kg
[700lbf.]
3100N

89

159

[1.06lbs] 0,48kg
[1.10lbs] 0,50kg

5105-BR

[1.17lbs] 0,53kg

5110

[2.98lbs] 1,35kg

5110-B
5110-R

[1150lbf.]
5100N

74

5110-BR

138

[2.95lbs] 1,34kg
[3.00lbs] 1,36kg
[3.02lbs] 1,37kg

This item is available upon request.


Toggle Lock Plus locks the handle in the closed position only.

MC-VHD-29

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-30

5105, 5110 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions

BAR
OPENING

B3

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
H

C1

H1

HANDLE
OPENING

C4

C
C3

B2

C2

B4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]
F

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

A3

B1

A1
L

Model
5105
5105-R
5110
5110-R

5105-BR
5110-B
5110-BR

A2

B1

B2

B3

B4

C1

C2

C4

H1

-[1.00] [1.62] [0.31] [1.46] [2.24] [0.59]


[0.98] [0.51] [0.16] [2.54] [0.26] [0.56] [6.54] [4.13]
25,4 41,2
7,9
37
57
15
25
13,0
4,0
64,6
6,6
14,3 166,1 104,9
[1.48]
37,5
-[1.50] [2.50] [0.50] [2.00] [2.76] [0.79]
[1.26] [0.87] [0.20] [3.37] [0.35] [0.75] [8.70] [6.33]
38,1 63,5 12,7 50,8
70
20
32
22,0
5,0
85,6
9,0
19,1 221,1 160,9
[1.67]
42,5

Model
5105-B

A1

A3

B2

B3

B4

C1

C3

-[2.50] [0.59]
[0.98] [2.14] [0.51] [0.59] [0.56] [6.14]
63,5
15
25
54,3 13,0 15,0 14,3 156,0
[1.48]
37,5
-[3.54] [0.79]
[1.26] [3.05] [0.87] [0.98] [0.75] [8.39]
90
20
32
77,5 22,0 25,0 19,1 213,0
[1.67]
42,5

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-30

528 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 ardened steel bushings at pivot points
for long life
Solid bar may be modified to suit application
requirements

Assembly & test


Light machining
Welding
Medium to heavy
duty clamping
requirements

Technical Information

528-F
Front Mount
Base Solid Bar

528
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

Model

Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle


Opening Opening
Capacity
(+10 )
(+10 )

528

4450 N
[1000 lbf]

528-F

180

Weight

177

[2.50lbs]
1,13kg

528 Model
This item is available
upon request

Holding Capacities | Dimensions


Model
528

AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

528-F

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

[1.38]
35

[3.50]
89

[6.00]
152

[5.50]
140

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[580lbf.]
2580N

23:1

12:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
[6.91]
175,6

[0.75]
19

X
X1
X2

180
[8.64]
219,4

[0.87]
22,2

[2.60]
66,1

177

[2.07]
52,5
[0.24]
6
[3.40]
86,4
[3.94]
100,1

[0.50]
12,7

[2.25]
57,2

[1.25]
31,8
[1.77]
45

MC-VHD-31

[0.41]
10,4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-32

548, 578 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

L arge bar guides for lateral stability


Hardened steel pins and bushings for long life
Replaceable pins

Technical Information

578
Straight Base
Solid Bar

548
Straight Base
Solid Bar

Assembly & test


Light machining
Welding
Heavy duty
clamping
requirements

Model

Clamp Bar Handle


Opening Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

548

11100N [2500lbf]

578

17800N
548 / [4000lbf]
578 Model

(+10 )

(+10 )

199

129

Weight
2,40kg [5.30lbs]
4,14kg [9.12lbs]

Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

Model
548
Y

EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

578

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[2.75]
70
[4.25]
108

[3.50]
89
[4.50]
114

[6.00]
152
[7.00]
178

[7.50]
190
[10.31]
262

[2500lbf]
11100N
[4000lbf]
17800N

[1500lbf.]
6680N
[2500lbf.]
11100N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
4.5:1

3.4:1

7.6:1

4.2:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X
X1

OPENING

X2

C1

C
C2

L1

A1

B1
mm [INCH]

mm [IN

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST AN
PROJECT

B
F1

B2

Model
548
578

A1

B1

B2

C1

C2

F1

L1

[3.25]
82,6
[4.02]
102,1

[2.01]
51
[2.38]
60,5

[0.75]
19,1
[0.87]
22,1

[2.26]
57,5
[2.70]
68,6

[2.24]
56,9
[2.79]
70,9

[1.00]
25,4
[1.26]
32

[0.31]
7,9
[0.37]
9,5

[0.75]
19,1
[0.87]
22,1

[9.45]
240
[11.04]
280,3

[7.50]
190,5
[8.62]
219

[4.25]
107,9
[4.61]
117,1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-32

533, 535 Series


Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 ardened steel bushings and pivot pins
Large bar guides for greater lateral support
Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit
application requirements

533-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

Welding
Heavy duty
clamping
applications

535-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

533-LB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories

535-LB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model
533-L
533-LB
535-L
535-LB

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

7000 N [1575 lbf]


120
10000 N [2250 lbf]

MC-VHD-33

Weight

Bolt Retainer

1,00kg [2.20lbs]

533108-M

1,85kg [4.087lbs]

535108-M

(+10 )

90

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-34

533, 535 Series

535-L

Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions


F1
D3

533-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

D2

125

B
H

92
H1
C1

C5

A8

C6

D1

B2

C4
C3

C2

535-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

C7

A
L1

B1

A3

A1
D1

B3

B4

A4

B5

A1
L

Model
533-L
533-LB
535-L
535-LB
Model
533-L
533-LB
535-L
535-LB

A1

[1.18]
30

[2.36]
59,9

A3

A4

[0.08]
2
[0.59]
15

[1.77]
45

[2.95]
74,9

C3

C4

C5

--

--

[0.39]
9,9

--

A8

B1

B2

B3

[0.20]
5.1

[1.52]
38,6

[0.39]
9,9

[0.69]
15,5

[1.75]
44,5

B4

B5

[1.77]
45

[2.44]
62

[1.86]
47,2

--

--

--

[2.05]
52,1

[2.87]
72,9

[2.63]
66,8

--

--

--

H1

[8.6]
218,4

--

--

[9.31]
236,5

[0.18]
4,6

[1.89]
48

[0.47]
11,9

[0.89]
22,6

[2.13]
54,1

C6

C7

D1

D2

D3

F1

--

[2.24]
56,9

--

--

[0.59]
15

[1.86]
55,1

--

[2.56]
65

[0.22]
5.6

[0.33]
8,4

[0.35]
8,9

[0.59]
15

[0.39]
9,9

--

--

--

[3.13]
79,5

--

--

[0.59]
15

[0.79]
20,1

[2.95]
74,9

--

[3.44]
87,4

[0.30]
7,6

[0.79]
20,1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.41]
10,4

[0.43]
10,9

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

15

MC-VHD-34

C1

C2

[0.79]
20,1
[0.19]
4,8
[0.98]
24,9

L1

[4.92]
125

[2.56]
65

[10.35]
-[0.47] 262,9
[6.30]
11,9
[11.26] 160
-286

[3.35]
85,1

558 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 orged alloy steel handle and links for
rugged service
Hardened steel pins and bushings
Hold down bar can be machined to suit
application requirements

Also Available:

Welding
Heavy duty
clamping
requirements

Model 858 Pneumatic Toggle clamp


See page MC-PTC-17

Technical Information

558

558

Clamp Bar Handle


Opening Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

(+10 )

(+10 )

192

64

11100 N [2500 lbf]

Weight
2,27kg [5.0lbs]

Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1

HC1

HC2

558

65,8
[2.59]

76,2
[3.00]

[2500 lbf]
11100 N

[1500 lbf]
6680 N

Dimensions shown mm [inch] ,

[1.34]
34

HC = Holding Capacity

OPENING

X1
X2

[11.19]
284,3

[1.00]
25,4

[0.44]
11,1

[3.74]
95
[2.13]
54

[4.91]
124,7

[1.94]
49,2

[8.00]
203,2
[1.00]
25,4

MC-VHD-35

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-36

91090 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 ront flange mount
Accepts M8 or 5/16 spindle accessory
(not supplied)

Also Available:

Assembly & test


Checking fixtures
Light machining
Woodworking

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories

91090
Front Flanged Base
Open Bar

Technical Information | Dimensions


Recommended Accessories
Model
91090

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

100

60

0,37kg [0.81lbs]

---

507208-M

507107

(+10 )

1710 N [385 lbf]

(+10 )

[0.31]
8
[0.13]
3,2

[0.28]
7
[1.46]
37
[1.31]
33,4
[1.98]
50,4

[0.62]
15,8

[2.40]
60,9

[0.63]
16

[7.89]
200,4

[3.35] [2.72]
85,0
69

[0.79]
20

[3.02]
76,7
[4.72]
120

[4.72]
120
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-36

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

317 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

D
 ual mounting surfaces
Large bar opening angle
Accommodates M8 or 5/16
spindle accessories

317-U
U-Bar

Assembly & test


Checking fixtures
Light machining
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


817-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-21)
817-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-21)

317-S
Solid Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
317-U

1670 N [375 lbf]

317-S

1780 N [400 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

185

60

0,34kg [0.75lbs]

(+10 )

(+10 )

Bolt
Retainer

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

---

507208-M

507107

207105

---

---

Holding Capacities
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model
317-U
317-S

X
X1

X1

X2

[1.57]
40,0

[2.00]
50,8
[2.50]
63,5

[3.75]
95,3
[5.00]
127,0

HC1

HC2

[4.00]
101,6

[375 lbf]
1670 N
[400 lbf]
1780 N

[200lbf.]
900N
[190lbf.]
850N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
17:1

8:1

13:1

5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

X2

MC-VHD-37

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-38

317 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions


[2.53]
64,3

317-U
U-Bar

[0.34]
8,6

[1.97]
50

[0.28]
7,1

M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED

OPENING

[0.63]
16

[2.68]
68,1

[1.38]
35,1

[0.63]
16

[0.27]
6,7
[1.00]
25,4

[5.28]
134

[1,02]
26
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[4.00]
101,6

[1.50]
38,1

317-S
Solid Bar

[0.34]
8,7

[0.63]
16

[1.50]
38,1

[0.25]
6,4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.27]
6,7

[0.44]
11,2
[3.20]
81,2

[1.00]
25,4

[1.38]
35,1

MC-VHD-38

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

527 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 ardened steel bushings at pivot points
Solid bar can be modified to suit application
requirements
Thumb lever on link for easy opening

527
Flanged Base

527-F
Front Mount

Assembly & test


Light machining
Woodworking

Technical Information
Model
527
527-F

Max. Holding
Capacity
4450 N [1000 lbf]

v
Clamp Bar Handle
Opening Opening
(+10 )

(+10 )

195

65

Weight
[2.50lbs]
1,13kg

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

Model
527
Y

EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

527-F

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[3.12]
79,2
[2.53]
64,3

[3.50]
89,0

[6.00]
152,4

[4.00]
101,6

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[580lbf.]
2580N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
23:1

12:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

[6.78]
172,2

[0.75]
19

X1
X2

[2.47]
62,8

OPENING
[0.75]
19
[2.17]
55,1

[3.87]
98,2

[0.19]
4,8

[3.25]
82,6
[3.84]
97,6

[0.87]
22,1
[2.22]
56,4

[1.25]
31,8
[0.87]
22,1

MC-VHD-39

[1.83]
46,5
[8.14]
206,8

[0.41]
10,4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-40

7-101, 7-58, 7-59, 7-60 Series


Heavy Duty Cam Action Series | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

C
 am action accommodates variable
workpiece thickness
Heavy duty construction
Solid clamp arms may be modified to
suit application requirements

7-101

Light machining
Welding
Assembly

Technical Information

7-58
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

Clamp Bar
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

7-101

2110 N [475 lbf]

80

0,45kg [1.0lbs]

7-58

2670 N [600 lbf]

95

0,91kg [2.0lbs]

7-59

4450 N [1000 lbf]

95

1,36kg [3.0lbs]

7-60

7120 N [1600 lbf]

80

2,27kg [5.0lbs]

Dimensions

OPENING

C1
S MAX
C3
C

L2
L3

C2

B
F1

A3

B1

L1

A1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Model

A1

A3

B1

C1

C2

C3

F1

L1

L2

S max.

7-101

[0.75]
19,1

[1.25]
31,8

[0.25]
6,1

[1.25]
31,8

[1.75]
44,5

[1.44]
36,6

[0.50]
12,7

[0.31]
7,9

[1.00]
25,4

[0.22]
5,6

[0.50]
12,7

[5.00]
127

[4.63]
117,6

[3.12]
79,3

[0.13]
3,3

7-58

[1.00]
25,4

[1.69]
42,9

[0.34]
8,6

[1.62]
41,2

[2.25]
57,2

[1.87]
47,5

[0.56]
14,2

[0.38]
9,7

[1.12]
28,5

[0.28]
7,1

[0.50]
12,7

[7.00]
177,8

[6.99]
177,6

[2.55]
64,8

[0.13]
3,3

7-59

[1.38]
35,1

[2.06]
52,3

[0.39]
9,9

[1.88]
47,8

[2.50]
63,5

[2.19]
55,6

[0.63]
16

[0.44]
11,2

[1.25]
31,8

[0.34]
8,6

[0.63]
16

[8.50]
215,9

[6.00]
152,4

[3.50]
88,9

[1.24]
31,5

[0.19]
4,8

7-60

[1.62]
41,2

[2.44]
62

[0.44]
11,2

[2.12]
53,9

[2.88]
73,2

[2.50]
63,5

[0.88]
22,4

[0.50]
12,7

[1.44]
36,6

[0.41]
10,4

[0.75]
19,1

[9.50]
241,3

[7.40]
188

[4.38]
111,3

[1.97]
50

[0.25]
6,4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-40

229 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

C
 am action clamp holds workpieces
of varying height
T
 otal clamping range of 8mm [.31in.]
A
 ccommodates M12 or accessories

Assembly & test


Light machining
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories

229
Flanged Base
Open Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
229

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

115

180

1,17kg [2.59lbs]

229203

247109

(+10 )

4450 N [1000 lbf]

(+10 )

Holding Capacities
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1

X2

229

[1.53]
38,9

[3.00]
76,2

[6.12]
155,4

[7.06]
179,3

HC1

HC2

[1000lbf.] [500lbf.]
4450N
2230N

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity,


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

7:1

3:1

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

X
X1
X2

MC-VHD-41

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-42

229 Series

Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions


229
Flanged Base
Open Bar

[1.41]
35,9

[0.49]
12,4

[3.81]
96,8

115

M12 OR 1/2"
IF SUPPLIED

180
[10.30]
261,6

[0.31]
8,0
MAX.

[1.00]
25,4

[2.05]
52,1
[0,80]
20,4
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.19]
4,7

[5.26]
133,5
[7.13]
181,1
[0.33]
8,4
[2.00]
50,8

[0.50]
12,7

[2.75]
69,9

[0.88]
22,2
[1.88]
47,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-42

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Hardened

pivot pins and bushings
Weldable clamping bar
LSC version with locking spring clip for securing
the handle in the open position
Modular design allows you to set up the
clamp to meet application requirements

Applications:
Welding
Assembly
Heavy duty,
production
clamping
applications

501-B
Swivel Base

501-LB
Long Base

503-MB
Swivel Base

503-MLBLSC
Long Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

505-MB
Swivel Base

505-MLB
Long Base

506-MB
Swivel Base

506-MLB
Long Base

506-MBLSC
Swivel Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

Model 505-MLB in a robotic welding fixture

MC-VHD-43

Also Available:

See page MC-VHD-46for accessories

503-MLB
Long Base

503-MBLSC
Swivel Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

505-MBLSC
Swivel Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

505-MLBLSC
Long Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

506-MLBLSC
Long Base
with Locking
Spring Clip

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-44

500 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information
Model
501-B
501-LB

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

0,18kg [0.40lbs]

2000 N [450 lbf]

0,20kg [0.44lbs]

503-MB
503-MLB
503-MBLSC

0,70kg [1.54lbs]
7000 N [1575 lbf]

0,80kg [1.76lbs]

503-MLBLSC

0,90kg [1.98lbs]

505-MB
505-MLB
505-MBLSC

Weight

(+10 )

200
11000 N [2475 lbf]

1,40kg [3.09lbs]
1,50kg [3.31lbs]

505-MLBLSC

1,60kg [3.53lbs]

506-MB

2,60kg [5.73lbs]

506-MLB
506-MBLSC

22500 N [5060 lbf]

506-MLBLSC

Note:
The clamping bars are made from
forged alloy steel and must be heated
to 200C(400F) prior to welding.
We recommend welding the handles,
clamp arms, and mounting bases
when disassembled. Welding of non
pre-heated parts may only be done
with the addition of welding fillers.

2,80kg [6.17lbs]
3,00kg [6.61lbs]

This item is available upon request

Clamping Position

Patented spring latch hold-open device


1. M
 ount the clamp and place it in the closed position
2. P
 osition the bracket in the leaf spring

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Open Position

3. S
 wivel the clamp into the open position
4. In this position, weld the bracket with
the bar guide feature at point

MC-VHD-44

500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -B/-LB/-MB/-MLB/-MBLSC/-MLBLSC
Swivel Base

Long Base
B

D1

D1

Opening

Opening

H2

H1

H3

H3

R
60

R
60

A2

A1

B1
B3

A1

B1
B2

A4
A3

B3
LSC-version

LSC-version

503-MB
Swivel Base

503-MLB
Long Base

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Swivel Base Dimensions


Model
501-B
503-MB
503-MBLSC
505-MB
505-MBLSC
506-MB
506-MBLSC

A1

A2

B1

B3

D1

[1.13]
28,6

[0.56]
14,3

[0.75]
19,1

[0.79]
20,0

[0.25]
6,4

[1.09]
27,8

[0.19]
4,8

[0.50]
12,7

[1.12]
28,5

[1.54]
39,2

[0.50]
12,8

[1.12]
28,5

[1.52]
38,5

[0.39]
10

[1.82]
46,2

[0.31]
8

[0.69]
17,5

[1.96]
49,8

[2.22]
56,5

[1.02]
25,9

[1.38]
35

[1.89]
48

[0.48]
12,3

[2.31]
58,6

[0.37]
9,5

[0.87]
22,2

[2.79]
70,8

[2.82]
71,7

[1.27]
32,3

[1.97]
50

[1.91]
48,4

[0.63]
16

[2.72]
69

[0.47]
12

[0.94]
24

[3.45]
87,7

H1

H3

[2.20]
56

[0.37]
9,5

[3.51]
89,1

[0.53]
13,5

[1.10]
28

[4.33]
110,1

[0.72]
18,3

[1.29]
32,8

[5.30]
134,6

[0.84]
21,4

[0.79]
20

Long Base Dimensions


Model
501-LB
503-MLB
503-MLBLSC
505-MLB
505-MLBLSC
506-MLB
506-MLBLSC

A1

A3

A4

B1

B2

B3

D1

H2

H3

[1.13]
[1.13] [0.56] [0.79] [0.25] [0.51] [1.09] [0.19] [0.50] [1.12] [1.32] [2.21] [0.37]
28,6 [0.50] 28,6 14,3
20
6,4
13
27,8
4,8
12,7 28,5 33,5 56,1
9,5
12,8
[1.54]
[1.75] [0.75] [1.52] [0.39] [0.79] [1.82] [0.31] [0.69] [1.96] [1.97] [3.51] [0.53]
39,2
44,5
19
38,5
10
20
46,2
8
17,5 49,8
50
89,1 13,5
[2.22] [1.02] [2.09] [1.08] [1.89] [0.48] [0.88] [2.31] [0.37] [0.87] [2.79] [2.50] [4.33] [0.72]
56,5 25,9
53
27,5
48
12,3 22,3 58,6
9,5
22,2 70,8 63,5 110,1 18,3
[0.84]
[2.82] [1.27] [2.58] [1.45] [1.91] [0.63] [1.10] [2.72] [0.47] [0.94] [3.45] [3.00] [5.30] 21.4
71,7 32,3 65,5 36,9 48,4
16
28
69
12
24
87,7 76,2 134,6 [8.43]
214

MC-VHD-45

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-46

500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Accessories
Features:

Applications:

Used

with 500 Series Vertical Clamps
Allows you to customize the clamp to
suit application requirements

Also Available:

Welding
Assembly
Heavy duty, production
clamping applications

See page MC-VHD-43


for clamp linkage

H1

HANDLE

L3
D1

C1

L2
S

CLAMP BAR

A A1

BASE PLATE

B
B1

Use
with

Part No.

Handle

Clamping Bar

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Base Plate

D1

H1

C1

L2

L3

A1

B1

6x10

61

15

15

40

10

25

40

35

50

6.3

18

129.5

503 503501

25

20

50

503502

25

40

35

50

6.3

22

159

505 505501

30

25

60

12

505502

40

60

30

50

8.1

28

188

506 506501

35

30

75

15

506502

50

70

45

65

8.1

501503
501 501501
503502
503503-L

505503-L

506503-L

This item is available upon request Note: Dimensions shown in millimeters.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VHD-46

Page: MC-HHD-#

2013
3

2017
5

2027
7

213
9

217
11

227
13

237
15

245
17

205
19

215
21

225
23

235
25

305
27

307
27

309
27

206
29

5305
31

5310

31

MC-HHD-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

100+ [1.57+]

85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]

55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]

40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]

Height Under
Clamping Bar
mm [inch]

25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]

0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]

50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]

40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]

30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]

20 to 30 [0.79 to 1.18]

Max. Holding Capacity


N[lbf.]

10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.79]

0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

Series

horizontal hold down clamps

Sizing and Application Chart


Overall Height
mm [inch]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Excellent/High

MC-HHD-2

Fair/Medium

Poor/Low

Harsh/Dirty

Mounting
Style

Normal

Weld-On Mounting

Flanged Base

Arm
Style

Straight Base

Standard
Material

Solid Arm Version

U-Bar Version

Toggle Lock Plus

Stainless Steel

Suitable Application Area

Steel

Duty Cycle

Food Processing

Closures

Woodworking

Machining

Overal Width
mm [inch]

Checking Fixtures

Assembly

Welding

55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]

40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]

25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]

Overall Length
mm [inch]

0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]

250+ [9.84+]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

Height
nch]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

100+ [1.57+]

85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]

MC-HHD-2

horizontal hold down clamps


Sizing and Application Chart
Service
Environment

Not Recommended

2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Increased handle clearance reduces pinch points


Common mounting hole pattern to Model 213
Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action
Nearly 2 times the holding capacity Model 213
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Also Available:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking
Closures

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M5 or #10
spindle accessory

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2013-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2013-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base, U-Bar

2013-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp
Bar Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

2013-U
2013-U-LS-BLK

1310 N [295 lbf]

71

58

0,17kg [0.37lb]

2013-UR

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

2013208-M

102111

--

102111-BLK

2013208-M

102111

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

U/UR

[0.63]
16

[0.95]
24

[1.95]
49,5

[2.34]
59,5

[295lbf.]
1310N

[175lbf.]
780N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
6:1

4:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-4

2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UR
2013-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar
[0.21]
5,3

[2.65]
67,4

[0.10]
2,6

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

M5 OR #10-32
[0.75]
19,1
[1.30]
33,1
[0.30]
7,5
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.11]
2,7
[1.65]
42,0

[0.17]
4,3

[1.06]
26,9

[0.03]
0,8

[0.24]
6,1
[1.00]
25,4

[0.70]
17,7
[0.53]
13,5

[5.87]
149,2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

2017 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Increased handle clearance reduces pinch points


Common mounting hole pattern to Model 217
Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action
Over 2 times the holding capacity Model 217
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Also Available:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking
Closures

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M6 or
spindle accessory

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2017-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2017-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2017-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar
with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar
Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

2017-U
2017-U-LS-BLK

2500 N [560 lbf]

73

69

0,44kg [0.97lb]

2017-UR

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

215208-M

215105

--

215105-BLK

215208-M

215105

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

U/UR

[1.08]
27,4

[1.65]
42

[3.15]
80

[2.54]
64,5

[560lbf.]
2500N

[245lbf.]
1090N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
5:1

2.5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-6

2017 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UR
2017-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[8.65]
219,7

[0.24]
6,1

[2.20]
55,9

[0.12]
3,0

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

M6 OR 1/4-20
[0.98]
24,8
[1.95]
49,4
[0.20]
5,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.12]
3,0

[2.53]
64,2
[4.21]
106,8
[1.03]
26,2

[0.14]
R3.4

[1.21]
30,8

[1.86]
47,2
[0.32]
8,2

[0.11]
2,8
[1.68]
42,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-6

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

2027 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Increased handle clearance reduces pinch points


Common mounting hole pattern to Model 227
Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action
Over 1 times the holding capacity Model 227
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Also Available:

Checking fixtures
Assembly & test
Light machining
Woodworking
Closures

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M8 or 5/16
spindle accessory

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

2027-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2027-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

2027-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar
with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar
Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

2027-U
2027-U-LS-BLK

3740 N [840 lbf]

68

70

0,61kg [1.34lb]

2027-UR

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

2007208-M

507107

--

507107-BLK

2007208-M

507107

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

U/UR

[1.02]
25,8

[1.75]
44,5

[3.30]
83,8

[2.54]
64,5

[840lbf.]
3740N

[480lbf.]
2140N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
5:1

3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-8

2027 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UR
2027-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.33]
8,3
[2.22]
56,4
[0.12]
3,0

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

M8 OR 5/16-18
[1.32]
33,6
[0.75]
19,1
[2.25]
57,2

[0.28]
7,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.16]
4,2

[2.86]
72,7
[4.42]
112,3

[2.86]
72,8

[1.03]
26,2

[1.21]
30,8

[1.81]
45,9
[1.56]
39,6

[0.14]
R 3,4
[9.88]
250,9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-8

[0.11]
2,8

mm [INCH]

mm [INC

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANG
PROJECTIO

213 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Low profile
Large handle clearance in the open position
Available in stainless steel
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M5 or #10
spindle accessory

213-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

213-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

213-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

213-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

213-U-L
Flanged Base
Open Bar

213-U-L-BLK
Flanged Base
Open Bar

213-UB-L
Straight Base
Open Bar

213-UB-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
Open Bar

213-UB-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
U-Bar

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

213208-M

102111

--

102111-BLK

213-USS

201943-M

102911

213-UB

213208-M

102111

Model

(+10 )

Weight

(+10 )

213-U
213-U-LS-BLK

213-UB-LS-BLK

670 N [150 lbf]

90

60

102111-BLK

0,08kg [0.17lb]

213-U-L

102111

213-U-L-BLK

--

213-UB-L

102111

213-UB-L-BLK

102111-BLK
102111-BLK

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-10

213 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities


Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model
X
U/USS/UB [0.36]
9,3
U-L/UB-L

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[0.75]
19

[1.63]
41,4

[1.81]
46

[150lbf.]
670N

[70lbf.]
310N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
7:1

3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
213-U

Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
213-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.39]
9,8

[0.21]
5,4

[0.85]
21,5

M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED

OPENING

[0.37]
9,5

[1.39]
35,3

[0.16]
4,0

Series 213 Open Bar Options

Flanged Base
Model
213-U-L

213_U_L

See page MC-ACC-7 for


Complete offering of
Open bar accessories
[0.21]
5,4

[0.74]
18,8
[1.72]
43,8
[0.92]
23,3

[1.42]
36,0

[0.26]
6,6
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.53]
13,5 [0.75]
19,0

[1.06]
27,0
[0.17]
4,3

[0.23]
5,9

[0.06]
1,5

[1.00]
25,4
[4.05]
102,9

[1.23]
31,2

Straight Base
Model
213-UB-L
[0.25]

213-UB

[2.42]
61,4

[0.85]
21,5

Dimensions and technical information are6,4


subject to change without notice

[0.08]
2,0

MC-HHD-10

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

217 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Low profile
Large handle clearance in the open position
Available in stainless steel
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M6 or
spindle accessory

217-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

217-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

217-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

217-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

217-U-L
Flanged Base
Open Bar

217-U-L-BLK
Flanged Base
Open Bar

217-UB-L
Straight Base
Open Bar

217-UB-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
Open Bar

217-UB-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
U-Bar

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model
217-U

Clamp Bar
Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

900 N [200 lbf]

217-U-LS-BLK
217-USS

1110 N [250 lbf]

217-UB
217-UB-LS-BLK
217-U-L
217-U-L-BLK

91
900 N [200 lbf]

217-UB-L

Flanged
Washers

202208-M

215105

--

215105-BLK

202943-M

215105

202208-M

215105
215105-BLK

0,18kg [0.40lb]

215105
--

215105-BLK
215105

217-UB-L-BLK

61

Spindle
Assembly

215105-BLK

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

3_U_L

217_U_L

MC-HHD-12

217 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities


Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

Model

X1

X2

X1

[0.53]
13,5

USS

X2

[1.13]
28,6

[2.63]
66,8

HC1

HC2

[2.93]
74,5

[200lbf.]
900N
[250lbf.]
1110N
[200lbf.]
900N

[80lbf.]
360N
[100lbf.]
440N
[80lbf.]
360N

UB/U-L/
UB-L

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF

7:1

3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB

Series 217
Open Bar Options

217-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.25]
6,4

[1.54]
39,0

[0.56]
14,2

OPENING
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED

Flanged Base
Model
217-U-L

[0.49]
12,5
[1.95]
49,6

[2.47]
62,8

[1.23]
31,1

[0.21]
5,4
[0.85]
21,5

Straight Base
Model
[1.23]
217-UB-L
31,2

[0.20]
5,0

[0.19]
4,8

[1.03]
26,2

[1.55]
39,4

[0.25]
6,4

[1.12]
28,4
[0.52]
13,1

[1.49]
38
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

[2.09]
53,2
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.34]

217-UB

[3.76]
95,4

[0.12]
3,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

See page MC-ACC-7 for


Complete offering of
Open bar accessories

[0.10]
2,5

[2.30]
58,4

[0.92]
23,4

[0.21]
5,4

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions
8,6 and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-12

[0.22]
5,5
[1.46]
37,0
[6.58]
167,2

[0.12]
3,0

227 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Low profile
Large handle clearance in the open position.
Available in stainless steel
BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish

Applications:

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M6 or 5/16
spindle accessory

227-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

227-U-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
U-Bar

227-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

227-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

227-U-L
Flanged Base
Open Bar

227-U-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Flanged Base
Open Bar

227-UB-L
Straight Base
Open Bar

227-UB-L-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
Open Bar

227-UB-LS-BLK
Blackout Series
Straight Base
U-Bar

This item is available upon request

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model
227-U
227-U-LS-BLK
227-USS

Clamp Bar
Opening

Max. Holding
Capacity

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

2220 N [500 lbf]


2670 N [600 lbf]

227-UB
227-UB-LS-BLK
227-U-L
227-U-L-BLK

91
2220 N [500 lbf]

227-UB-L

Flanged
Washers

225208-M

507107

--

507107-BLK

207943-M

507907

225208-M

507107
507107-BLK

0,31kg [0.68lb]

507107
--

507107-BLK
507107

227-UB-L-BLK

56

Spindle
Assembly

507107-BLK

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-14

227 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities


Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[3.58]
91,0

[500lbf.]
2220N
[600lbf.]
2670N
500lbf.]
2220N

[225lbf.]
1000N
[270lbf.]
1200N
[225lbf.]
1000N

U
[0.39]
10,0

USS

[1.25]
31,8

[2.75]
70,0

UB/U-L/
UB-L

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF

8:1

3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

[0.21]
5,4

227-U
Flanged
Base
213_U_L
U-Bar

Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
[1.54]
39,1

[0.85]
21,5
[1.23]
31,2

[0.33]
8,4

M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED

Series 227 Open Bar Options


[0.25]
6,4

217_U_L

[0.56]
14,3

[1.49]
38
[2.40]
61,1

[2.09]
53,2

See page MC-ACC-7 for


Complete offering of
Open bar accessories
Flanged Base
Model
227-U-L
227_U_L

[2.96]
75,3

OPENING

[1.25]
31,8

[1.55]
39,3

[0.24]
6,0

[0.16]
4,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.34]
8,6
[1.49]
37,7

[0.83]
21,2

[4.23]
107,3

[8.38]
212,8
[0.19]
4,8

[2.39]
60,7

[0.12]
3,0

[2.65]
67,2

[1.02]
26,0 [1.24]
31,6

[1.74]
44,2

[4.43]
112,5

[0.26]
6,6

[0.28]
7,0
mm [INCH]

Straight Base
Model
227-UB-L

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

mm [INCH]

[0.26]
6,6
[1.57]
40,0

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

MC-HHD-14

[7.48]
189,9

[0.10]
2,5

237 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Low profile
Large handle clearance in the open position.
Available in stainless steel

237-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M10 or 3/8
spindle accessory

237-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
237-U

3340 N [750 lbf]

237-USS

3780 N [850 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

93

59

0,73kg [1.60lb]

(+10 )

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

240208-M

235106

237943-M

235906

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model
U
USS

X1

X2

[0.81]
20,6

[1.75]
44,5

[4.50]
114,3

[5.25]
133,3

HC1

HC2

[750lbf.]
3340N
[850lbf.]
3780N

[290lbf.]
1290N
[330lbf.]
1470N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
6:1

2:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-15

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-16

237 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS


237-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.42]
10,6

[2.76]
70,0

[0.97]
24,6

OPENING
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.75]
19,0
[3.18]
80,8

[1.75]
44,5

[0.43]
11,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.16]
4,0

[3.98]
101,1
[6.23]
158,1
[11.02]
280,0
[3.98]
101,1

[1.61]
41,0

[0.23]
5,8

[0.08]
2,0

[2.28]
58,0

[1.69]
43,0
[0.31]
8,0
[0.81]
20,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.35]
8,8
[2.24]
57,0

MC-HHD-16

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

245 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Low profile
Large handle clearance in the open position.

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M12 or 1/2
spindle accessory

245-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
245-U

4450 N [1000 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

105

74

1,32kg [2.90lb]

247208-M

247109

(+10 )

(+10 )

Holding Capacities

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model
U

[0.50]
12,7

X1

[2.00]
50,8

X2

[5.00]
127

[6.09]
154,7

HC1

HC2

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[400lbf.]
1780N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
11:1

5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-17

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-18

245 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions


245-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[3.20]
81,3

[0.53]
13,5

[1.37]
34,7

OPENING
M12 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[1.00]
25,4
[4.24]
107,8

[2.19]
55,5

[0.31]
8,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.19]
4,7

[4.87]
123,6
[7.49]
190,3

[4.87]
123,6

[1.63]
41,3

[2.62]
66,6

[1.62]
41,2

[2.63]
66,7
[12.23]
310,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.34]
8,7

[0.50]
12,7

MC-HHD-18

205 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Smallest of the Horizontal Hold Down clamps


Ideal for light duty clamping in tight spaces
Stainless steel models furnished without
plastic grip

Applications:

Also Available:

Assembly
Closures
Woodworking
Light duty
clamping

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M4 or #8
spindle accessory

205-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

205-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

205-UL
Left Flanged
Base, U-Bar

205-UR
Right Flanged
Base, U-Bar

205-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

205-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

205-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar

205-SL
Left Flanged Base,
Solid Bar

205-SR
Right Flanged
Base, Solid Bar

205-SSS
Flanged Base
Solid Bar, Stainless
Steel

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model

Max. Holding
Capacity

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

90

80

(+10 )

Weight

(+10 )

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

205208-M

105106

205943-M

105906

205-U
205-UB
205-UL

270N [60 lbf]

205-UR
205-USS

340N [75 lbf]

0,03kg [0.06lb]

205-S
205-SB
205-SL

270N [60 lbf]

94

82

205208-M

--

205-SR
205-SSS

340N [75 lbf]

205943-M

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-20

205 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

Model

X1
X2

U
USS
S

X1

X2

[0.43]
11
[0.22]
5,6

[0.81]
20,5

[1.31]
33,2

HC1

HC2

[60lbf.]
270N
[75lbf.]
340N

[50lbf.]
220N
[65lbf.]
290N
[60lbf.]
270N
[75lbf.]
340N

--

--

SSS

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
9:1

5:1

--

4:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

Dimensions | -U/-UB/-UL-/-UR/-USS/-S/-SB/-SL/-SR/-SSS
[2.71]
68,8

205-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[0.37]
9,5

[0.18]
4,6

[0.21]
5,5

M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.25]
6,3
[0.30]
7,5

[0.06]
1,5
[0.12]
3,0
[0.95]
24,1

205-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

OPENING

[0.06]
1,5
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.67]
17,1

[0.09]
2,4

[0.16]
4,0
[0.73]
18,6

[0.63]
16,0
[1.68]
42,6
[0.62]
15,8

[0.17]
4,3

[0.95]
24,1

[0.62]
15,8

[0.09]
2,4
[2.85]
72,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.06]
1,5

MC-HHD-20

[0.08]
R 2,2

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

215 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Low profile
Stainless steel model furnished without
plastic grip

215-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M6 or
spindle accessory

215-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

215-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

215-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
215-U

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

890 N [200 lbf]

215-USS

1110 N [250 lbf]

215-UB

87

0,15kg
[0.34lb]

78

890 N [200 lbf]

215-S

Clamp Bar
Opening

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

202208-M

215105

202943-M

215905

202208-M

215105

--

--

Bolt
Retainer

--

205105

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

U/UB
USS
S

[0.22]
5,6

X1
[1.00]
25,4
[1.63]
41,4

X2
[2.25]
57
[2.88]
73

HC1

HC2
[80lbf.]
360N

[2.72]
69

[200lbf.]
890N
[250lbf.]
1110N
[200lbf.]
890N

[110lbf.]
490N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
9:1
4:1
6:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-22

215 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB/-S


215-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[1.26]
32,0

[0.28]
7,0

M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED

[0.78]
19,7

OPENING

[0.50]
12,7
[1.00]
25,5
[1.53]
38,9

[1.41]
35,8
[0.20]
5,0

215-S
Flanged Base
Solid Bar

[0.26]
6,6
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.10]
2,5

[2.25]
57,1
[3.68]
93,5

215-UB

[2.23]
56,6

[0.28]
7,2

[1.06]
27,0

[0.20]
5,2

[1.38]
35,0
[0.24]
6,0

[0.19]
4,8

[0.87]
22,0

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.03]
0,8
[1.43]
36,4
[5.46]
138,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-22

225 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Low profile
Stainless steel model furnished without
plastic grip
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus

Applications:

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M8 or 5/16
spindle accessory

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

225-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

225-USS
Flanged Base, U-Bar,
Stainless Steel

225-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar
with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

225-UB
Straight Base
U Bar

225-UBSS
Straight Base, U Bar,
Stainless Steel

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model

Max. Holding
Capacity

225-U

2220 N [500 lbf]

225-USS

2670 N [600 lbf]

225-UR
225-UB
225-UBSS

2220 N [500 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

0,25kg [0.55lb]
92

70

0,31kg [0.69lb]
0,25kg [0.55lb]

2670 N [600 lbf]

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

225208-M

507107

207943-M

507907

225208-M

507107

207943-M

507907

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-24

225 Series

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities


Y
EF

EF

AF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1
X2

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[3.56]
90,4

[500lbf.]
2220N
[600lbf.]
2760N
[500lbf.]
2220N
[600lbf.]
2760N

[250lbf.]
1110N
[300lbf.]
1340N
[250lbf.]
1110N
[300lbf.]
1340N

U
USS
UR/UB

[0.12]
3,0

[1.25]
31,8

[2.50]
63,5

UBSS

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF

12:1

5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

Dimensions | -U/-USS-/UB/-UBSS

Dimensions | -UR
[4.63]
117,7

[1.38]
35,0

[0.33]
8,4
[1.08]
27,4

M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED

[1.08]
27,5

OPENING
[1.57]
39,9

[0.50]
12,7
[1.31]
33,2
[0.24]
6,0

[1.84]
46,8
[2.69]
68,2

[1.56]
39,6

[0.12]
3,0

[4.18]
106,2

[0.28]
7,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

225-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[1.38]
35,0

[1.00]
25,4

[1.37]
34,9
[0.25]
6,3
[1.50]
38,0

[0.26]
6,7

[0.87]
22,2

M8 or 5/16
IF SUPPLIED

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS

[0.50]
12,7
[1.89]
48,0

[1.29]
32,9
[0.18]
4,5
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[0.21]
5,4

[2.69]
68,2
[4.18]
106,2

[1.50]
38,0
[1.37]
34,9
[0.25]
6,3

[0.94]
24,0

[7.09]
180,0

MC-HHD-24

[0.88]
22,4

[0.26]
6,6

[1.00]
25,4

[6.91]
175,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

OPENING

mm [INCH]

mm

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST
PROJE

235 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Low profile
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus
Available in stainless steel

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Welding
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M10 or 3/8
spindle accessory

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

235-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

235-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar

235-USS
Flanged Base, U-Bar,
Stainless Steel

235-UB
Straight Base
U-Bar

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
235-U

3340 N [750 lbf]

235-USS

3780 N [850 lbf]

235-UR

(+10 )

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

0,67kg [1.47lb]
92

70

3340 N [750 lbf]

235-UB

Clamp Bar
Opening

0,74kg [1.64lb]
0,67kg [1.47lb]

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

240208-M

235106

237943-M

235906

240208-M

235106

This item is available upon request

Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

[5.75]
146

[750lbf.]
3340N
[850lbf.]
3780N
[750lbf.]
3340N

[300lbf.]
1330N
[360lbf.]
1600N
[300lbf.]
1330N

U
USS

[0.25]
6,4

[1.75]
44,5

UR/UB

[4.13]
105

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF

9:1

5:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

MC-HHD-25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-26

235 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS-/UR-/UB
235-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

[2.40]
61

[0.44]
11,1

[1.60]
40,7

M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED

[0.75]
19,1

92

70

[2.09]
53,2
[0.31]
8

[0.45]
11.3
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[ 0.33]
8,4

[1.75]
44,4

[4.16]
105,6

[1.63]
41,3

Dimensions | -UR
2.26
57,3

[2.32]
59,0
[0.44]
11,1

M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED

[1.63]
41,3
[0.31]
8
[2.25]
57,2

[1.60]
40,6

[0.33]
8,4
[10.70]
271,4

OPENING

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS

[0.75]
19,0

[2.56]
64,9

[1.70]
43,3
[0.47]
12,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

[2.25]
57,2

[1.63]
41,3

[0.22]
5,5

[4.16]
105,6
[6.41]
162,8
[1.63]
41,3

[2.26]
57,3

[1.63]
41,3
[0.31]
8,0

[2.25]
57,2

[0.33]
8,4

235-UR
Flanged Base, U-Bar
with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

[10.50]
266,7
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-26

mm [INCH]

mm [INC

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANG
PROJECTIO

305, 307, 309 Series


Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

C
 ompact design suitable for use in
confined spaces
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus
Stainless steel models available

305-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

305-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

307-UR
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with

309-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

DESTACO
Toggle
Lock
Plus

Assembly & Test


Light Machining
Closures
Woodworking

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories

305-UR
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with

307-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

309-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

309-UR
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with

DESTACO
Toggle
Lock
Plus

307-USS
Flanged Base
U-Bar, Stainless
Steel

DESTACO
Toggle
Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model

Max. Holding
Capacity

305-U

670 N [150 lbf]

305-USS

900 N [200 lbf]

305-UR

670 N [150 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening
(+10 )

90

Handle
Opening

Weight

(+10 )

170

0,06kg [0.13lb]

307-U
307-USS

1560 N [350 lbf]

92

173

0,24kg [0.54lb]

307-UR
309-U
309-USS

3340 N [750 lbf]

90

309-UR

168

1,30kg [0.59lb]

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

305208-M

102111

201943-M

102911

305208-M

102111

307208-M

507107

207943-M

507907

307208-M

507107

309208

235106

237943-M

235906

309208

235106

This item is available upon request

MC-HHD-27

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-28

305, 307, 309 Series


Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
Y

Model

AF

EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

305-U/UR

X2

X2

[0.58]
14,6

[1.38]
35

307[0.94]
24
U/UR/USS
309[1.34]
34
U/UR/USS

[1.88]
47,7
[2.50]
63,5

305-USS
X
X1

X1

HC1

[150lbf.]
670N
[1.88] [1.14]
47,7
29
[200lbf.]
900N
[2.50] [1.77] [350lbf.]
63,5
45
1560N
[3.50] [2.70] [750lbf.]
89305_307_309
68,5
3340N

HC2

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF

[110lbf.]
490N
[150lbf.]
670N
[260lbf.]
1160N
[530lbf.]
2360N

3:1
2:1

4:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UR
305-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar

L3
F

L2

OPENING

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS

"M"
IF SUPPLIED
C1
H
C

C2

"E"
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT

307-UR
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with

L1
L

DESTACO
Toggle
Lock
Plus

A3

B1

A1

Model

A1

A3

B1

C1

C2

L1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

L2

L3

[0.53] [1.035] [0.25] [0.63] [1.02] [0.48] [0.31] [0.08] [0.18] [0.31] [0.21] [1.43] [2.21] [1.19] [0.51] [0.50]
305-U/UR 13,5
26,3
6,4
16,0 25,9 12,2
7,9
2,0
4,6
8
5,3
36,3 56,1 30,2 13,0 12,7

M
[#10]
M5

307-U/UR

[0.91]
23,1

[1.72]
43,7

[0.40] [1.14] [1.80] [0.89] [0.50] [0.12] [0.28] [0.37] [0.33] [2.36] [3.61] [1.89] [0.86] [0.75]
10,2 29,0 45,7 22,6 12,7
3,0
7,1
9.5
8,4
59,9 91,7 48,0 21,8 19,1

309-U/UR

[1.38]
35,1

[2.52]
64,0

[0.58] [1.50] [2.47] [1.31] [0.75] [0.12] [0.33] [0.72] [0.44] [3.53] [5.19] [2.68] [1.28] [1.06] [3/8-16]
14,7 38,1 62,7 33,3 19,1
3,0
8,4
18.5 10,4 89,7 131,8 68,1 32,5 26,9
M10

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-28

[5/16]
M8

206 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

All stainless steel construction


Offers good bar clearance under clamping
bar while maintaining low profile

206-SS
Flanged Base
Low U-Bar,
Stainless Steel

Applications:
Assembly
Chemical
processing
Closures
Light duty
clamping

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories


Accommodates M4 or #8
spindle accessory

206-HSS
Flanged Base
High U-Bar,
Stainless Steel

Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Model
206-SS
206-HSS

Max. Holding
Capacity
440 N [100 lbf]

Clamp Bar
Opening

Handle
Opening

Weight

Spindle
Assembly

Flanged
Washers

90

90

0,03kg [0.07lb]

205943-M

105906

(+10 )

(+10 )

Model 206-HSS shown securing a platen on a prototyping machine.

MC-HHD-29

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-30

206 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

AF

X
X1
X2

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

SS/HSS

[0.20]
5

[0.43]
11

[1.06]
27

[1.14]
29

[100lbf.]
440N

[50lbf.]
220N

EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
5:1

3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

Dimensions | -SS/-HSS

[0.35]
8,8

[0.22]
5,5

[0.45]
11,5

OPENING

M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED

[1.06]
27,0

[0.31]
8,0

[0.76]
19,2
"HSS"

[0.05]
1,2

[0.44]
11,3
"SS"

[0.95]
24,2
[1.89]
48,1

[0.63]
15,9

[0.94]
23,8

[0.63]
15,9

[0.16]
4,0

[0.09]
2,4

[0.94]
23,9
[2.74]
69,7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-30

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

5305, 5310 Series


Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Applications:

Features:

S
 olid clamping arm may be modified to
Welding fixtures
suit requirements
Assembly fixtures
Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
Light machining
provide long life
Black oxide finish
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available

5305/5310
Flanged Base

5305-B/5310-B
Soild
Base

5305-R/5310-R
Flanged Base
with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

5305-BR/5310-BR
Solid Base

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Model

Max. Holding Clamp Bar


Opening
Capacity
(+10 )

Handle
Opening

5305
5305-B
5305-R

Weight

(+10 )

[1.08lbs] 0,49kg
[600lbf.]
2670N

90

69

[0.82lbs] 0,37kg
[1.09lbs] 0,49kg

5305-BR

[0.83lbs] 0,37kg

5310

[2.84lbs] 1,29kg

5310-B
5310-R

[1300lbf.]
5780N

90

69

5310-BR

[2.24lbs] 1,02kg
[2.87lbs] 1,30kg
[2.27lbs] 1,03kg

This item is available upon request.


Toggle Lock Plus locks the handle in the closed position only.

MC-HHD-31

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-32

5305, 5310 Series


Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions

OPENING
ANGLE

HANDLE
OPENING

C1

A2
A3

C2

B1
B2

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

A4
A5

F
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

D
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

Model
5305
5305-R
5310
5310-R

A2

A3

A4

A5

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

B1

B2

C1

C2

-[2.50] [3.15] [2.12] [2.75] [4.63] [5.27] [0.79] [0.98]


[0.81] [0.51] [0.31] [0.35] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
63,5 80,0 53,8 69,9 117,6 133,9 20,1 24,9 [1.84] 20,6 13,0
7,9
8,9
13,0 38,4 212,4
46,7
[11.13]
-[3.63] [4.63] [2.63] [3.63] [6.25] [7.25] [1.13] [1.50]
[1.00] [0.75] [0.31] [0.41] [0.79] [2.00] 282,6
92,2 117,6 66,8 92,2 158,8 184,2 28,7 38,1 [2.31] 25,4 19,1
7,9
10,4 20,1 50,8 [11.02]
58,7
279,8

Model
5305-B
5305-BR
5310-B
5310-BR

A1

A
A1

A3

A4

B2

C1

-[2.75] [4.63]
[0.81] [0.51] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
69,9 117,6 [1.84] 20,6 13,0 13,0 38,4 212,4
46,7
[11.13]
-[3.63] [6.25]
[1.00] [0.75] [0.79] [2.00] 282,6
92,2 158,8 [2.31] 25,4 19,1 20,1 50,8 [11.02]
58,7
279,8

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HHD-32

MC-SLA-1

Page: MC-SLA-#

6001
3

601
4

6015
5

603
7

608

605

606
10

607
11

609
12

610
13

615
14

620
15

630
16

640
17

650
18

95030
19

95040
19

95050
19

95060
19

5130
21

5131
21

5133
21

5150
23

602
25

604

25

624

25

6004

27

614

29

670

31

675

31

690

31

695

31

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

Plunger Travel
mm [inch]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]

80 to 105 [3.15 to 4.13]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

20 to 40 [0.79 to 1.57]

Max. Holding Capacity


N[lbf.]

0 to 20 [0 to 0.79]

10000+ [2250+]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

Series

Straight Line Action Clamps

Sizing and Application Chart


Overall He
mm [inch

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Excellent/High

MC-SLA-2

Fair/Medium

Poor/Low

Harsh/Dirty

Standard
Material

Normal

Toggle Lock Plus

Stainless Steel

Suitable Application Area

Steel

Duty Cycle

Food Processing

Woodworking

Machining

Checking Fixtures

Assembly

Overal Width
mm [inch]

Welding

75 to 90 [2.95 to 3.54]

60 to 75 [2.36 to 2.95]

45 to 60 [1.77 to 2.36]

Overal Length
mm [inch]

30 to 45 [1.18 to 1.77]

0 to 30 [0 to 1.18]

280+ [11.02+]

240 to 280 [9.45 to 11.02]

200 to 240 [7.87 to 9.45]

160 to 200 [6.30 to 7.87]

Overall Height
mm [inch]

120 to 160 [4.72 to 6.30]

80 to 120 [2.36 to 4.72]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

120 to 140 [4.72 to 5.51]

100 to 120 [3.15 to 4.72]

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

unger Travel
mm [inch]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]

80 to 105 [3.15 to 4.13]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

20 to 40 [0.79 to 1.57]

Straight Line Action Clamps


Sizing and Application Chart
Service
Environment

Not Recommended

6001 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 eavier duty version of Model 601
with 50% more holding capacity
Mounting pattern interchangeable
with Model 601
Allow handle to fall below mounting
plane to lock in retracted position
6001
6001-M

Also Available:

Assembly
Testing
Soldering
Gluing

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

6001-SS
6001-MSS

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

EF

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Model

EF:AF
6001-M (pushing/ Plunger
Weight
Travel
pulling)

6001
6001-M

[150 lbf]
670 N

6001-SS

[0.12lb]
14:1/25:1
0,05kg

[0.63]
16

6001-MSS

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Spindle
(Recommended)

#8-32

105203

M4

205208-M

#8-32

205943

M4

205943-M

Spindle
Included
No

Yes

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

PLUNGER THREAD
M

[0.51]
13

[0.43]
11
[0.37]
9,5

[0.19]
4,8
[0.71]
18
[0.63]
16

[0.52]
13,2

[1.23]
31,3

[0.63]
16
[1.54]
39

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[0.85]
21,7
[0.71]
18

[0.50]
12,7

187,0

[0.33]
8,3

[1.27]
32,2
[0.28]
7

MC-SLA-3

[0.16]
4

[1.10]
27,9

[2.63]
66,9

[0.12]
3
[0.19]
4,8

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

601 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Compact straight line action clamp

601

601-M

Also Available:

Assembly
Testing
Soldering
Gluing

 01-O
6
Straight Base
U-Bar

See page MC-ACC-1


for accessories

601-SS
Stainless steel

 01-OSS
6
Stainless steel
External
thread

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


Spindle
(Recommended)

Spindle
Included

#8-32

105203

Yes

M4

205208-M

1/4-20

--

601-SS

#8-32

205943

Yes

601-OSS

1/4-20

--

No

AF

HC

EF

Max.
EF:AF
(M)
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Plunger
Travel
Capacity
pulling)
Thread

Model
601
601-M

[100 lbf]
440 N

601-O

[0.09lb]
14:1/25:1
0,04kg

[0.63]
16

No

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

This item is available upon request

[1.33]
33,8

[0.17]
4,3

[0.63]
16
[0.63] [1.05]
16 26,7

[0.50]
12,7

[0.50]
12,7

[0.32]
8,1

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[0.44]
[0.25] 11,1
6,4

185

[1.27]
32,1

[0.78]
19,8
PLUNGER THREAD
M

1/4-20

[1.28]
32,4
[0.56]
14,2

[2.61]
66,2

[0.09]
2,3
601-O (EXTERNAL THREAD)

[1.53]
38,8
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-4

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

mm [IN

FIRST A
PROJEC

6015 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

S
 mallest of the solid base Straight Line
Action clamps
C
 ompact design combined with high
holding capacity
A
 llow handle to fall below mounting plane
to lock in retracted position

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

6015-R,
6015-MR

6015-SS,
6015-MSS
Stainless
Steel

6015
6015-M

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


AF

Model
HC

EF

6015

Max.
EF:AF
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Travel
Capacity
pulling)
[560 lbf]
2500 N

6015-M
6015-SS
6015-MSS
6015-R
6015-MR

[630 lbf]
2800 N

[0.35lb]
0,15kg

35:1

[0.70]
17,8

[560 lbf]
2500 N

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

1/4-20

205203

M6

205203-M

1/4-20

202943 (supplied)

M6

202916-M (supplied)

1/4-20

205203

M6

205203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

MC-SLA-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

6015 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
6015-R,
6015-MR

6015-SS,
6015-MSS
Stainless
Steel

6015
6015-M

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus
6015-R

[0.22]
5,5

PLUNGER THREAD
M

[1.26]
32

[0.25]
6,4

[1.75]
44,5

[0.87]
22,2

[2.25]
57,2

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
6015-R / 6015-MR
(Engages in extended
position only)

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

184

[0.50]
12,7

[0.20]
5,1

[1.59]
40,5

[0.39]
10

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.71]
17,9
[2.96]
75,1

MC-SLA-6

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

603, 608 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

A
 llow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
Large holding capacities for their size
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus

Applications:

Assembly & test


Checking fixtures
Welding fixtures
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories


803 Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
See page MC-PTC-27
803-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
See page MC-PTC-27

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

603
603-M

603-R
603-MR

603-SS
603-MSS
Stainless
Steel

608
608-M

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


AF

HC

EF

Model
603
603-SS
603-MSS
603-MR
608
608-M

EF:AF
Plunger
Weight (pushing/
Travel
pulling)

[600 lbf]
2670 N

603-M

603-R

Max.
Holding
Capacity

[840 lbf]
3740 N

[0.83lb]
23:1/34:1
0,38kg

[1.25]
31,8

[600 lbf]
2670 N
[850 lbf]
3780 N

[1.25lb]
44:1/50:1
0,57kg

[1.63]
41,3

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

5/16-18

207943

M8

207943-M (supplied)

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

3/8-16

210203

M10

210203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

MC-SLA-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

603, 608 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
603
603-M

603-R
603-MR

603-SS
603-MSS
Stainless
Steel

608
608-M

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

603-608

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
(Engages in extended
position only)

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

190
H
PLUNGER
THREAD
M

C1

C2

L3
L2

A6

A5

L
A1
A3

A
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

D1

B1

Model
603
603-M

A1

A3

A5

A6

[2.17] [0.34] [0.51] [0.82]


55
8,5
13
21

B1

C1

C2

[0.19]
4,8

603-SS

D1

L2

L3

[0.44] [3.43] [4.77]


11,1
87
121,2

[1.44]
[0.54] [0.65] [1.31] [1.88] [0.97] [0.25] [0.27] [0.47] [3.28] [4.69] [1.28] [1.00]
36,6
48
24,6
6,8
13,6 16,5 33,3
6,4
12
83,4 119,2 32,5 25,4
603-MSS
[2.20] [0.30]
55,9
7,5
603-R
[0.51] [0.82]
[0.44] [3.43] [4.77]
13
21
11,1
87
121,2
603-MR
[0.19]
4,8
608
[1.63] [2.25] [0.31] [0.75] [1.40] [1.63] [2.25] [1.25]
[0.33] [0.62] [4.04] [6.00] [1.59] [1.25]
41,4
57,2
8
19
36
41,4
57,2
31,8
8,4
15,8 102,6 152,3 40,5 31,8
608-M

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-8

605 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 or push/pull clamping
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position

Assembly & test


Woodworking
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories


Reverse action version Model
615/615-M

605
605-M

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

Model
HC

EF

605
605-M

Max.
Holding
Capacity

EF:AF
Plunger
Weight (pushing/
Travel
pulling)

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

[300 lbf]
1330 N

[0.69lb]
45:1/40:1
0,31kg

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

[1.25]
31,8

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[1.25]
31,8
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[1.47]
37,3

[3.29]
83,5

[.97] PLUNGER THREAD


24,6
M
[1.00]
25,4
THREAD

[.12]
3.1

[.08]
2,1
[1.94]
49,4
[5.47]
139

[.44]
11,1

[.22]
5,6
[1.63]
41,3
[.28]
7,1

[1.38]
34,9

[2.19]
55,6
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[3.41]
86,5

MC-SLA-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

606 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 andle and linkage swivel 125
for mounting flexibility
Narrow base for tight spaces
Plunger locks in extended position only

Assembly & test


Woodworking
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

Mounting configuration:
CopyOf606

606
606-M

Bottom Mount

Side Mount

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model

EF

606
606-M

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Weight

[450 lbf]
2000 N

[0.81lb]
0,37kg

(M)
EF:AF
Plunger
Plunger
(pushing) Travel
Thread
33:1

40
[1.57]

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

125

[0.44]
11,1

125

125

[1.00]
25,4

[2.42]
61,5

[1.45]
36,7

mm [INCH]

PLUNGER
THREAD
M
[0.88]
22,4

[0.69]
17,4

[0.19]
4,7

[2.26]
57,3
[1.07]
27,1

[1.25]
31,8

[0.63]
16

mm [INCH]

[1.13]
28,7

[1.00]
25.4
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.25]
31,8

[0.20]
5,1

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.44]
11,1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[6.72]
170,8

MC-SLA-10

607 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

L ow profile and high holding capacity


for its size
Available with round or square plunger
to resist torsional loads
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
607
607-M

Assembly & test


Welding
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

607-SQ
607-SQM
with Square
Plunger

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

Model
HC

Max.
Holding
Capacity

607-M / 6-7-SQM

607

EF

EF:AF
Plunger
Weight (pushing/
Travel
pulling)

607-M
607-SQ

[800 lbf]
3560 N

[1.63lb]
37:1/64:1
0,74kg

[1.63]
41,4

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

5/16-18

207203

M8

207203-M

607-SQM
HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

607-SQ
607-SQM

[0.50]
12,6

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

189

[1.00]
25,4

[0.69]
17,5

[3.52]
89,3

[0.20]
5

[1.76]
44,8
[6.02]
152,8

[0.51]
13
[1.63] [2.20]
56
41,5

PLUNGER THREAD
M
[0.63]
16

MC-SLA-11

[1.38]
35

[3.01]
76,5
[4.25]
108

[0.28]
7,2

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

609 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

L ow profile and high holding capacity


for its size
Flanged or straight base
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position

609
Flanged Base

Assembly & test


Welding
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

609-B
Straight Base

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model
609

EF

609-B

Max. 609
EF:AF
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Travel
Capacity
pulling)

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

[300 lbf]
1330 N

5/16-18

207203

[0.88lb]
36:1/47:1
0,40kg

[1.25]
31,8

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[3.17]
80,4

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

[0.97]
24,6

[0.12]
3,1

PLUNGER
THREAD
M
[0.24]
6,2

200

[1.00]
25,4
[1.88]
47,6
[0.28]
7,1

[1.38]
35,1
[5.46]
138,6

[0.28]
7,2
[0.44]
11,1

[1.38]
35,1

[3.58]
90,9

[1.62] [2.19]
41,2 55,6

[0.28]
7,1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.27]
6,8

MC-SLA-12

mm [INCH]

mm [I

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST A
PROJEC

610 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 or push/pull clamping
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position

Also Available:

Assembly & test


Woodworking
Tensioning devices

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

610
610-M

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model
610

EF

610-M

Max.
EF:AF
(M)
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Plunger
Travel
Capacity
pulling)
Thread
[800 lbf]
3560 N

[1.69lb]
51:1/70:1
0,77kg

[1.63]
41,4

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

3/8-16

210203

M10

210203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[4.41]
112
[1.70]
43,3

[0.25]
6,3

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[1.25]
31,8

182

[0.62]
15,8
PLUNGER THREAD
M

[1.94]
49,3

[1.91]
48,4
[6.72]
170,7
[0.34]
8,7

[1.62]
41,2

[0.31]
7,9

[1.62]
41,3

[2.25]
57,2
mm
mm
[INCH]
[INCH]

mm
mm
[INCH]
[INCH]

THIRD
THIRD
ANGLE
ANGLE
PROJECTION
PROJECTION

FIRST
FIRST
ANGLE
ANGLE
PROJECTION
PROJECTION

[2.25]
57,2

MC-SLA-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

615 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

R
 everse handle action.
Plunger locks in the extended position only
as the handle is moved downward

Assembly & test


Woodworking
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

615

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model

615

Max.
Holding
615
Capacity

Weight

Plunger
Travel

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

[300 lbf]
1330 N

[0.69lb]
0,31kg

[0.97]
24,6

5/16-18

207203

121

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

[1.47]
37,3

[0.97]
24,6

PLUNGER THREAD
M
[0.44]
11,1

[2.29]
58
[1.00]
25,4

[0.12]
3,1

[0.10]
2,5
[1.75]
44,6

[3.53]
89,7
[8.53]
216,6

[1.63] [2.19]
41,3
55,6

[0.28]
7,1

[0.22]
5,6
[1.38]
34,9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-14

mm [INCH]

mm [I

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST A
PROJEC

620 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Reverse handle action


Plunger locks in the extended position only as
the handle is moved downward

Applications:

Assembly & test


Woodworking
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

620
620-M

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model
AF
HC

EF

620

620
Max.
EF:AF
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Travel
Capacity
pulling)
[600 lbf]
2670 N

620-M

[1.50lb]
0,68kg

44:1

[1.11]
28,2

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

3/8-16

210203

M10

210203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[0.62]
15,8

101

PLUNGER THREAD
M
[2.25]
57,1
[1.70]
43,3

[0.25]
6,3

[1.00]
25,4
[1.73]
43,9

[1.84]
46,8
[11.63]
295,5

[1.63]
41,3
[2.25]
57,2

[0.31]
7,9

[0.38]
9,5
[1.63]
41,3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[2.25]
57,2

MC-SLA-15

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

630 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 or push/pull clamping
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus

630
630-M

Assembly & test


Welding
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories


830, 830-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-27)

630-R
630-MR

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model

Max.
Holding
Capacity

EF:AF
Plunger
Weight (pushing/
Travel
pulling)

630

EF

630-M

[2,500 lbf]
11100 N

630-R

630
[1.90lb]
36:1/23:1
0,89kg

[2.00]
50,8

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

3/8-16

210203

M10

210203-M

3/8-16

210203

M10

210203-M

630-MR
HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force
DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
(Engages in extended
position only)

187

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

[3.05]
77,6

[0.81]
20,6

[2.03]
51,5

[0.18]
4,4

[7.06]
179,2
[0.50]
12,7

[0.62]
630, 630-R, 630-MR 15,8

[1.25]
31,8

[3.00]
76,2
[1.38]
35,1

[0.63]
630-M 16

PLUNGER THREAD
M

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.34]
8,6
[1.63]
41,4
mm
mm [INCH]
[INCH]

mm
mm [I[I

THIRD
THIRD ANGLE
ANGLE
PROJECTION
PROJECTION

FIRST
FIRST A
A
PROJEC
PROJEC

[2.25]
57,2

[5.03]
127,8

MC-SLA-16

640 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

For heavy duty push/pull clamping


Longest stroke of our Straight Line
Action Clamps
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
Available with DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus
640
640-M

Assembly & test


Welding
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

640-R
640-MR

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model

Max.
EF:AF Plunger
Holding Weight
(pushing) Travel
Capacity

640

EF

640-M

[7,500 lbf] [6.78lb]


33400 N 3,08kg

640-R

35:1

[4.00]
101,6

640-MR

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

1/2-13

220203

M12

220203-M

1/2-13

220203

M12

220203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[0.41]
10,4

PLUNGER THREAD
(SEE CHART)

[1.50] [2.13] [3.00]


38,1* 54,1 76,2

[0.87]
22,2
[0.69]
17,5

[3.56]
90,4

[7.12]
180,8
[8.53]
216,7

Extended (640-R shown)

[0.93]
23,5*

[12.65]
321,4
DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

[4.00]
101,6
PLUNGER TRAVEL

[4.28]
108,7

Retracted (640-R shown)

[1.25]
31,8
[1.18]
30,0*

[2.00]
50,8
[4.12]
104,8

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.38]
9,7

(*) Dimesions above in RED applies to the 640-R/640-MR only


MC-SLA-17

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

650 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

For heavy duty push/pull clamping


Largest of our Straight Line Action Clamps
Forged steel base and handle
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding
Staking, light
presswork
Tensioning
devices

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

650
650-M

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


AF

HC

Model
650

EF

650-M

Max.
(M)
EF:AF Plunger
Holding Weight
Plunger
(pushing) Travel
650-M
Capacity
Thread
[16,000 lbf] [5.69lb]
71200 N 2,58kg

25:1

[3.00]
76,6

Recommended
Spindle
(Not Supplied)

5/8-11

250203

M16

250203-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
PLUNGER THREAD
M

[2.00]
50,8

185
[4.84]
122,9

[2.25]
57,2

[0.99]
25,2

[3.35]
85,1

[2.88]
73,2

[2.75]
69,9

[0.25]
6,4

[7.81]
198,4
[11.16]
283,5

[1.38]
35,1

mm [INCH]

mm [I

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST A
PROJEC

[2.25] [3.25]
57,2 82,6

[0.41]
10,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-18

95030, 95040, 95050, 95060 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

L ow profile with high holding capacities


Cast steel base and handle
Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position

95030

95040

Assembly
Testing
Tensioning devices

95050

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

95060

95030/95040

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

C2

C1

Max.
(M)
Recommended
Plunger
Holding Weight
Plunger
Spindle
Travel
Capacity
Thread (Not Supplied)

Model
95030

[550 lbf]
2450 N

[0.80lb]
2,58kg

[0.98]
24,9

M6

205203-M

95040

[1100 lbf]
4900 N

[1.60lb]
0,73kg

[1.50]
38,1

M8

207203-M

95050

[1650 lbf]
7340 N

[2.10lb]
0,95kg

[1.97]
50

[6.4lb]
2,9kg

[2.36]
60

M12X

220203-M

PLUNGER THREAD
M
A1
D1
B

L3

Part No.

B1

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

A3
A

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

[3960 lbf]
95060 17600 N

FIRST This
ANGLE
item
PROJECTION

is available upon request


HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

A1

A3

B1

C1

C2

D1

L3

95030

[0.98]
25

[3.09
78,6

[0.20]
5

[0.98]
25

[1.40]
35,5

[0.30]
7,5

[0.48]
12,2

[0.22]
5,5

[0.39]
10

[2.28]
57,8

[4.17]
106

[0.79]
20

95040

[1.38]
35

[4.35]
110,6

[0.34]
8,6

[1.38]
35

[2.00]
50,7

[0.39]
10

[0.72]
18,3

[0.26]
6,5

[0.55]
14

[2.82]
71,7

[5.86]
148,9

[0.98]
25

95050

[1.77]
45

[5.54]
170,6

[0.40]
10,1

[1.77]
45

[2.60]
66

[0.55]
14

[0.94]
23,8

[0.33]
8,4

[0.75]
19

[3.21]
81,5

[7.48]
189,9

[1.57]
40

95060

[2.17]
55

[6.73]
170,9

[0.40]
10,1

[2.17]
55

[2.99]
76

[0.63]
16

[1.08]
27,4

[0.41]
10,5

[0.87]
22

[3.55]
90,2

[9.17]
233

[1.57]
40

This item is available upon request

MC-SLA-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Straight Line Action Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-20

5130, 5131, 5133 Series


Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

R
 everse action allows the handle to stay
out of the work zone
Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
Black oxide finish with hardened plungers
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available

5130/-M
5131/-M
5133/-M
Flanged Base

Model
5131
5131-M
5131-B
5131-MB
5131-R
5131-MR
5131-BR
5131-MBR
5130
5130-M
5130-B
5130-MB
5130-R
5130-MR
5130-BR
5130-MBR
5133
5133-M
5133-B
5133-MB
5133-R
5133-MR
5133-BR
5133-MBR

Applications:

Welding fixtures
Assembly fixtures
Light machining

5130-B/-MB
5131-B/-MB
5133-B/-MB
Solid Base

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

5130-R/-MR
5131-R/-MR
5133-R/-MR
Flanged Base

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

Plunger
Travel
mm[in.]

Handle
Opening

[1.12lbs]
0,51kg
[2500lbf.]
11120N

[0.85lbs]
0,39kg
[1.15lbs]
0,52kg

[1.00]
25,4

113

[1.75]
44,5

125

[3.13]
79,5

139

[0.88lbs]
0,40kg
[2.87lbs]
1,30kg
[5800lbf.]
25800N

[2.40lbs]
1,09kg
[3.03lbs]
1,37kg
[2.56lbs]
1,16kg
[3.12lbs]
1,41kg

[4600lbf.]
20460N

[2.65lbs]
1,20kg
[3.36lbs]
1,52kg
[2.89lbs]
1,31kg

5130-BR/-MBR
5131-BR/-MBR
5133-BR/-MBR
Solid Base
with DESTACO
Toggle Lock Plus

Plunger
Thread (M)

Recommended
Spindle
(not supplied)

5/16-18
M8
5/16-18
M8
5/16-18
M8
5/16-18
M8
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12

461203
461203-M
461203
461203-M
461203
461203-M
461203
461203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M

This item is available upon request

MC-SLA-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

5130, 5131, 5133 Series


Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
(Engages in extended
position only)

HANDLE
OPENING
B3
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

B2
C1

H1

B2
L2

L1
L

B1

D1

PLUNGER
THREAD "M"

Model
5131
5131-M
5131-R
5131-MR
5130
5130-M
5130-R
5130-MR
5133
5133-M
5133-R
5133-MR

Model
5131-B
5131-MB
5131-BR
5131-MBR
5130-B
5130-MB
5130-BR
5130-MBR
5133-B
5133-MB
5133-BR
5133-MBR

A1

A3

B1

28.6
[1.13]

44
7.7
47.6
64
[1.73] [0.30] [1.87] [2.52]

44.5
[1.75]

64
9.8
58.7
76
[2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99]

44.5
[1.75]

64
9.8
58.7
76
[2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99]

B2

B3

C1

D1

B2

A3

A1

B3

D1

L1

29
28
8.6
13
63.1 193.4
83
18.5 [1.14] [1.10] [0.34] [0.51] [2.49] [7.61] [3.27]
[0.73]
-

40
35
10.5
19
27.2 [1.57] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75]
[1.07]

L2
29.3
[1.15]

92.3
283
132
[3.63 [11.14] [5.20]

49.7
[1.96]

39
35
10.5
19
97.5 331.4 167
31.4 [1.54] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75] [3.84] [13.05] [6.58]
[1.24]

82.2
[3.24]

H1

29
22
13
57.1
12.4 [1.14] [0.87] [0.51] [2.25]
[0.49]
-

40
29
19
86.3
21.2 [1.57] [1.14] [0.75] [3.40]
[0.84]
-

39
29
19
91.5
25.4 [1.54] [1.14] [0.75] [3.60]
[1.00]

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-22

5150 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

S
 quare plunger provides positive radial location
Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of
the work zone
Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
Black oxide finish with hardened plungers

Applications:

Welding fixtures
Assembly fixtures
Light machining

5150-R/5150-MR
Flanged Base

5150-B/5150-MB
Solid
Base

5150/5150-M
Flanged Base

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

5150-BR/5150-MBR
Solid Base
with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information
Model
5150
5150-M
5150-B
5150-MB
5150-R
5150-MR
5150-BR
5150-MBR

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

Plunger
Travel
mm[in.]

Handle
Opening

Plunger
Thread (M)

Recommended
Spindle
(not supplied)

125

1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12

325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M
325203
220203-M

[3.00lbs]
1,36kg
[5800lbf.]
25800N

[2.50lbs]
1,13kg
[3.15lbs]
1,43kg
[2.68lbs]
1,22kg

[1.91]
48.4

This item is available upon request

MC-SLA-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

5150 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
HANDLE
OPENING

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
(Engages in extended
position only)

B3
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H1
C1

B2 B2
L2

L1
L

B1

D1

PLUNGER THREAD "M"

A3

A1

Model
5150
5150-M
5150-B
5150-MB
5150-R
5150-MR
5150-BR
5150-MBR

Model
5150
5150-M
5150-B
5150-MB
5150-R
5150-MR
5150-BR
5150-MBR

A1

A3

B1

44.5
[1.75]

64
[2.52]

9.8
[0.38]

58.7
[2.31]

76
[2.99]

44.5
[1.75]

64
[2.52]

9.8
[0.38]

58.7
[2.31]

76
[2.99]

27.2
[1.07]

21.2
[0.84]

H1

L1

L2

49.7
[1.96]

1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12
1/2-13
M12

92.3
[3.63]

86.3
[3.40]

92.3
[3.63]

86.3
[3.40]

285.3
[11.23]

72.6
[2.86]

B2

B3

40
[1.57]

This item is available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-24

C1

35
[1.57]

10.5
[0.41]

29
[1.14]

35
[1.57]

10.5
[0.41]

29
[1.14]

D1

19
[0.75]

602, 604, 624 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

V
 ersatile and compact straight line
action clamps
Threaded body for through hole mounting
-SS models are stainless steel

602
602-SS
602-MM
602-MMSS

604
604-SS
604-MM
604-MMSS

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Welding fixtures
Tensioning devices

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

624
624-SS
624-MM

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

HC

EF

Model
AF

Max.
EF:AF
(M)
Plunger
Holding Weight (pushing/
Plunger
Travel
Capacity
pulling)
Thread

602
602-SS
602-MM

1/4-20
[200 lbf]
900 N

[0.12lb]
31:1/28:1
0,05kg

[0.75]
19
M6

602-MMSS
604

[300 lbf]
1330 N

604-SS

[400 lbf]
1780 N

604-MM

[300 lbf]
1330 N

604-MMSS

[400 lbf]
1780 N

Spindle Mounting
(RecomNut
mended) (Supplied)
205203

602105

202943

602905

205203-M 602105-M
202943-M 602905-M
207203

606104

--

606904

207943

606104-M

5/16-18
[0.44lb]
45:1/26:1
0,20kg

[1.50]
38
M8
207943-M
606904-M
(included)

624
624-SS

[700 lbf]
3110 N

624-MM

[1.63lb]
49:1/21:1
0,74kg

[2.63]
66

3/8-16
M10

210203

624105

237943
(included)

624905

210203-M 624105-M

This item is available upon request HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

MC-SLA-25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

602, 604, 624 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-MM/-MMSS
602
602-SS
602-MM
602-MMSS

604
604-SS
604-MM
604-MMSS

624
624-SS
624-MM

PLUNGER
TRAVEL

B2

M2

D1

C1

M1

L3

L2
L1

L4

M1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

SW
JAM NUT
(included)

Model no.

B2

C1

602
602-SS
602-MM

D1

L1

L2

L3

L4

[0.39] 10
[1.04]
26,3

[0.37]
9,5

602-MMSS

[0.37] 9,5
[0.39]
10

604-MM

[1.30]
33

[0.44]
11

[0.44]
11

[3.13]
80

[2.43]
61,7

[1.31]
33,3

[0.50]
12,7

[0.63]
16

[4.16]
106

[4.27]
108,5

[2.18]
55

[0.63]
16

[0.25]
6,4

624
[0.75]
19

[0.62]
16

[5.60]
142

[6.68]
170

[3.62]
92

[0.88]
22

[1.25]
32

624-MM

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.88]
22,2
[0.87]
22

3/4-16

[1.00]
25,4

M20x1.5

[1.18]
30

1-14

[1.50]
38,1

M27x2

MC-SLA-26

SW

M16x1.5

[0.88]
22
[0.25]
6

[1.81]
46

[0.75]
19

[1.00]
25

604-MMSS
624-SS

M2

5/8-18

604
604-SS

M1

[1.25]
32

[1.61]
41

6004 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

S
 imilar in size to Model 604, with a solid body
50% more holding capacity than 604
May be mounted through a hole or in
a tapped hole.
Locks over center in the extended and
retracted position

Also Available:

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Welding fixtures
Tensioning devices

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

6004
6004-MM

6004-R
6004-MMR

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


HC

EF

Model
AF

Max.
EF:AF Plunger
Holding Weight
(pushing) Travel
Capacity

6004
6004-MM
6004-R

[450 lbf]
2000 N

6004-MMR

[0.81lb]
0,37kg

38
[1.50]

14.4:1
[0.89lb]
0,40kg

(M)
Plunger
Thread

Spindle
(Recommended)

Mounting
Nut
(Supplied)

5/16-18

207203

606104

M8

207203-M

606104-M

5/16-18

207203

606104

M8

207203-M

606104-M

HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


[.88]
22,2
[1.00]
25,4
6004 3/4-16
6004-MM M20X1,5
[2.81]
71,4

[.75]
19,1

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
6004-R / 6004-MMR

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[.13]
3,2

[.50]
12,7

6004 - 25,4 [1.00]


6004-MM - 30,0 [1,18]

[1.84]
46,8

PLUNGER
THREAD
M

[.25]
6,4

[1.00]
25,4
[1.35]
34,2

[4.21]
107

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[5.52]
140,1

MC-SLA-27

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

602, 604, 624, 6004 Series


602106-M

604106-M

Straight Line Action Clamps | Mounting Plates


D

C2

D1

Features:

B1
B
D

604106,
604106-M

602106-M

604106-M
C2D
C2

D
D1

D
D1

D1

A4
B

A3

A3

A3

A4

D1

A6

B1

[1.57] [0.94] [1.57] [2.36]


40
24
40
60

A5

--

A1

A6

DC2

A3

A3

A4

A5

A4

[1.57] [0.87]
40
22

A5

C1

C2

D1

[0.20] [0.25] [0.65]


5
6,3
16,5
[0.75]
[0.75] [1.60] [0.55]
[2.05] [0.50] [1.62] [2.80] [1.30] [0.19] [0.22] 19,1
-19,1
40,6
14
52,1
12,7
41,1
71,1
33
4,7
5,6
[0.81]
20,5
[1.25] [2.20] [0.63] [1.25] [2.44] [0.83] [1.78] [2.99] [1.46] [0.20] [0.33] [1.08]
56
16
31,8
62
21
45,2
76
37
5
8,5
27,5
B1 31,8
B1
--

C2

D
A1

A1

624106-M

624106-M

A6

604106-M

D1

C1

604106

602
602-MM
604
6004
604-MM
6004-MM
624
624-MM
C1

602106-M

For Use WithD A

A3

A1

A1

A1

A3
C2

C2

624106-M

A5

A6

C1

A5

C1

A5

B1

B
C2

A1

A3

B1

A1

B1

A6

B1

A6

C1

A5

A6

A5

A6

D1

B1

Item
Number

A1

624106-M

604106-M

602106-M

D1

A3

C2

A1

624106-M
A3

602106-M

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-28

--

A5

C1

B1
B

A6

A6

M
 ounting accessories for Threaded Body
Straight Line Action Clamps

A5

D1

614 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Single hole threaded mount or side mount


Precision hardened and ground plunger
is designed for anti-rotation under
torsional loads
Locks in the extended or retracted position,
internal locking in the push direction

Assembly
Checking fixtures
Locaters and
positioners

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1for accessories

614-M

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


614_M

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Weight

Plunger
Travel

Plunger
Thread

Mounting Nut
(Supplied)

[1125 lbf]
5000 N

[1.81lb]
0,82kg

[1.26]
32

M8

614-1-10

Model

614-M

H7 [0.35]
9,0
h7 [0.47]
12,0

[0.63]
16,0
[0.16]
4,0

[0.47]
12,0

[0.94]
24,0

+ [0.002] 0,04
+ [0.001] 0,03

M8X1.25

[0.22]
5,5

[0.31]
8,0
[0.98]
25,0
f7

PLUNGER
TRAVEL
M24X1.5

[6.00]
152,4

[1.42]
36,0
[0.39]
10,0
f7

[0.69]
17,5

[1.38]
35,0

[0.75]
19,0
[1.29]
32,7

MC-SLA-29

[0.20]
5,0
[3.66]
93,0

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Straight Line Action Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-30

670, 675, 690, 695 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 recision clamping for high production
Adjustable collet-type bushing minimizes
radial plunger movement
Plunger has a flat surface for anti rotation
Pre-load nut and hold open device included

670-1MBPLS

675-1MBPLS

Assembly
Welding

690-1MBPLS

695-1MBPLS

Series 670, 675, 690, 695 Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Max.
Holding
Capacity

Model
670-1MBPLS

[2400 lbf]
10680 N

675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
695-1MBPLS

[5000 lbf]
22240 N

Weight

Plunger
Travel

[4.2lb]
1,91kg

[2.25]
57,2

[4.0lb]
1,81kg

[1.10]
28

[8.2lb]
3,72kg

[3.00]
76,2

[7.2lb]
3,27kg

[1.50]
38,1

Plunger
Thread

M12

M16

This item is available upon request

The unique feature of these clamps is the collet-type bushing that


can be adjusted to eliminate plunger end movement after long
repeated use. The plunger also has a flat which prevents lateral
movement and allows offset piloting and holding. The plunger is
drilled and tapped for threaded spindles or custom fixturing.

L3

The adjustable pre-load nut (PL) can be used to lock the clamp
against itself when not under pressure and therefore prevent
opening when mounted vertically. The spring hold-open device
(S) prevents the clamp from accidentally closing.
The mounting base (B) is supplied disassembled with the four
models, to enable welding the base and the main assembly in
any handle position.

Welding range L3 axial


0-8mm [0-0.31in.]

Welding range
radial 360

Series 675 and 695 (shorter stroke) reach the over-center position
only when clamping. Series 670 and 690 (longer stroke) lock in
both the extended and retracted position.

MC-SLA-31

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

670, 675, 690, 695 Series


Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
L5

D2

L4

DETAIL A

B3 B

D1

B2

D1

D3

A
A1

L1

PLUNGER
THREAD

B1

L3
675
HANDLE
POSITION

B4
B

VIEW B

L2

C1

C2

670
HANDLE
POSITION

MODEL 670/675

D3

B3 B

D1

B2
D1

B4
VIEW B

C2

A
A1
695
HANDLE
POSITION

L3

L1

H
B

C1

L4
L2

PLUNGER
THREAD

690
HANDLE
POSITION

MODEL 690/695

Model
670-1MBPLS
675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
695-1MBPLS
Model
670-1MBPLS
675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
695-1MBPLS

B1

A1

B1

B2

B3

B4

C1

C2

D1

D2H7

D3

[1.18]
30

[2.24]
57

[2.60]
66

[3.50]
89

[1.75]
44,5

[1.38]
35

[0.68]
17,3

[1.37]
34,8

[0.50]
12,7

[0.33]
8,4

[0.75]
19

[0.51]
13

[0.31]
7,8

[1.97]
50

[3.00]
76,2

[3.23]
82

[4.00]
101,6

[2.25]
57,2

[1.75]
44,4

[0.93]
23,7

[1.63]
41,3

[0.50]
12,7

[0.41]
10,5

[1.00]
25,4

--

[0.39]
9,8

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

[8.11]
206

[10.55] [2.97]
268
75,5
[7.68]
195

[1.74]
44,4

[13.31] [3.69]
338
93,7
[6.37]
162
[9.45] [2.25]
240
57,2

[0.25] [0-0.31] [1.38]


6,4
0-8
35

[0.41]
10,3

[0.50] [0-0.31] [0.98]


12,7
0-8
25

--

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SLA-32

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview

FL Series

FO Series

G Series

Type of Mounting:

Type of Mounting:

Type of Mounting:

F
 lange mount

Foot mount

Through hole mount

Type of Actuation:

Type of Actuation:

H
 and wheel or hand lever
(one-handed operation)
Locking lever and Plunger
(two-handed operation)

Type of Actuation:

Locking

lever or hand wheel
(one-handed operation)
Locking lever and Plunger
(two-handed operation)

Locking

lever and Plunger
(two-handed operation)
Hand wheel or hand lever
(one-handed operation)

Technical Information
Model
Flanged
base

Front
flange

Threaded mount

FO-082-40
FO-120
FO-121-45
FO-122-45

Holding
Capacity Max.
[lbs] N
[335]
[675]
[675]
[675]

Page
MCVSC-#

Plunger

1500
3000
3000
3000

FO-160
FO-161-60
FO-162-60
FO-220
FO-221-80

[2020] 9000
[2020] 9000
[2020] 9000
[4045] 18000
[4045] 18000

FL-120
FL-121-45
FL-122-45

[675] 3000

FL-160
FL-161-60
FL-162-60

[2020] 9000

G-082-40
G-120

[335] 1
500
[675] 3000

G-121-45
G-122-45

[675] 3000

Model

Holding
Capacity Max.
[lbs] N

Page
MCVSC-#

[4,040]
18000

F-160

MC-VSC-1

Accessories

Swivel thrust pad

Model

Page
MCVSC-#

12/100
12/200
12/300
16/100
16/200
16/300
16/400
16/500
22/100
22/200
22/300

K508
K612
K816
K1222

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Operation
Two-hand operation

(the plunger and the hand


lever are operated separately)

One-hand operation

(the plunger and handle


lever/hand wheel are
operated simultaneously)

rapid stroke

clamping
stroke

DESTACOs variable stroke Straight Line clamps are used


in applications where workpiece thicknesses and workpiece
tolerances vary. These clamps are suitable for clamping
between ribs and hollow spaces difficult to reach.
Compact design and different types of operation allow for
application of the Straight Line clamps in fixtures for mass
production as well as for single part production.

Mounting types
F oot base (FO Series)
F lange mount (FL Series)
T hrough hole mount (G Series)
Type of operation
T wo hand operation
T he hand lever (10) and the plunger (1)
are separate. The hand lever is connected to
the clamping mechanism. The plunger can
be removed from the clamp
O
 ne-hand operation
The hand lever (10) or the hand wheel (11)
and the plunger (2) are linked. The plunger
is retained within the clamp.

Clamping operation
The plunger (1) or (2) which is guided within the clamp body
contacts the workpiece. By rotating the hand lever (10) or
the hand wheel (11) clock-wise the clamping stroke, S1 is
engaged and the plunger is tightly gripped by the slotted
clamping sleeve (3).

Operating principle
The hand levers (10) clock-wise rotation causes the
threaded sleeve (8) and the conical sleeve (4) to which it is
connected to move in the direction of the arrow shown in
the drawing. The conical sleeve produces a force-locking
connection between the slotted clamping sleeve (3) and the
plunger by means of the ball bearings (5) located at the
clamping sleeves perimeter.
Due to the force-locking connection, the plunger rotates and
produces the clamping stroke S1. The plungers rotation may
be compensated for by means of a swivel hold-down piece.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

The clamping strokes S1 specified in this catalog


were measured with no opposing forces present while
measurements were taken. When clamping this product
against a workpiece, the clamping stroke S1 is reduced by
the force-locking connection between the plunger and the
workpiece. The straight-action clamp is unlocked by turning
the hand lever or the hand wheel counter-clockwise. This
method is used for both the one-hand and the two-hand
operation types. This counter-clockwise rotation makes the
conical sleeve (4) and the threaded sleeve (8) or (9) move
backward. The pressure spring (7) pushes back the relieved
ball bearings (5) via the pressure ring (6).
The force-locking connection between the slotted clamping
sleeve and the plunger can be moved freely again. Straight
Line clamps which are two-hand operated can also be
applied to pull actions when the plunger is inserted in the
clamps housing in the opposite direction. On the one
hand operated clamp, the rotation inducing the clamping
stroke S1 is directly transmitted from the plunger (2) or the
hand wheel to the threaded sleeve (9) via a groovespring
connection. The clamping and unclamping operations are
executed in the same way as described before.

Handling
To change the position of the handle while in the clamped
or the unclamped position, pull the hand lever off its spline
(12) and set it in the desired position.

Important

The
holding forces specified in the catalog refer to the
maximum load exerted on the clamp by counter-forces.
For details concerning the clamping force FS exerted
on the workpiece by the clamp and depending on the
operation force FB (manual force), please see the chart
on the next page.
 he clamping force is proportional to the operation force.
T
The achieved clamping force must not exceed the maximum
holding force.
 the Straight Line clamps, with the exception of the F-160
As
model, are designed only for axial load, we recommend to
use an additional radial support for the plunger in the event
of side load.

MC-VSC-2

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information

Model FO-161/60 on a milling machine

Model FL-160 with plunger 16/100 on a punching fixture

Different Designs

FL Series
Mounting type: front flange mount
Operating method: one-hand or
two-hand operation

Operating method

Model

Two-hand One-hand One-hand


operation operation operation

Plunger
and
Mounting type hand lever
Foot
mount

Flange
mount

Through hole
mount

Hand
lever

Hand
wheel

Max.
holding
capacity

Plunger
order
separately;
see page
MC-VSG-5
1)

[lbs.] N

G Series
Mounting type: through hole mount
Operating method: one-hand or
two-hand operation
Rapid stroke

Max. clamping
stroke

FO Series
Mounting type: flange base foot mount
Operating method: one-hand or
two-hand operation

FS
[lbs.]
N

S
[mm]

S1
[mm]

[lbs] Kg

[100] 450

40

2,5

[0.72] 0,325

Clamping
force FS
with an
operating
force FB

FB
[lbs.]
N

Weight

FO-082-40

[335] 1500

FO-1201)

[675] 3000

[425] 1900 100, 200, 300

[1.19] 0,540

FO-121-45

[675] 3000

[425] 1900

45

[1.47] 0,665

FO-122-45

[675] 3000

[100] 450

40

[1.34] 0,610

FO-1601)

[2020] 9000

[560] 2500 100, 200, 300

[2.73] 1,240

FO-161-60

[2020] 9000

[560] 2500

60

[3.40] 1,540

FO-162-60

[2020] 9000

[190] 850

60

[3.15] 1,430

FO-2201)

[4045] 18000

[675] 3000 100, 200, 300

[5.85] 2,655

FO-221-80

[4045] 18000

[7.46] 3,385

[675] 3000

[1.07] 0,485

FL-121-45

[675] 3000

[675] 3000
80
[22]
[425] 1900 100, 200, 300
100
[425] 1900
45

FL-1201)

[1.34] 0,610

FL-122-45

[675] 3000

40

[1.21] 0,550

FL-1601)

[2020] 9000

[560] 2500 100, 200, 300

[2.49] 1,130

FL-161-60

[2020] 9000

[560] 2500

60

[3.15] 1,430

FL-162-60

[2020] 9000

[190] 850

60

[2.92] 1,325

G-082-40

[335] 1500

[100] 450

40

2,5

[0.66] 0,300

G-120

[675] 3000

[425] 1900 100, 200, 300

[1.01] 0.470

G-121-45

[675] 3000

[425] 1900

45

[1.31] 0,595

G-122-45

[675] 3000

[100] 450

40

[1.18] 0,335

1)

[100] 450

MC-VSC-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
Two-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated separately)
Through hole mount

Flange mount

Foot mount
*without counter-force
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*

Part no. G-121/45

View Y
View X

Accessories
(order separately)

Plunger

Part no. FO-120/-Part no. FL-120/--

The Straight Line clamps


are designed only for
axial load. In case of side
load, we recommend an
additional radial support
of the plunger.
Part no. FL-160/--

Flange
mount

Through hole
mount

View Y

Part no. FO-160/-FO-220/--

100
200
300
100
200
300
100
200
300

Weight
~ [lbs.] kg

For
clamps

[0.30]
[0.62]
[0.82]
[0.88]
[1.10]
[1.54]
[2.20]
[2.40]
[3.06]

FO-120
FL-120
G-120

0,135
0,280
0,370
0,400
0,500
0,700
1,000
1,090
1,390

FO-160
FL-160
FO-220

*400 and 500 mm lengths available upon request.

Available rapid
strokes S (order
plunger separately)

A1
~

A2
~

A3
~

A4

A8

B1
~

B2 Dh8

D1

D2

D3

D4

FO-120

100, 200, 300

44

19

12

6,3

8,5

52

68

40

12

35

6,5

20

FO-160
FO-220

100, 200, 300


100, 200, 300

40
50

62
75

11
13

12
20

12
15

10
12

70
90

90
115

52
69

16
22

46
60

9
11

25
36

FL-120

100, 200, 300

44

44

12

8,5

52

68

12

30f7

40

6,5

20

FL-160

100, 200, 300

60

14

14

10

68

73

16

40f7

52

25

G-120

100, 200, 300

44

12

10

8.5

12

M30
x1,5

40

20

T1

T3

Part no.
without
plunger

Mounting type
Foot mount

12/100
12/200
12/300
16/100
16/200
16/300*
22/100
22/200
22/300

View X

Important

For rapid
stroke S

Part no.
length

Mounting type
Foot mount

Flange mount

Through hole mount

D5

D6

E1

H
~

~L
L with rapid
strokes:
100 200 300

FO-120

M6

30

20

12,5

42

228

328

428

24

95

2,5

2, 5

11

12

10

FO-160
FO-220

M8
M12

35
40

30
35

14,8
19,5

58
71

280
295

380
395

480
495

33
35

130
197

3
3

3
3

13
17

15
25

1
1

14
18

FL-120

M6

30

12,5

228

328

428

24

95

2,5

2,5

11

12

10

FL-160

M8

35

28

14,8

280

380

480

33

130

13

15

14

G-120

M6

30

12,5

228

328

428

24

95

2,5

2, 5

35

11

12

12

Part no.
without
plunger

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

L1

S2

S3

MC-VSC-4

SW SW1
~

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand wheel are operated simultaneously)
Through hole mount

Flange mount

Foot mount
*without counter-force
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*

Part no. G
 -082/40
G-122/45

Important

The Straight Line clamps


are designed only for
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial
support of the plunger.

Mounting type
Foot mount

Flange
mount

Through hole
mount

Mounting type
Foot mount

Flange mount

Through hole mount

View X

View Y

Part no. FL-122/45

Part no. FO-082/40


FO-122/45

View X

View Y

Part no. FL-162/60

Part no. FO-162/60

Part no.
with
plunger

A1
~

A2
~

A3
~

A4

A5

B1
~

B2

Dh8

D1

D2

D3

D4

FO-082-40
FO-122-45

37
44

15,3
19

10
12

5
6,3

6
8,5

44
52

56
68

35
40

8
12

30
35

4,5
6,5

16
20

FO-162-60

40

62

11

12

12

10

70

90

52

16

46

25

FL-122-45

44

44

12

85

52

68

12

30f7

40

6,5

20

FL-162-60

60

14

14

10

68

73

16

40f7

52

25

G-082-40
G-122-45

37
44

10
12

8
10

6
8,5

8
12

M24x1,5
M30x1,5

35
40

16
20

Part no.
with
plunger

D5

D6

E1

H
~

L
~

L1

S2

S3

SW
~

SW1

T1

T3

FO-082-40
FO-122-45

M5
M6

40
75

18
20

9,2
12,5

36
42

128
153

26
27

9
15

2,5
2,5

8
11

8
12

8
10

FO-162-60

M8

75

30

14.8

58

196

35

18

13

15

14

FL-122-45

M6

52

12,5

153

27

15

2,5

11

12

10

FL-162-60

M8

75

28

14,8

196

35

18

13

15

14

G-082-40
G-122-45

M5
M6

40
52

9,2
12,5

128
153

26
27

9
15

2,5
2,5

30
35

8
11

12
12

8
10

MC-VSC-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

FO, FL, G Series


Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated simultaneously)
Through hole mount

Flange mount

Foot mount
*without counter-force
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*

Part no. G-121/45

View Y
View X

Part no. FO-121/45


Part no. FL-121/45
Important

The Straight Line clamps


are designed only for
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial
support of the plunger.

Mounting type
Foot mount

Flange
mount

Through hole
mount

Mounting type
Foot mount

Flange mount

Through hole mount

View Y

View X

Part no. FO-161/60


FO-221/80

Part no. FL-161/60


Part no.
with
plunger

A1
~

A2
~

A3
~

A4

A5

B1
~

B2

Dh8

D1

D2

D3

D4

FO-121-45

44

19

12

6,3

8,5

52

68

40

12

35

6,5

20

FO-161-60
FO-221-80

40
50

62
75

11
13

12
20

12
15

10
12

70
90

90
115

52
69

16
22

46
60

9
11

25
36

FL-121-45

44

44

12

8,5

52

68

12

30f7

40

6,5

20

FL-161-60

60

14

14

10

68

73

16

40f7

52

25

G-121-45

44

12

10

8,5

12

M30x1,5

40

20

Part no.
with
plunger

D5

E1

H
~

L
~

L1

R
~

S2

S3
~

SW

SW1

T1

T3

FO-121-45

M6

20

12,5

42

153

27

95

15

2,5

11

12

10

FO-161-60
FO-221-80

M8
M12

30
35

14,8
19,5

58
71

196
245

35
40

130
197

18
20

3
3

13
17

15
25

1
1

14
18

FL-121-45

M6

12,5

153

27

95

15

2,5

11

12

10

FL-161-60

M8

28

14,8

196

35

130

18

13

15

14

G-121-45

M6

12,5

153

27

95

15

2,5

35

11

12

10

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VSC-6

F-160 Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
Technical features:

 igh holding capacity of [4040 lbf] 18000N lbs.


H
High side load capacity
Plunger guide
Wiper ring avoiding contamination of clamping mechanism
Block style base provides for variable mounting
Low weight due to the aluminium housing
50 mm horizontal and vertical hole pattern
Accessories

(order separately)

Plunger
Part no.

Allowable side load FS depending


on the stroke length L H

For rapid Dh8


stroke S

D5

D9

L
~

T
~

W
eight
~ [lbs.]
kg
[0.90]
0,4

16/100

100

16

M8

35

280

15

16/200

200

16

M8

35

380

15

16/300*

300

16

M8

35

480

15

[1.10]
0,5
[1.54]
0,7

2000 [890]

Lateral Load FS N [lbf]

1800 [801]

*400 and 500 mm strokes available on request

1600 [712]
1400 [623]
1200 [534]

Swivel thrust pad

1000 [445]
800 [356]

Use with
plunger
diameter

A5

D5

D10

E1

T3

SW1

K-508

M5

9,2

K-612

12

8,5

M6

12,5

10

11

K-816

16

10

M8

14,8

14

13

K-1222

22

12

M12

9,5

19,5

18

17

Part no.

600 [267]
400 [178]
200 [89]
0 [0]
[0]
0

[1.97]
50

[3.94]
100

[5.91]
150

[7.87]
200

[9.84] [11.81]
250
300

Stroke Length LH mm [in]

Clamping
stroke,
max. 4mm

Rapid
stroke S

Max.
Fs*
Part no.
[lbs] b1
without holding
plunger cap. [lbs] N N
F-160

[4040]
18000N

[110]
50
500N

~L
I2

I3

I4

I5

I6

I7

I8 d1H7 d2H8 d3

d4

68 250 350 451 80

50

18

35

20

50

12

8,3 8,5 165

For rapid strokes:

100 200 300

10

16

40

d5

Weight
R ~ [lbs.]
kg

I1

b2

[3.30]
1,5

*Fs=exerting force at an operating force of [22lbf] 100N.

MC-VSC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-VSC-8

MC-PAL-1

Page: MC-PAL-#

3051
3

330
4

351
4

371
4

381
4

323
8

331
8

341
8

375
12

385
14

324
17

334
17

344
17

374
17

301

21

311

21

3011

22

353

23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

Drawing Movement
mm [inch]

50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

150+ [5.91+]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

Max. Holding Capacity


N[lbf.]

50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

20000+ [4500+]

10000 to 20000 [2250 to 4500]

6000 to 10000 [1350 to 2250]

4000 to 6000 [900 to 1350]

2000 to 4000 [450 to 900]

0 to 2000 [0 to 450]

Series

pull action latch clamps

Sizing and Application Chart


Overall H
mm [in

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Excellent/High

MC-PAL-2

Fair/Medium

Poor/Low

Harsh/Dirty

Hook Style

Normal

Adjustable J-Hook

Adjustable U-Hook

Standard
Material

Fixed

Toggle Lock Plus

Stainless Steel

Overal Width
mm [inch]

Steel

Duty Cycle

80 to 90 [3.15 to 3.54]

70 to 80 [2.76 to 3.15]

60 to 70 [2.36 to 2.76]

Overal Length
mm [inch]

50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]

40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]

0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]

300 to 350 [11.81 to 13.78]

250 to 300 [5.91 to 11.81]

200 to 250 [5.91 to 9.84]

150 to 200 [5.91 to 7.87]

Overall Height
mm [inch]

100 to 150 [3.94 to 5.91]

50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]

150+ [5.91+]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

ng Movement
mm [inch]

50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

150+ [5.91+]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

pull action latch clamps


Sizing and Application Chart
Service
Environment

Not Recommended

3051 Series
331

Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview


Features:

Applications:

 afe, single handed operation


S
Innovative controlled motion
Secure toggle locking action
Simple set-up and adjustment
Clamp hook/arm moves and stays
safely out of the way

3051

Molding
Closures for doors, lids, covers
Assembly
Checking fixtures

3051-R

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

AF

3051

EF

6700N
[1500lbf]

3051-R

Weight EF:AF
0,50kg
[1.0lb]

Drawing
Replacement Hook Adj.
Movement Hook Assembly Range

12:1

19,1
[0.75]

3051208

14
[0.55]

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[.50]
12.7

[.75]
19.1

[.22]
5.5
[1.24]
31.4

[1.93] [1.38]
35
49

[.50]
12.7

[2.03]
51.5

[6.47]
164.4
[8.98]
228
123

FULL
OPEN

93

STRAIGHT
PULL

57

[.69]
17.6

[.39]
10

[.31]
8

DESTACO
MODEL 3051-R
TOGGLE
LOCK
ONLY
PLUS OPTION

[1.77]
44.9
M8x1.25
[.75]
19.1

DRAWING
MOVEMENT

[1.99]
50.6
MIN.

[.08]
2.1

[.27]
6.7

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

FOR LOCKOUT

[2.50]
63.6
MAX.

MC-PAL-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

330, 351, 371, 381 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

J -hook style latch clamps are supplied with


threaded J-hooks for easy adjustment
Supplied with patented thumb control lever
for one handed operation
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions
available
Stainless steel version available as -SS models

Applications:

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

Also Available:

Clamps with longer hooks available


Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
100mm longer than standard length
To order clamp with longer hook, add
-M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
of the model. Example: 330-M-50

Covered under one or331


more U.S./International Patents

330
330-SS

351
351-SS

371-R

381
381-SS

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

351-R

351-B
351-BSS
Narrow Base

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

371
371-SS

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


AF

EF

Model
330
330-SS

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Weight

EF:AF

900 N [200 lbf]

0,11kg
[0.24lb]

17:1

351

1670 N [375 lbf]

351-SS

2000 N [450 lbf]

351-B
351-BSS

381-SS

101,6
[4.00]

0,36kg
[0.8lb]

3340 N [750 lbf]

36:1

1,16kg
[2.56lb]

351215
351915

12.4
[0.49]

136,7
[5.38]

371915

23.9
[0.94]

371215

37:1

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

7.4
[0.29]

371215

0,85kg
|[1.88lb]
4450 N [1000 lbf]

330915

351215

0,69kg
[1.53lb]

371-R

330215

351915

0,28kg
[0.61lb]

1670 N [375 lbf]

371

381

59,7
[2.35]

351215

21:1

351-R

371-SS

Drawing
Replacement Hook Adj.
Movement Hook Assembly Range

MC-PAL-4

155,7
[6.13]

381215
381915

29.7
[1.17]

330, 330-SS, 351, 351-SS, 351-B, 371, 371-SS, 381,


381-SS

330, 351, 371, 381 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-B/-BSS
330
330-SS

330, 330-SS, 351,


351-SS, 351-B, 371, 371-SS, 381,
381-SS
D2

H1

351
351-SS

L1

C2

A3

A
L

381
381-SS

C2
A1

A3

Model
330

351-SS

B4
mm [INCH]

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

351-BSS
371

mm [INCH]

A3
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

351-B

A1

371-SS

351-B ONLY

381
381-SS

351
351-SS
351-B
351-BSS
371
371-SS
381
381-SS

A1

A3

12,7

A
[1.00]
25,4

[0.25]
6,4

[1.22]
M
30,9

[0.75]
19,1

[1.50]
38,1

[0.50]
12,7

[1.37]
34,8

[1.50]
[2.00]
38,1 A1 38,1

[0.25]
6,4

[0.56]
14,3

[1.25]
31,8

[1.94]
49,2

[0.34]
8,7

[1.94]
49,2

[1.13]
28,6

[2.13]
54,1

[0.50]
12,7

[2.37]
60,3

A3 [0.50]

351
D

B1

B4

C2

D2

H1

L1 Max

[1.69]
42,9

[0.56]
14,2

[0.12]
3,1

[0.22]
5,6

[0.32]
8,1

[1.43]
36,2

[0.89]
22,6

[6.01]
152,7

[1.70]
43,3

M5

[2.35]
59,7

[1.93]
49,1

[0.75]
19,1

M8

[4.00]
101,6

[0.12]
3,1

[0.22]
5,5

[0.87]
22,1

[0.86]
21,8

[0.27]
6,7

[2.63]
66,7

[1.42]
36,1

[0.16] 4

[0.34]
8,7

[3.38]
85,9

[1.81] 46

[0.19]
4,7

[0.41]
10,3

MC-PAL-5

[0.38]
9,7

C2

330-SS

C2

H1

L1

351-B ONLY

351-B
351-BSS
Narrow Base

B1

A1

B4

330-SS

D2

371
371-SS

Model
330

[1.83]
[1.34] 34
46,6

[8.82]
224

[2.13]
54,2

[1.94]
49,3

[1.45]
36,8

[1.63]
41,4

[0.50]
12,7

[2.58]
65,6

[2.23]
56,5

[11.89]
302

[2.81]
71,5

M10

[5.38]
136,7

[0.62]
15,7

[2.90]
73,6

[2.71]
68,8

[13.45]
341,7

[3.13]
79,5

M12

[6.13]
155,7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

B1

351-R, 371-R Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
L

371-R

D2

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

H1

C
S

C2

L1

351-R

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Model

A3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

A6

B4 B1

A1

A1

A3

A6

B1

B4

C2

H1

351-R

[0.75]
19,1

[1.50]
38,1

[0.50]
12,7

[3.06]
77,7

[1.37]
34,8

[1.93]
49,1

[1.70]
19,1

[0.75]
19,1

[0.12]
3,1

[0.22]
5,5

[1.85]
47,1

[1.34]
33,9

371-R

[1.25]
31,8

[1.94]
49,2

[0.34]
8,7

[4.73]
120,1

[1.94]
49,2

[2.63]
66,7

[2.25]
57,2

[1.42]
36,1

[0.16]
4

[0.34]
8,7

[2.65]
67,4

[2.22]
56,3

Model

L1

351-R

[9.45]
240

[2.13]
54,2

M8

[4.33]
110

371-R

[12.74]
323,6

[2.81]
71,4

M10

[5.59]
142

Pressure
spring

Locking lever

Jam Nut

Locknut
Thumb Control
Lever
For added convenience, DESTACO
Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied
with a thumb control lever.

Replacement Thumb
Control Lever
330-ZB1

Used on
Clamp Model
330

351-ZB1

351, 351-B
351-R, 351-SS

371-ZB1

371, 371-R
371-SS

381-ZB1

381, 381-SS

[0.25]
6,5

Locking
plate

Model 351-R, 371-R

Information concerning the assembly and function of the clamps


locking mechanism
The locking plate which is supplied with the unit must be fastened with
a screw (M6 or 1/4-20) as shown in this illustration. The screw head
should be flat.
Function
When closing the latch clamp, the locking lever engages automatically.
Actuate the locking lever to open the clamp.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-6

351-R, 371-R Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly Dimensions
Replacement Hook Used on Clamp
Assembly
Model
30
3
330215
330-M-25
330215-M-25
330-M-50
330215-M-50
330-M-100
330215-M-100
330-SS
330915
330-SS-M-25
330915-M-25
330-SS-M-50
330915-M-50
330-SS-M-100
330915-M-100
351215
351215-M-25
351215-M-50
351215-M-100
351915
351915-M-25
351915-M-50
351915-M-100
371215
371215-M-25
371215-M-50
371215-M-100

351
351-B
351-R
351-M-25
351-B-M-25
351-R-M-25
351-M-50
351-B-M-50
351-R-M-50
351-M-100
351-B-M-100
351-R-M-100
351-SS

A1

A2

Material

[2.00] 50,8
[3.00] 76,2

Steel

[4.00] 101,6
[6.00] 152,4
[2.00] 50,8

[1.50]
38,1

[0.75]
19,1

[0.32]
8,1

M5 x 0.8

[3.00] 76,2

Stainless Steel

[4.00] 101,6
[6.00] 152,4
[2.09] 53,1

[3.09] 78,5
Steel
[4.09] 103,9

[3.38]
85,9

[1.63]
41,4

[0.38]
9,6

M8 x 1.25

[6.09] 154,7
[2.09] 53,1

351103

351-SS-M-25

[3.09] 78,5

351-SS-M-50

[4.09] 103,9

351-SS-M-100
371
371-R
371-M-25
371-R-M-25
371-M-50
371-R-M-50
371-M-100
371-R-M-100
371-SS

[6.09] 154,7

371915
371-SS-M-25
371915-M-25
371-SS-M-50
371915-M-50
371-SS-M-100
371915-M-100
381
381215
381-M-25
381215-M-25
381-M-50
381215-M-50
381-M-100
381215-M-100
381-SS
381915
381-SS-M-25
381915-M-25
381-SS-M-50
381915-M-50
381-SS-M-100
381915-M-100
This item is available upon request.

Stainless Steel

[2.94] 74,7
[3.94] 100
Steel
[4.94] 125,5
[6.94] 176,3

[4.16]
105,7

[2.22]
56,4

[0.50]
12,7

M10 x 1.50

[2.94] 74,7
[3.94] 100

Stainless Steel

[4.94] 125,5
[6.94] 176,3
[3.00] 76,2
[4.00] 101,6

Steel

[5.00] 127
[7.00] 177,8
[3.00] 76,2

[4.63]
117,6

[2.50]
63,5

[4.00] 101,6

[0.62]
15,8

M12 x 1.75
Stainless Steel

[5.00] 127
[7.00] 177,8

A1

A2
B
M

MC-PAL-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

323, 331, 341 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

U
 -hook style latch clamps are supplied with
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment
Supplied with latch plate and patented thumb
control lever for one handed operation
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available
Stainless steel version available as -SS models

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

Also Available:

Clamps with longer hooks available


Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
100mm longer than standard length
To order clamp with longer hook, add
-M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
of the model. Example: 323-M-50

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

323
323-SS

331

323-R
323-RSS

331
331-SS

341
341-SS

331-R
331-RSS

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

341-R
341-RSS

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

AF

EF

Max.
Drawing
Holding Weight EF:AF
Movement
Capacity

Latch Plate
(Supplied)

Replacement
Hook
Assembly

323104-M

323215

323104-MSS

323915

323104-M

323215

323104-MSS

323915

331005

331215

331905

331915

331005

331215

331-RSS

331905

331915

341

341005

341215

341905

341915

341005

341215

341905

341915

Model
323
323-SS
323-R

1600 N
[360 lbf]

0,07kg
[0.15lb]

30
[1.18]
27:1
29,7
[1.17]

323-RSS
331
331-SS
331-R

341-SS
341-R

3200 N
[720 lbf]

0,25kg
[0.56lb]

8900 N
0,65kg
[2000 lbf] [1.43lb]

32:1

29:1

44,5
[1.75]

63,5
[2.50]

341-RSS
EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-8

Hook
Adj.
Range
[0.36]
9,1

[0.87]
22,1

[0.97]
24,6

323, 323-R, 331, 341 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-RSS
M

323
323-SS

B4 B3

323-R
323-RSS

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

L2

H
C

331
331-SS

C3

341
341-SS

L1

D1
mmB2
[INCH]

mm [INCH]

C2

A3

B
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
A4
PROJECTION

A2
A5

Model
323

B1

A1

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

B3

B4

C2

[0.63]
16

[1.02]
26

[0.39]
10

[0.20]
5

[0.24]
6

[0.79]
20

[0.75]
19

[1.10]
28

[0.52]
13,2

[0.75]
19,1

[1.10]
28

[0.47]
12

[0.08]
2

[0.75]
19,1

[1.56]
39,7

[0.56]
14,3

[0.25]
6,4

[0.22]
5,6

[1.00]
25,4

[1.25]
31,8

[1.74]
44,3

[0.68]
17,3

[1.00]
25,4

[1.50]
38,1

[0.66]
16,7

[0.12]
3,1

[1.63]
41,3

[2.38]
60.5

[0.75]
19.1

[0.38]
9.7

[0.38]
9.5

[1.50]
38.1

[1.50]
38.1

[2.12]
53.8

[1.19]
30.1

[1.75]
44.5

[2.38]
60.5

[0.94]
23.8

[0.16]
4

Model
323

C3

D2

L1 MAX

L2

323-SS

[0.08]
2

[0.17]
4,2

[0.17]
4,2

[1.19]
30,3

[3.88]
98,6

[2.32]
58,9

[0.37]
9,3

M4

[1.18]
30

[0.12]
3,1

[0.27]
6,7

[0.27]
6,9

[1.97]
50

[6.07]
154,2

[3.07]
78

[0.52]
13,3

M5

[1.75]
45,5

[0.16]
4

[0.33]
8,5

[0.33]
8,5

[2.89]
73,4

[8.20]
208,3

[4.59]
116,6

[0.75]
19,1

M8

[2.50]
63,5

323-SS
323-R
323-RSS
331
331-SS
341
341-SS

323-R
323-RSS
331
331-SS
341
341-SS

MC-PAL-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

331-R, 341-R Series

331-R, 331-RSS, 341-R, 341-RSS

Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-RSS


331-R
331-RSS

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

B4 B3

341-R
341-RSS

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

L2

H
C
C3

L1

C2

A3

D1
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
A4

B2

A2

Model
331-R
331-RSS
341-R
341-RSS
Model
331-R
331-RSS
341-R
341-RSS

A1

A5

B1

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

B3

B4

C2

[0.75]
19,1

[1.56]
39,7

[0.56]
14,3

[0.25]
6,4

[0.22]
5,6

[1.00]
25,4

[1.25]
31,8

[1.74]
44,3

[0.68]
17,3

[1.00]
25,4

[1.50]
38,1

[0.66]
16,7

[0.12]
3,1

[1.63]
41,3

[2.38]
60,5

[0.75]
19,1

[0.38]
9,7

[0.38]
9,5

[1.50]
38,1

[1.50]
38,1

[2.12]
53,8

[1.19]
30,1

[1.75]
44,5

[2.38]
60,5

[0.94]
23,8

[0.16]
4

C3

D2

L1 MAX

L2

[0.12]
3,1

[0.27]
6,7

[0.27]
6,9

[2.01]
53,1

[6.07]
154,2

[3.07]
78

[0.52]
13,3

M5

[1.75]
45,5

[0.16]
4

[0.33]
8,5

[0.33]
8,5

[2.89]
73,4

[8.20]
208,3

[5.24]
133,2

[0.77]
19,4

M8

[2.50]
63.5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-10

323, 331, 341 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly | Dimensions
Replacement Hook
Used on
Assembly
Clamp Model
323, 323-R
323215
323-M-25, 323-R-M-25
323215-M-25
323-M-50, 323-R-M-50
323215-M-50
323-M-100, 323-R-M-100
323215-M-100
323-SS, 323-RSS
323915
323-SS-M-25, 323-RSS-M-25
323915-M-25
323-SS-M-50, 323-RSS-M-50
323915-M-50
323-SS-M-100, 323-RSS-M-100
323915-M-100
331, 331-R
331215
331-M-25, 331-R-M-25
331215-M-25
331-M-50, 331-R-M-50
331215-M-50
331-M-100, 331-R-M-100
331215-M-100
331-SS, 331-RSS
331915
331-SS-M-25, 331-RSS-M-25
331915-M-25
331-SS-M-50, 331-RSS-M-50
331915-M-50
331-SS-M-100, 331-RSS-M-100
331915-M-100
341, 341-R
341215
341-M-25, 341-R-M-25
341215-M-25
341-M-50, 341-R-M-50
341215-M-50
341-M-100, 341-R-M-100
341215-M-100
341-SS, 341-RSS
341915
341-SS-M-25, 341-RSS-M-25
341915-M-25
341-SS-M-50, 341-RSS-M-50
341915-M-50
341-SS-M-100, 341-RSS-M-100
341915-M-100
This item is available upon request.

Material

[2.12] 53,8
[3.12] 79,2

Steel

[4.12] 104,6
[6.12] 155,4
[2.12] 53,8

[0.94]
23,8

[0.75]
19,1

M4 x 0.7

[3.12] 79,2

Stainless Steel

[4.12] 104,6
[6.12] 155,4
[3.00] 76,2
[4.00] 101,6

Steel

[5.00] 127
[7.00] 177,8
[3.00] 76,2

[1.50]
38,1

[1.00]
25,4

M5 x 0.8

[4.00] 101,6

Stainless Steel

[5.00] 127
[7.00] 177,8
[4.31] 109,5
[5.31] 135

Steel

[6.31] 160,2
[8.31] 211
[4.31] 109,5

[1.97]
50

[1.75]
44,5

M8 x 1.25

[5.31] 135

Stainless Steel

[6.31] 160,2
[8.31] 211

M
Locknut

Jam Nut

Thumb Control
Lever
Flat Surface of
Pin to Rear

B
A

For added convenience, DESTACO


Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied
with a thumb control lever that allows
the clamp to be operated with one hand.

Replacement Thumb
Control Lever
324-ZB1

Used on
Clamp Model
323, 323-SS

330-ZB1

331, 331-SS
331-R, 331-RSS

341-ZB1

341, 341-SS
341-R, 341-RSS

MC-PAL-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

375 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy
adjustment
Supplied patented thumb control lever
for one handed operation
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

Also Available:

Clamps with longer hooks available


Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
100mm longer than standard length
To order clamp with longer hook, add
-M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
of the model. Example: 375-M-50

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

375

375509
Cleat

331

375-BR
Weld-on
Mounting

375-B
Weld-on
Mounting

375-R

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

385102
Optional
Latch Plate
for 375 and
375-R

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

Model

AF

EF

Max.
Drawing
Holding Weight EF:AF
Movement
Capacity
[2.94lb]
1,33kg

375
375-R
[4000 lbf]
17800 N

375-B
375-BR

Latch
Plate

Replacement
Hook
Assembly

Hook
Adj.
Range

375215

[0.81]
20,5

385102
(Optional)

[3.0lb]
1,36kg
44:1

88,9 [3.50]

[2.56lb]
1,16kg

375509
(Supplied)

[2.62lb]
1,19kg

This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-12

375, 375-R, 5-B, 375-BR Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions

CopyOf375_R

375

[3.13]
79.4

[0.69]
17.5

[0.41]
10.3

Shown with optional


Latch Plate (385102)

[2.25]
57.2

[1.38]
34.9

[2.25]
57.2

[2.26]
57.3

[3.44]
87.4
[0.56]
14.2

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
[10.19]
258.8 [7.47]
189.8

375-R

with
DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

[1.75]
44.5

M10

[3.50]
88.9

[4.19]
106.4
[0.13]
3.2
[1.13]
28.6

[10.19]
258,8

[3.50]
88,9

375-B
Weld-on
Mounting

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.38]
9.7

CopyOf375_BR
[2.24]
56.8

[0.94]
23.8

mm [INCH]

[7.47]
189,8

[4.19]
106,4
[1.13]
28,6
[0.78]
19,8

375-BR
Weld-on
Mounting

[35.1]
35,1

[2.79]
70,8

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
[1.00]
25,4

[1.75]
44,5

[2.50]
63,5

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

[0.88]
22,4

M10

[0.49]
12,4

Replacement
Hook Assembly
375215

A
[5.72] 145

50,8 [2.00] [1.75] 44,5 M10 x 1.50

Hook assembly includes (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts. Longer hook lengths available
Upon Request. 375215-M-25, 375215-M-50, 375215-M-100

MC-PAL-13

B
A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

385 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy
adjustment
Supplied with patented thumb control lever
for one handed operation
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

Also Available:

Clamps with longer hooks available


Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
100mm longer than standard length
To order clamp with longer hook, add
-M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
of the model. Example: 385-M-50

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

385

375509
Cleat

331

385-V2A
Stainless Steel

385-L
Low Profile
Handle

385-R

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

385102
Optional
Latch Plate
for 385, 385-R
and 385-L

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Model

AF

EF

Max.
Drawing
Holding Weight EF:AF
Movement
Capacity
[3.3lb]
1,50kg

385
385-R

44:1

[6000 lbf]

385-V2A 26700 N

Hook
Replacement
Adj.
Hook Assembly Range

385102
(Optional)

[7500 lbf] [3.4lb]


33300 N 1,54kg

385-L

Latch
Plate

55,6 [2.19]

385215

[1.36]
34,5

385915

[1.77]
45

375509
(Optional)

[3.3lb]
1,50kg
Supplied

This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-14

385, 385-R, 385-L Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
CopyOf385_R

385

Shown with optional


Latch Plate (385102)

[0.69]
17,5

[0.41]
10,3

[0.47]
M 12

[2.12]
53,8

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[3.13] [2.25]
79,4 57,2

385-R

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

[1.38]
34,9
[2.26]
57,3
[2.29]
58,3

[0.56]
14,2

[2.25]
57,2
[3.44]
87,4
[9.65]
245,1

[6.46]
164,2

[0.13]
3,2

[1.13]
28,6

[3.67]
93,2

[0.38]
9,7

[2.18]
55,3

[0.94]
23,8

DESTACO
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION

CopyOf385_L

385-L
Low Profile
Handle

Shown with optional


Latch Plate (385102)

[0.41]
10,3

[0.47]
12

[0.69]
17,5

[3.13] [2.25]
79,4 57,2

[2.12]
53,8

[2.25]
57,2

[1.38]
34,9

[2.27]
57,6 [0.56]
[2.19]
14,2
55,6

[3.44]
87,4
[10.12]
257

[6.95]
176,4

[2.75]
69,9

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.84]
46,8
[1.13]
28,6

MC-PAL-15

[0.94]
23,8

[0.12]
3

[0.38]
9,7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

385-V2A Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
[0.43]
11
[2.28]
58

[0.47]
12

[0.67]
17

385-V2A
[3.15]
80

[2.24]
57

[1.38]
35

[0.45]
11,5

This item is available upon request

[2.13]
54

[2.24]
57
[0.57]
14,5
[3.39]
86
[10.69]
271,4

[2.76]
70,1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.26]
32

Replacement Hook
Assembly
385215
385215-M-25
385215-M-50
385215-M-100

[0.65]
16,5

[0.39]
10

[0.16]
4

385, 385-R, 385-L

[5.72] 145,3

385915
385-V2A-M-25
385915-M-25
385-V2A-M-50
385915-M-50
385-V2A-M-100
385915-M-100
This item is available upon request.
Replacement Thumb
Control Lever

[3.65]
92,8

Used on Clamp Model


385-M-25, 385-R-M-25
385-L-M-25
385-M-50, 385-R-M-50
385-L-M-50
385-M-100, 385-R-M-100
385-L-M-100
385-V2A

[7.46]
189,4

[6.72] 170,7
Steel

[7.72] 196
[2.75]
70

[9.72] 247

[2.12]
53,8

M12 x 1.75

[5.72] 145,3
[6.72] 170,7

Stainless Steel

[7.72] 196
[9.72] 247

Used on
Clamp Model

375-ZB1

375, 375-B
375-R, 375-BR

385-ZB1

385, 385-R
385-L, 385-V2A

B
A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Material

MC-PAL-16

324, 334, 344, 374 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

U
 -hook style latch clamps supplied with
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment
Supplied with latch plate (except 374)
and patented thumb control lever for
one handed operation.
DESTACO Toggle Lock Plus versions available
Stainless steel available as -SS models.

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

Also Available:

Clamps with longer hooks available


Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
100mm longer than standard length
To order clamp with longer hook, add
-M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
of the model. Example: 324-M-50

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

324
324-SS

331

344-R

334
334-SS

324-R

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

334-R

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

344
344-SS

374

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


AF

EF

Model

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Weight

[500 lbf]
2200 N

[0.25lb]
0,11kg

EF:AF

(S)
Hook
Latch Plate Replacement
Drawing
Adj.
(Supplied) Hook Assembly
Movement
Range

324
324-SS
324-R

31:1

334
334-SS

38,7 [1.53]

[1000 lbf]
4450 N

[0.60lb]
0,27kg

51,7 [2.04]

334-R
344
344-SS

[2000 lbf]
8900 N

[1.50lb]
0,68kg

45:1

62,4 [2.46]

344-R
374

[4000 lbf]
17800 N

[2.10lb]
0,95kg

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

MC-PAL-17

36:1

44,5 [1.75]

324101

324215

324901

324915

324101

324215

334101

334915

334901

334915

334101

334215

344101

344215

344901

344915

344101

344215

None*

374215

11.9
[0.47]

19.3
[0.76]

31
[1.22]
53.8
[2.12]

*375509 Latch Plate may be used as an alternate.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

324, 334, 344, 374 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS
324
324-SS

B3
M

R
H2 H
H1

334
334-SS

C2

L1
A4

344
344-SS

H3

A7
A5

A2

A6
D2

E
E1

B2

A3
mm [INCH]

374

mm [INCH]

B4
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

B B1

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

A
A1

Model 374

Model
324
324-SS
334
334-SS

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

B1

B2

B3

B4

C2

[0.50]
12,7

[1.00]
25,4

[0.56]
14,2

[0.25]
6,4

[0.28]
7,1

[1.00]
25,4

[0.19]
4,8

[0.19]
4,8

[0.88]
22,4

[1.38]
35,1

[0.53]
13,5

[0.81]
20,7

[1.19]
30,2

[0.09]
2,4

[0.75]
19,1

[1.31]
33,3

[0.81]
20,6

[0.28]
7,1

[0.41]
10,4

[1.50]
38,1

[0.28]
7,1

[0.28]
7,1

[1.00]
25,4

[1.56]
39,6

[0.68]
17,4

[1.13]
28,7

[1.63]
41,4

[0.12]
3.1

[1.94]
49,3

[1.06]
27

[0.35]
8,0

[0.69]
17,5

[2.13]
54

[0.36]
9,1

[0.39]
9,9

[1.44]
36,6

[2.12]
53,8

[1.20]
30,6

[2.38]
60,5

[0.16]
4

[2.43]
61,7

--

[0.68]
17,3

--

--

--

--

[1.50]
38,1

[2.50]
63,5

--

[2.36]
60

[0.37]
9,4

344
344-SS
374

[1.25]
31,8

[1.75]
44,5

Model D D2
F
H
H1
H2
H3
E
E1
L
L1 MAX
R
324
[0.20] [0.17] [0.25] [1.91] [1.10] [1.97] [0.92] [0.19] [0.38] [3.49]
[2.56]
[3.49]
5,1
4,3
6,4
48,5
28
50,1
[23,4]
4,4
9,7
88,7
65,1
88,8
324-SS
334
334-SS
344
344-SS
374

M4

[1.53]
38,7

[0.28] [0.22] [0.28] [2,37] [1.55] [2.68] [1.34] [0.35] [0.63] [4.10]
7,1
5,6
7,1
60,1
39,3
68
34
8,8
16
104,2

[3.70]
94

[4.12]
104,5

M6

[2.04]
51,8

[0.34] [0.34] [0.35] [3.39] [1.86] [7.09] [1.73] [0.50] [0.94] [5.77]
8,6
8,6
8,9
86,1
47,3
78,6
49,1
12,7
23,8 146,6

[5.00]
126,9

[5.84]
148,4

M8

[2.46]
62,4

[0.41]
10,3

[6.04]
153,5

[6.04]
153,5

M10

[1,75]
44,5

--

--

[2.38] [1.36]
60,5
34,5

--

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

--

--

--

[6.60]
167,8

MC-PAL-18

324-R, 334-R, 344-R Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-SS
324-R

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

H4
HOOK ADJ

B4
R
H H2

H1

L1

A4

334-R

C2

H3

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

A5

E1

A2

D2

B2

S
DRAWING
MOVEMENT

B3

F
D

344-R

B1

with DESTACO
Toggle Lock
Plus

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

A3
A

Model

A1

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

B3

B4

C2

324-R

[.50]
12.7

[1.00]
25.4

[.56]
14.3

[.25]
6.4

[.28]
7.1

[1.00]
25.4

[0.88]
22.4

[1.38]
35.1

[.52]
13.3

[0.81]
20.6

[0.44]
11.1

[0.09]
2.4

[0.20]
5.2

334-R

[.75]
19.1

[1.38]
34.9

[.81]
20.6

[.27]
7.0

[.41]
10.3

[2.13]
54.0

[1.00]
25.4

[1.56]
39.6

[0.68]
17.3

[1.13]
28.6

[1.63]
41.3

[0.12]
3.1

[0.28]
7.1

344-R

[1.25]
31,8

[1.94]
49.1

[1.06]
27.0

[.34]
8.7

[0.69]
17,5

[2.13]
54

[1.44]
36,6

[2.13]
54

[1.21]
30,6

[1.75]
44,5

[2.38]
60,5

[0.16]
4

[0.34]
8.6

D2

E1

H1

H2

H3

H4

L1

324-R

[0.17]
4.4

[0.20]
5.2

[0.17]
4.4

[0.22]
5.6

[2.03]
51.6

[1.11]
28.1

[2.07]
52.7

[1.52]
38.5

[.44]
11.1

[3.47]
88.1

[2.62]
66.6

M4

[1.53]
38.7

[3.49]
88.8

334-R

[0.22]
5.6

[0.35]
8.8

[0.63]
15.9

[0.18]
4.5

[2.37]
60.2

[1.55]
39.3

[2.55]
64.7

[2.22]
56.3

[0.86]
21.8

[4.12]
104.6

[3.76]
95.6

M6

[2.04]
51.7

[4.10]
104.2

344-R

[0.34]
8,7

[0.50]
12,7

[0.94]
23,9

[0.36]
9,1

[3.40]
86,5

[1.86]
47,3

[3.39]
86.0

[3.17]
80.8

[1.22]
31

[5.77]
146.5

[5.04]
128.0

M8

[2.46]
62.4

[5.90]
150

Model

MC-PAL-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

324, 334, 344, 374 Series


Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly | Dimensions
Replacement Hook
Assembly
324215
324215-M-25
324215-M-50
324215-M-100
324915
324915-M-25
324915-M-50
324915-M-100
334215
334215-M-25
334215-M-50
334215-M-100
334915
334915-M-25
334915-M-50
334915-M-100
344215
344215-M-25
344215-M-50
344215-M-100
344915
344915-M-25
344915-M-50
344915-M-100
374215
374215-M-25
374215-M-50
374215-M-100

Used on Clamp
Model
324
324-R
324-M-25*
324-R-M-25*
324-M-50*
324-R-M-50*
324-M-100*
324-R-M-100*
334-SS

Material

[3.00] 76
[4.00] 101,6
Steel
[5.00] 127
[7.00] 178

[1.00]
25,4

[0.81]
20,6

M4X0.7

[3.00] 76

334-SS-M-25*

[4.00] 101,6

334-SS-M-50*

[5.00] 127

334-SS-M-100*
334
334-R
334-M-25*
334-R-M-25*
334-M-50*
334-R-M-50*
334-M-100*
334-R-M-100*
334-SS

[7.00] 178

Stainless Steel

[4.31] 109,5
[5.31] 135
Steel
[6.31] 160,3
[8.31] 211

[1.50]
38,1

[1.13]
28,7

M6X1.0

[4.31] 109,5

334-SS-M-25*

[5.31] 135

334-SS-M-50*

[6.31] 160,3

334-SS-M-100*
344
344-R
344-M-25*
344-R-M-25*
344-M-50*
344-R-M-50*
344-M-100*
344-R-M-100*
344-SS

[8.31] 211

Stainless Steel

[5.81] 147,5
[6.81] 173
Steel
[7.81] 198,5
[9.81] 249,2

[2.25]
57,2
[1.75]
44,5

[5.81] 147,5

344-SS-M-25*

[6.81] 173

344-SS-M-50*

[7.81] 198,5

344-SS-M-100*

[9.81] 249,2

374

[6.50] 165

374-M-25*

[7.50] 190,5

374-M-50*

[8.50] 216

374-M-100*

[10.50] 266,5

M8X1.25

Stainless Steel

[3.25]
82,6

M10X1.50

Steel

Hook assemblies are supplied with (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts.
This item is available upon request.

Replacement Thumb
Used on
Control Lever
Clamp Model
324, 324-SS
324-ZB1
334, 334-SS
334-ZB1
344, 344-SS
344-ZB1
374
375-ZB1
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

B
A

MC-PAL-20

301, 311 Series


331Clamps | Product Overview
Pull Action Latch

Features:

Applications:

F
 ixed stop automatically limits handle travel
at various clamping positions once the clamp
is installed
Model 301 available in stainless steel
as 301-SS

301
301-SS

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

311

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


301, 301-SS, 311
Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

AF

EF

301

1670 N [375 lbf]

301-SS

2000 N [450 lbf]

311

5340 N [1200 lbf]

Weight

EF:AF

Drawing
Movement

0,32kg [0.70lb]

29:1

101,6 [4.00]

0,53kg [1.16lb]

31:1

85,9 [3.38]

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force


A1
A

A3
B3
B1

B
B4
D

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

C2

L1
L

Model
301
301-SS
311

A1

A3

B1

B3

B4

C2

L1

[0.75]
19,1

[1.38]
35,1

[0.32]
8

[1.25]
31,8

[1.75]
44,5

[0.56]
14,1

[1.04]
26,4

[1.52]
38,6

[0.12]
3,1

[0.28]
7,1

[1.91]
48,4

[8.33]
211,5

[3.04]
77,1

[4.00]
101,6

[1.25]
31,8

[1.91]
48,4

[0.33]
8,3

[1.78]
45,2

[2.53]
64,3

[0.56]
14,3

[1.05]
26,6

[1.91]
48,6

[0.12]
3,1

[0.33]
8,4

[2.44]
61,9

[9.49]
241,2

[3.02]
76,7

[3.88]
85,9

MC-PAL-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

3011 Series
331

Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview

Features:

Applications:

H
 eavy duty cast steel or stainless steel
construction with ergonomic handle
Replaceable stainless steel pivot pins

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers
Assembly

3011

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


3011

EF

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

EF:AF

Drawing
Movement

8900 N [2000 lbf]

0,91kg [2.00lb]

31:1

76,2 [3.00]

Model

AF

3011

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

[0.63]
16

[3.61]
91,7

[3.00]
76,2

[2.49]
63,2

[0.71]
18

[0.24]
6

[1.55]
39,5

[9.28]
235,6

[0.33]
8,5

[2.52]
64,0

[3.23]
82,0

[1.42]
36
[0.55]
14

[1.77]
45
[0.38]
9,6

[1.25]
31,8

[1.78]
45,2

[1.97]
50

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PAL-22

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

353-359_35
353 Series

Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview


Features:

Applications:

H
 eavy duty cast steel clamps are designed
to withstand the harshest environments
Ideally suit for parting line clamping of
rotational molds
R
 eplaceable stainless steel pivot pins

353-35

Molding
Closures for doors,
lids, covers

Also Available:

Keeper plate
Papered bolt assembly

353-65

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


AF

EF

HC

Model

Max.
Holding
Capacity

Weight EF:AF

353-35

[2800 lbf]
12460 N

[2.10lb]
0,95kg

353-65

[2100 lbf]
9350 N

[2.30lb]
1,04kg

Drawing
Movement

23:1
12
[0.47]
27:1

[9.50] [1.38]
241,5
35

Keeper Tapered Bolt


Plate
Assembly
(included) (included)
353004
353908

[10.69] [2.56]
271,5
65

353004

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

MC-PAL-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

353 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
353-35

353-65

353-359_35

[0.31]
8,0
M10
[3.15]
80,0

[0.79]
20,0

[0.27]
6,8
[1.00]
25,4

[2.46]
62,5

[1.12]
28,5

[0.50]
12,7

[1.57]
40,0

[6.56]
166,5

K
MAX,

[2.20]
56,0

L
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[9.50]
241,3

MC-PAL-24

Page: MC-SAP-#

325
2

345
3

424
4

441
4

431
5

425
6

435
6

462
7

463
7

482
7

484
7

486
7

MC-SAP-1

80+ [2.26+]

60 to 80 [1.57 to 3.15]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]

20 to 30 [0.78 to 1.18]

Max. Holding Capacity


N [lbf.]

10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.78]

0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]

5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]

4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]

3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

Series

squeeze action plier clamps

Sizing and Application Chart


Maximum Clamping Thickness
mm [inch]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

325 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

D
 esigned for attachment by welding or using
mounting holes
Available in stainless steel as -SS version

Also Available:

Molding
See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
Closures for doors,
lids, covers

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

325,
325-SS
Model
325
325-SS

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

Jaw
Opening

3560 N [800 lbf]

0,54kg [1.18lb]

90

Spindle
(Supplied)
325203-M
325943-M

Dimensions
[1.06]
27,0

[1.25]
31,7
M12
[0.27]
6,8

90

[1.78]
45,3

[0.28]
7,1
[8.28]
210,2
[0.31]
8,0

[0.50]
12,7

[2.94]
74,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SAP-2

mm [INCH]

mm

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST
PROJE

345 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

D
 esigned for welding or bolting at any
point along the mounting bar
Includes M10 swivel foot spindle
Model 345-G includes sliding jaw
with spindle

345,
345-G

Welding fixtures
Assembly fixtures
Closures for doors,
lids, covers

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Max. Holding
Capacity

Model
345

Jaw
Opening

Weight
1,22kg [2.69lb]

3560 N [800 lbf]

345-G

Spindle
(Supplied)
468206-M

85
1,40kg [3.09lb]

468206-M
210203-M

This item is available upon request.

345, 345-G

Dimensions
M10

85

[2.72]
69,0

[4.77]
121,1 MIN

M10

[9.33]
237,0 MAX
[10.86]
276,0

INCLUDED WITH
345-G ONLY

[0.75]
19,1
[6.47]
164,3
[1.97]
50,0

435113
SLIDING JAW

MC-SAP-3

[1.06]
27,0

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

424, 441 Series


Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

C
 ompact clamps with forged alloy steel
construction for high strength
Versions ending with (-2) are supplied with
two adjustable spindles

424

Also Available:

Welding
Assembly

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

441

424-2
With Two
Adjustable
Spindles

441-2
With Two
Adjustable
Spindles

424, 424-2, 441, 441-2

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


K5

Model
K2
K2

424
424-2
441
441-2

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

900 N [200 lbf]

0,14kg [0.31lb]

1560 N [350 lbf]

0,29kg [0.63lb]

424, 424-2, 441, 441-2

(K5) Maximum
Clamping
Thickness
16 [0.63]

Spindle
(Supplied)
424208-M

7,4 [0.29]

(2X) 431208-M

23,3 [1.03]

441203-M

20,8 [0.82]

(2X) 461203-M

MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

L1
M

K5

K2
K4 K1

K2

K5

MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

L1

mm [INCH]

mm

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST
PROJE

Model
424
K4 K1

K5 424-2

441
441-2

K1

K2

K4

L1

[0.66]
16.8

[1.91]
48.5

[1.00]
25.4

[0.50]
12.7

[2.06]
K
52.3

[4.63]
117.6

[1.08]
27.4

M6

[0.50]
12.7

[2.07]
52.5

[1.25]
31.8

[0.63]
15.9

[2.80]
71.2

[6.03]
153.1

[1.77]
44.9

M8

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SAP-4

431 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

T
 empered spring steel jaws provide
exceptional jaw depth

Assembly
Gluing, soldering

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

431

431

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model
431

Max. Holding
Capacity

Weight

(K5) Maximum
Clamping Thickness

Spindle
(Supplied)

400 N [100 lbf]

0,14kg [0.31lb]

6,8 [0.27]

424208-M

M6

[2.91]
74,0

[0.64]
16,2
[2.38]
60,4

[2.83]
72,0
K5
[0.66]
16,8

[6.80]
172,7

MC-SAP-5

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

425, 435 Series


Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

T
 wo way trigger release allows for fast
and easy opening of clamp

425

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding
Gluing, soldering

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

435

425

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

425

2220 N [500 lbf]

435

0,14kg [0.31lb]

(K5) Maximum
Clamping
Thickness
24 [0.94]

0,23kg [0.50lb]

36,3 [1.43]

Max. Holding
Capacity

Model

Weight

Spindle
(Supplied)
205203-M
(2X) 205203-M

This item is available upon request

M6

[2.80]
71,1

[1.83]
46,5
435

[1.10]
28,1

[1.84]
46,7

K5

[0.58]
14,8
MODEL 425 AS SHOWN

[5.51]
140,0

M6

[1.83]
46,5

[0.55]
14,0
K5
[3.38] [1.75]
86,0
44,4

[1.76]
44,7

[0.58]
14,8

[5.52]
140,1

MODEL 435 AS SHOWN


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SAP-6

mm [INCH]

mm [IN

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST AN
PROJECT

460, 480 Series


Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

D
 rop forged alloy steel components
for exceptional strength
Two way trigger release allows for fast
and easy opening of clamp

Assembly
Welding

462

462-2
With Two Adjustable
Spindles

463

482

484

486

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

Model

Max. Holding
Capacity

462
462-2

29,5 [1.16]

468206-M
210206-M

30,5 [1.20]

(2X) 491203-M

0,54kg [1.19lb]

54,2 [2.13]

468206-M
210206-M

0,79kg [1.75lb]

29,5 [1.16]

468206-M

0,91kg [2.00lb]

76,5 [3.01]

468206-M
210206-M

1,05kg [2.31lb]

138,4 [5.45]

(2X) 240203-M

3110 N [700 lbf]

482

486

Spindle
(Supplied)

0,51kg [1.13lb]

463

484

(K5) Maximum
Clamping
Thickness

Weight

5340 N [1200 lbf]


4450 N [1000 lbf]

MC-SAP-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

460, 480 Series


Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Dimensions

484

M 10

[0.88]
22,2

K5

[0.88]
22,2

[0.75]
19,1

M10

[4.65]
118,0

[2.72]
69,0

[3.00]
76,2

[2.13]
54
[2.72]
69
[0.88]
22,2

[2.65]
67,2

[1.75]
44,5
[4.16]
105,6

[2.65]
67,4
[0.69]
17,5

K5

[8.51]
216,1
[8.51]
216,1

MODEL 463 AS SHOWN

MODEL 462 AS SHOWN

486
M10
[9.13]
232

[2.56]
65,1

[5.98]
151,8

[3.00]
76,2

[3.88]
98,4

[4.18]
106.2

[1.75]
44.5

[1.19]
30.2

[2.59]
65.7

[2.99]
76,0

[0.88]
22,2

M 10

[2.94]
74.6

[0.69]
17,5
[9.15]
232,5

MODEL 482 AS SHOWN

MODEL 484 AS SHOWN

[3.00]
76,2
[7.92]
201,1

M10

[2.56]
65,1

[2.99]
76,0

[3.00]
76,2

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.69]
17,5
[9.15]
232,5
MODEL 486 AS SHOWN

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-SAP-8

manual clamping accessories


Manual Clamping Accessory Overview

Flat-Tip Bonded
Neoprene Spindle
Inch

Large Diameter
Padded Swivel Foot
Spindle Inch

Neoprene Caps

Bolt Retainers

Flat-Tip Bonded
Neoprene Spindle
Metric

Swivel Foot
Spindle

Special Neoprene Caps

Flanged Washers

Round Bonded
Neoprene Spindle
Metric

Hex Head
Spindle

Polyurethane Caps

Cone-Tip Bonded
Neoprene Spindle
Metric

Plunger-matic
Assemblies

Cone-Tip
Polyurethane Caps

MC-ACC-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Spindles
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene
Spindle Inch
Black neoprene, hardness:
70-80 Shore A
Temperature Range:
-20C to 100C
[-22F to 212F]
Oil resistant, LABS
(silicone) free
Includes jam nuts
Stainless steel
versions available
upon request

Part No.

102208

CopyOfLARGE BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY

#8-32

105208

#10-32

201208
202208

SW
M

215208

1/4-20

424208

431208

L1
L

225208

5/16-18

507208
A

240208

CopyOfSMALL BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY-METRIC


3/8-16
527208
D1

235208

Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene


Spindle Metric

Red neoprene, hardness:


80-85 Shore A
Temperature Range:
-20C to 100C
[-22F to 212F]
Oil resistant, LABS
(silicone) free
Includes jam nuts

247208

1/2-13

267208

5/8-11

Part No.

L1

[1.25]
31,8
[1.00]
25,4
[1.38]
35,1
[1.63]
41,4
2.13]
54,1
[1.50]
38,1
[1.00]
25,4
[2.25]
57,2
[3.00]
76,2
[3.25]
82,6
[3.50]
88,9
[5.75]
146,1
[3.87]
98,3
[5.00]
127

[0.94]
23,8
[0.69]
17,4
[1.01]
25,5
[1.08]
27,4
[1.58]
40,1
[1.12]
28,5
[0.62]
15,8
[1.54]
39,1
[2.29]
58,2
[2.31]
58,5
[2.50]
63,5
[4.77]
121,1
[2.73]
69,3
[3.63]
92,1

431208-M
424208-M
SW
M

202208-M

M6

215208-M
H

L1

225208-M
2007208-M

M8

507208-M
240208-M

235208-M
D1
D

SW
H

M10

247208-M

M12

Part No.

205208-M
201208-M

M4

305208-M
L

L1

213208-M

M5

2013208-M
G

307208-M

M8

SW

[0.34]
8,7

[0.13]
3,2

[0.38]
9,5

SW

[0.44]
11,1

[0.50]
12,7

[0.56]
14,3

[0.22]
5,6

[0.75]
19,1
[0.94]
23,8

[0.31]
7,9
[0.38]
9,5

L1
[0.6]
15,8
[1.25]
31,7
[1.18]
30
[1.57]
40
[1.38]
35
[1.77]
45
[2.56]
65
[2.17]
55
[3.74]
95
[2.87]
73

SW

[0.12]
3

[0.63]
16

[0.47]
12

[0.13]
3,3

[0.66]
16,8

[0.50]
12,7

[0.83]
21

[0.55]
14

[0.28]
7
[0.38]
9,5

[1.02]
26
[0.88]
22,2
[1.02]
26
[1.18]
[30]
[1.38]
35,1

[0.79]
20
[0.63]
16
[0.79]
20
[0.95]
24
[1.00]
25,4

D1

[0.13]
3,3

[0.66]
16,8

[0.66]
16,8

[0.12]
3

[0.63]
16

[0.47]
12

[0.83]
21

[0.55]
14

[1.02]
26

[0.78]
20

[1.18]
30

[0.94]
24

[0.39]
10

[0.51]
13

[0.13]
3,2

[0.16]
4
[0.20]
5

[0.67]
17

[0.20]
5

[0.75]
19

[0.24]
6

L1

[0.87]
22
[1.26]
32
[1.14]
29
[1.34]
34
[1.54]
39
[1.69]
43

[0.79]
20
[1.18]
30
[0.98]
25
[1.18]
30
[1.38]
35

[0.28]
7

SW

[0.28]
7

[0.09]
2,2

[0.11]
2,8

[0.32]
8

[0.32]
8

[0.11]
2,7

[0.20]
5

[0.39]
10

[0.51]
13

[0.16]
4

[0.35]
9

[0.75]
19

L1

213208-M-L

[1.34]
34

[1.18]
30

M5

MC-ACC-2

[0.44]
11,1

[0.19]
4,8

[0.24]
6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.56]
14,3

[0.06]
1,6

[0.20]
5

[1.00]
25,4
[1.63]
41,3
[1.73]
44
[2.13]
54
[2.09]
53
[2.48]
63
[3.27]
83
[3.11]
79
[4.72]
120
[4.02]
102

Item is available upon request.

D1

[0.16]
4

Part No.

[0.13]
3,2

D
H

L1

Spindles
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Cone-Tip Bonded Neoprene Spindle Inch
Black neoprene, hardness:
70-80 Shore A
Temperature Range:
-20C to 100C
[-22F to 212F]
Oil resistant, LABS
(silicone) free
Includes jam nuts

[0.50]
12,7

SW
CopyOf905

Part No.
305208

213208

7,9
H

509208

L1
L

519208
210208
A

[1.50]
#10-32
38,1
[2.25]
1/4-20
57,2
[3.00]
76,2
5/16-18
[5.50]
139,7
[3.50]
3/8-16
88,9

L1

SW

D1

[1.00]
25,4
[1.56]
39,6
[2.28]
57,9
[4.75]
120,7
[2.50]
63,5

[0.38]
9,5
[0.44]
11,2

[0.13]
3,3
[0.16]
40,6

[0.38]
9,5

[0.19]
4,8

[0.56]
14,2

[0.44]
11,2

[0.50]
12,7

[0.19]
4,8

[0.50]
12,7

[0.25]
6,4

[0.75]
19,1

[0.63]
16

[0.56]
14,2

[0.23]
5,8

[0.75]
19,1

[0.41]
10,4

[0.88]
22,4

[0.75]
19,1

D1
D

Large Diameter Padded Swivel Foot Spindle-Inch


White neoprene, hardness:
70-80 Shore A
Temperature Range:
-40C to 105C
[-40F to 220F]
Non-marking neoprene
Includes jam nuts

Part No.

L1

SW

SW

207209

1/4-20

[2.56]
65

[1.56]
39,6

[0.44]
11,2

[0.16]
4

507209

5/16-18

[2.98]
75,7

[1.94]
49,3

[0.50]
12,7

[0.19]
4,8

[3.56]
90,4

[2.44]
62

[0.56]
14,2

[0.23]
5,8

H
CopyOfSWIVEL210209
FOOT ASSEMBLY
3/8-16

L1

[0.31]
8

Swivel
Angle

[1.00]
25,4

14

[1.50]
38,1

24

[2.00]
50,8

26

L
A

Plunger-matic Assemblies

For use with Straight Line Action clamps


Internal compression spring
compensates for
variations in
L1
material thickness
Zinc plated
Includes jam nut
L

Part No.

905
905-M
920
920-M

Includes jam nuts

SW

L1

SW

5/16-18
M8

[2.50]
63,5

[0.75]
19,1

L1
L1
L L1

D
Style A

3/8-16

[3.63]
92,2

M10

Part No.

207206-M

M6

507206-M

M8

468206-M

250206-M

[0.19]
4,8

[750]
131

[135]
600

[0.38]
[9,6]

[822]
144

[308]
1370

Swivel
Angle

[1.13]
28,6

Style C

B
M10

MC-ACC-3

A
M12
1/4-20

507206

5/16-18

B
3/8-16

210206
250206

Style

207206

468206

D
Style B

Max.
Force
[lbf.]
N

[0.88]
22,2

210206-M

Spring
Constant
[lbf./in]
N/mm

Swivel Foot Spindle

SW

Max.
Compression
S

C
1/2-13

L1

SW

[2.44]
62
[2.87]
73
[3.00]
76,2
[3.31]
84
[4.72]
120
[2.38]
60,5
[2.75]
69,9
[3.06]
77,7
[3.38]
85.9
[4.63]
117,6

[2.13]
54
[2.46]
62,5
[2.00]
50,8
[2.80]
71
[4.13]
105
[1.56]
39,6
[1.94]
49,3
[1.92]
48,8
[2.41]
61,2
[3.44]
87,4

[0.39]
10
[0.51]
13

[0.13]
3,2
[0.16]
4

[0.47]
12

[0.67]
17

[0.20]
5

[0.75]
19
[0.44]
11,2
[0.50]
12,7

[0.24]
6
[0.16]
4
[0.19]
4,8

[0.79]
20
[0.98]
25
[0.50]
12,7
[0.56]
14,2

[0.56]
14,2

[0.23]
5,8

[0.63]
16

[0.75]
19,1

[0.31]
7,9

[1.00]
25,4

[0.63]
16

30

24

30

14

24

26
24

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

spindles
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Hex Head Spindle
Stainless Steel

Includes
Plain
CopyOfPLAIN
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
hexagonal head
Includes Fully threaded
Includes Stainless steel,
type 303
Includes jam nuts

Hex Head Spindle

Plain hexagonal head


Fully threaded
Zinc plated
Includes jam nuts

L1

SW

[0.09]
205943
2,2

#8-32

[0.86]
21,8

[0.75]
19,1

[0.25]
6,4

[0.31]
8

[0.11]
201943
2,7

#10-32

[1,37]
34,8

[1,37]
34,8

[0.31]
8

[1.57]
40

[0.39]
10

[0.13]
202943
3,2

1/4-20

[1.67]
42,4

[1.50]
38,1

[0.44]
11,1

[0.16]
4

[2.77]
70.3

[2.56]
65

[0.51]
13

[0.16]
207943
4

5/16-18

[2.72]
69

[0.50]
12,7

[0.19]
4,8

M10

[3.00]
76,4

[2.76]
70

[0.67]
17

[0.20]
237943
5

3/8-16

[2.75]
69,9

[0.56]
14,2

[0.22]
5,6

M12

[2.87]
73

[2.56]
65

[0.75]
19

[0.24]
245943
6

1/2-13

[2.72]
69

[2.38]
60,5

[0.75]
19,1

[0.31]
8

Part No.

L1

SW

L1

SW

205203-M

M6

[1.93]
49

[1.77]
45

[0.39]
10

[0.13]
3,2

[1.92]
48,8

[1.75]
44,5

[1.20]
30,5

[0.98]
25

[3.00]
76,2

[0.44]
11,2

[0.16]
4

202203

[3.17]
80,5

207203-M

[2.97]
75,5

[2.76]
70

461203

[1.22]
31

[1.00]
25,4

491203-M

[1.85]
47

[1.57]
40

[1.97]
50

[1.75]
44,5

[0.50]
12,7

[0.19]
4,8

[3.03]
77

[2.76]
70

207203

[2.72]
69,1

[2.50]
63,5

[4.21]
107

[3.94]
100

491203

[1.75]
44,5

[1.50]
38,1

M12

[3.46]
88

[3.15]
80

[0.75]
19

[0.24]
6

210203

[3.00]
76,2

[2.75]
69,9

[4.72]
120

[0.94]
24

[0.28]
7

[4.00]
101,6

[0.23]
5,8

240203

[4.25]
108

[0.56]
14,2

M16

[5.12]
130

105203*

#8-32 [0.86]
21,8

[0.75]
19,1

[0.25]
6,4

527203

[5.25]
133,4

[5.00]
127

305203

#10-32 [1.12]
28,4

[1.00]
25,4

[0.31]
8

325203

[2.84]
72,1

[2.50]
63,5

[3.34]
84,8

[3.00]
76,2

[0.75]
19,1

[0.31]
7,9

[4.42]

[4.00]
101,6

[0.38]
9,5

[0.38]
9,5

L1

SW

205943-M

M4

[0.89]
22

[0.79]
20

[0.28]
7

201943-M

M5

[1,32]
33,5

[1.18]
30

202943-M

M6

[1.73]
42,4

207943-M

M8

237943-M
245943-M

210203-M

M10

240203-M
220203-M

Part No.

Part No.
205203

[2.50]
63,5

1/4-20

M8

461203-M

SW

Part No.

L1

[0.51]
13

[0.16]
4

441203
[0.67]
17

[0.20]
5

5/16-18

3/8-16

267203-M

[0.13]
3,3
1/2-13

*Material: nylon

220203
250203

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-ACC-4

5/8-11

[0.13]
3,2

spindle caps
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Neoprene Caps

Slip on head of hex-head spindles


Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
Temperature range:
-40C to 105C [-40F to 220F]
.

For Spindle
Diameter

215119

[0.63]
16

[0.25]
6,35

[0.44]
11,1

M6 or 1/4

225119

[0.75]
19,1

[0.31]
8

[0.50]
12,7

M8 or 5/16

235119

[0.88]
22,3

[0.38]
9,7

[0.53]
13,5

3/8

For Spindle
Diameter

424107

[0.44]
11,1

[0.22]
5,6

[0.44]
11,1

M6 or 1/4

235110

[0.72]
18,3

[0.34]
8,6

[0.88]
22,3

M10 or 3/8

Part No.

Special Neoprene Caps

Slip on threaded spindle rod


Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
Temperature range:
-40C to 105C [-40F to 220F]

Part No.

Polyurethane Caps

Flat tip, internally threaded


Hardness: 80 Shore A
Temperature range:
-70C to 95C [-90F to 200F]

Part No.

D1

L1

L2

215219
215219-M
225219

235219-M

For Spindle
Diameter
1/4-20

[0.79]
20

[0.50]
12,7

[0.69]
17,5

[0.50]
12,7

225219-M
235219

L2

M6 x 1.0
5/16-18
M8 x 1.25

[0.81]
20,5

[0.63]
16

[0.88]
22,3

[0.63]
16

3/8-16
M10 x 1.5

L1

D1

Polyurethane Caps Cone-tip


Cone tip, internally threaded
Hardness: 80 Shore A
Temperature range:
-70C to 95C [-90F to 200F]

Part No.
215319
225319
235319

L2

[0.81]
20,5

L1

L2

[0.75]
19,1

[0.50]
12,7

[0.94]
23,9

[0.63]
16

For Spindle
Diameter
1/4
5/16
3/8

L1

MC-ACC-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

bolt retainers, washers


Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Bolt Retainers

Part No.

For use with clamps featuring U-bar


and open bar clamping arms

F1

207105

Style A

F2

F2

[0.25]
6,4

[0.32]
8,2

[0.24]
6

[0.75]
19,1

[0.53]
13,5

210114-M

[1.49]
38

[0.78]
20

[0.51]
13

247110

[1.63]
41,4

[0.88]
22,3

[0.56]
14,2

247110-M

[1.61]
41

[0.87]
22,2

[0.57]
14,4

250121

[1.88]
47,8

[1.00]
25,4

[0.64]
16,3

2002115-E

[0.97]
24,6

[0.50]
12,7

[0.26]
6,6

2007115-E

[1.26]
32

[0.75]
19,1

[0.34]
8,6

2010115-E

[1.58]
40,1

[1.13]
28,7

[0.41]
10,4

For Spindle
Diameter

[0.31]
8

A
B
A
M10 or 3/8
B
A

[0.38]
9,7

M12 or 1/2
B
M12 or 1/2

[0.23]
5,8
[0.32]
8,1

M8 or 5/16
M10 or 3/8

F2

For Spindle
Diameter

105106

[0.44]
11,2

[0.17]
4,3

[0.33]
8,3

M4 or #8

102111

[0.56]
14,2

[0.20]
5,1

[0.38]
9,6

M5 or #10

215105

[0.69]
17,5

[0.26]
6,7

[0.50]
12,7

M6 or 1/4

507107

[0.88]
22,4

[0.33]
8,4

[0.59]
15

M8 or 5/16

235106

[1.00]
25,4

[0.41]
10,5

[0.75]
19,1

M10 or 3/8

247109

[1.26]
32

[0.53]
13,5

[0.91]
23,2

M12 or 1/2

267102

[1.44]
36,5

[0.66]
16,8

[1.03]
26,2

M16 or 5/8

F2

For Spindle
Diameter

105906

[0.44]
11,2

[0.17]
4,3

[0.33]
8,3

M4 or #8

102911

[0.56]
14,2

[0.20]
5,1

[0.38]
9,6

M5 or #10

215905

[0.69]
17,5

[0.26]
6,7

[0.50]
12,7

M6 or 1/4

507907

[0.88]
22,4

[0.33]
8,4

[0.60]
15,2

M8 or 5/16

235906

[1.00]
25,4

[0.41]
10,5

[0.75]
19,1

M10 or 3/8

247909

[1.26]
32

[0.53]
13,5

[0.91]
23,2

M12 or 1/2

267902

[1.44]
36,6

[0.66]
16,8

[1.03]
26,2

M16 or 3/8

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-ACC-6

M6 or 1/4

Part No.

Style

M8 or 5/16

Part No.

Flanged Washers-Stainless Steel


For use with clamps featuring U-bar
and open bar clamping arms

[0.33]
8,4

[1.50]
38,1

Flanged Washers

For use with clamps featuring U-bar


and open bar clamping arms
Zinc plated

F1

210114

F1

Style B

[0.63]
16

[1.26]
32

38

38.1

[1.25]
31,8

207105-M

Adapters & extensions


Manual Clamping Accessories | Product Overview
Features:

 Provides flexible adjustment of length and height

Mounts to manual clamp models that feature


open clamping arms
Lightweight aluminum

Application Areas:

Checking fixtures
Areas requiring multiple clamping points

Length Adapter:

For horizontal bridging


Made of aluminum
Easy handling

Height Adapter:

For vertical bridging


Made of aluminum
Easy handling

Plastic Grip:

Ergonomic design
for checking fixtures

Internal
over-centre
locking:

Clamping Arm Adapter:

Secure fixing
Exact positioning

Flexible adjustment of the


clamping points with several
holes for asymmetric clamping

Open clamping arm:

Attaches easily to manual clamps


with open ended clamping arms
(Model 227-U-L shown)

Also available in black

Adjustment Spindles:

For Checking Fixtures


Small head-diameter
No interference during
the checking process

MC-ACC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Adapters & extensions


Manual Clamping Accessories | Dimensions
Length Adapter
D2H7

Length
adapter

Model no.
213-U-L / 213-UB-L

L-213-1-01

2013-U / 2013-UB
2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
2002-U-L / 2002-UB-L
2017-U / 2017-UB
2017-UR / 2017-UBR

L-213-1-02

B1

B2

B3

B4

[0.39]
10

[0.22]
5,5

[0.31]
8

[0.39]
10

2x
45

[0.22]
5,5

+0, -,1

D1 D2H7

--

[0.24]
6

L-217-1-01
[0.26]
6,5

L-217-1-02

[0.35]
9

[0.47]
12

2x
45

[0.22]
5,5

L-217-1-03

207-U-L / 207-UB-L

L-227-1-01

227-U-L / 227-UB-L

L-227-1-02

[0.47]
12

2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS
2027-U / 2027-UB

L-227-1-03

2027-UR / 2027-UBR

L-227-1-04

Available upon request.

[0.39]
10

[0.33]
8,5

[0.51]
13

[0.59]
15

2x
45

[0.22]
5,5

[0.31]
8

L1

[1.97]
50

[1.18]
30

[3.54]
90

[2.76]
70

[2.17]
55

[1.18]
30

[3.74]
95

[2.76]
70

[5.31]
135

[4.33]
110

[2.17]
55

[1.18]
30

[3.74]
95

[2.76]
70

[5.31]
135

[4.33]
110

[6.89]
175

[5.91]
150

+0,2

L2

L3

L4

M1

[0.47]
12

[0.79]
20

[0.20]
5

M4

M5

M5

M5

M6

M5

[1.30]
33

[1.89]
48
[0.59]
15

[1.30]
33

[2.87]
73

Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.

Height Adapter

Model no.
213-U-L / 213-UB-L

Height adapter

L-213-2-01

2013-U / 2013-UB
2013-UR / 2013-UBR

L-213-2-02

202-U-L / 202-UB-L
217-U-L / 217-UB-L

L-217-2-01

D2

f7

f7

[0.20]
5

[0.24]
6

[0.39]
10

2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS
2017-U / 2017-UB

D1

L-217-2-02

[0.24]
6

[0.24]
6

[0.31]
8

[0.31]
88

L1

[2.05]
52

[1.38]
35

[3.23]
82

[2.56]
65

[2.05]
52

[1.38]
35

[3.23]
82

[2.56]
65

[2.09]
53

[1.38]
35

[3.23]
82

[2.56]
65

L2

L3

SW

M5

[0.47]
12

[0.31]
8
M6

[0.31]
8

2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L

L-227-2-01

2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS
2027-U / 2027-UB

L-227-2-02

[0.31]
8

2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Available upon request.

Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-ACC-8

[0.51]
13

[0.39]
10

M8

[0.24]
6

Adapters & extensions


Manual Clamping Accessories | Dimensions
Clamping Arm Adapter

Model no.

Clamping
arm adapter

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

H7

L1

L2

L4

L5

L6

M1

M5

M5

M6

M5

M8

M5

213-U-L / 213-UB-L
2013-U / 2013-UB

[0.20]
5

L-213-3-01

2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L

[3.70]
94

217-U-L / 217-UB-L
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS L-217-3-01
[0.39] [0.20] [0.79] [0.31] [0.47]
10
5
20
8
12

2017-U / 2017-UB

[2.40] [2.01]
61
51
[0.24]
6

[1.26] [0.59]
32
15

[0.39]
10

2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
4.88] [0.31] [2.99] [2.60]
124
8
76
66

2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS L-227-3-01

[0.59]
15

2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Available upon request.

Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.

MC-ACC-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Adapters & extensions


Manual Clamping Accessories | Dimensions
Arm Extension:

Easily cut to length


Drilled & tapped for spindle attachment
Note: adding arm extension will reduce the clamps holding
capacity. Refer to Technical Appendix for details

Model no.

Extension link

B1

B2

B3

B4

+0, -,1

213-U-L / 213-UB-L
2013-U / 2013-UB

L-213-4-01

[0.39]
10

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

M1

+0,2

[0.22]
5,5

[0.31]
8

[0.39]
10

2x [2.95] [2.36]
45
75
60

[0.94]
24

[0.79]
20

[0.47] [1.42] [0.31]


M4
12
36
8

M5

[0.26]
6,5

[0.35]
9

[0.47]
12

2x [5.00] [4.33]
45 127
110

[1.38]
35

[1.89]
48

[2.95] [0.39]
M5
75
10

M5

[4.13] [0.39]
M6
105
10

M5

2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS

L-217-4-01

2017-U / 2017-UB
2017-UR / 2017-UBR

[0.47]
12

207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS

[0.59]
15

[0.33]
8,5

L-227-4-01

[0.51]
13

[0.59]
15

2x [6.57] [5.91]
45 167
150

[1.77]
45

[2.87]
73

2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Available upon request.

Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.

Cross Arm Set

1 x cross arm
2 x adjustment spindles
with neoprene thrust pads
vulcanized, resin-free, inc.
2 x fastening nuts
4 x flange washers
1 x screw incl. 1 x fastening
nut, self-locking

L1

C7

C1

L3

F1

For Models
with U Arms

C1

C7

F1

L1

L3

Adjustable Spindles

207426-Q

207, 225, 227

[0.47]
12

[0.12]
3

[0.31]
35

[0.57]
14,5

[4.92]
125

[4.33]
110

507208-M

210440-Q

210, 235, 237

[0.63]
16

[0.16]
4

[0.43]
11

[0.75]
19

[5.87]
149

[5.12]
130

240208-M

Model no.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-ACC-10

carver clamp Series


Product Overview
Bar-Style

C-Style

Model

Holding
Capacity
max

T186-24
T186-36

[2500 lbf]
11300N

T321-24
T321-36
T321-60

[1500 lbf]
5650N

T290-36
T290-60
T290-84

[4000 lbf]
18000N

T285-36
T285-60
T285-84

[2000 lbf]
9000N

T257-84

[6000 lbf]
27000N

Page
MC-CVR-#

3-4

Model

Holding
Capacity
max

T186-6
T186-12
T186-20

[2500 lbf]
11300N

T321-10

[1270 lbf]
5650N

T290-9
T290-18
T290-40

[4000 lbf]
18000N

T285-9
T285-18

[2000 lbf]
9000N

T257-24
T257-36

[6000 lbf]
27000N

Page
MC-CVR-#

5-6

Typical Applications
Bar Clamps

C Clamps

No obstruction
from long screw.
Ideal for structural
steel fabrication.

MC-CVR-1

Unaffected by weld
spatter. Screw is
shielded and out
of work area.

Holds rounds to flats.


Limited movement
of moveable jaw pad
and grooved face
ensure positive grip
on round objects.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

carver clamp Series


Product Overview
Buttress-Style

Model

T614-0

T614-1

T-Slot Style
Holding
Capacity
max

Page
MC-CVR-#

[2900 lbf]
13000N

[14000 lbf]
62500N

7-8

Model

Holding
Capacity
max

T400-4
T400-6
T400-8

[5100 lbf]
22700N

T600-4
T600-6
T600-8

[3600 lbf]
16000N

Page
MC-CVR-#

9-12

T614-2

[18000 lbf]
80000N

T402-6
T402-12
T402-18
T402-24
T602-6
T602-12
T602-18

Typical Applications
Buttress Clamps

T-Slot Clamps

Ideal for use as manual die clamps. Eliminates the need for step
blocks or riser blocks.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-CVR-2

[8160 lbf]
36300N

[5620 lbf]
25000N

bar-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

These rugged clamps, made from high-tensile, heat-treated steel, are designed for all types of applications
requiring large holding capacities from 1270 lbf to 6000 lbf (5650N to 27000N).

The clamps are highly


versatile. For example, jaws can be reversed to provide spreading action, or several jaws can be used on
a single bar both for fixturing and positive component location and clamping.
Available models include T321 Standard-Duty Deep Throat, T285 Medium-Duty Deep Throat, T186
Standard-Duty, T290 Medium-Duty and T257 Heavy-Duty. In addition, standard and medium-duty
connectors are available to couple like bars together for increased clamping reaches.

Model
186-13
290-13

For Bar Clamps


Model

Weight
[lbs.] kg

T186-.. and T321-..


T285-.. and T290-..

[1.54] 0,7
[2.87] 1,3

Connector

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Throat
Depth
Holding Capacity

[2500 lbf]
11300N

Width
Opening
S

B1

min

[2.38]
60

[8.50]
215

max
[24]
600
[36]
900

Width
Opening
S1
min

[2.95]
75

[24]
600
[1270 lbf]
5650N

[4000 lbf]
18000N

[2000 lbf]
9000N

[6000 lbf]
27000N

[4.7]
120

[3.5]
90

[8.0]
200

[5.50]
140

[10.00]
250

[6.00]
150

[36]
900

[3.15]
80

[12.00]
305

Model

Clamping Screw

[7.50]
3,4

[26.8]
680

T186-24

[39]
990

T186-36

[9.50]
4,4

[27.2]
690

T321-24

[7.70]
3,5

T321-36

[9.00]
4,5

[39.4]
1000

M12

M12

[60]
1500

[63]
1600

T321-60

[13.00]
5,9

[36]
900

[36.9]
1005

T290-36

[20.50]
10,5

[63.8]
1620

T290-60

[28.50]
14,0

[60]
1500

[87.4]
2220

T290-84

[36.50]
18,0

[36]
900

[42.7]
1085

T285-36

[24.50]
10,5

T285-60

[32.50]
15,0

[48]
1200

[48]
1200

[4.72]
120

[4.72] [66.93]
700
120

[60]
1500

[4.5]
115

max

Consisting of:
Weight
[lbs.]
kg

[84]
2100

[5.90]
150

[90.6]
2300

T285-84

[86.6]
2200

T257-84

M16

M16

[40.50]
19,0

M20

[61.00]
27,2

1x

186-24-1
186-36-1

2x

186-2

186-24-1
186-36-1

321-2

186-60-1

290-36-1
290-60-1

290-2

290-84-1

290-36-1
290-60-1

285-2

290-84-1

257-84-1

257-2

Available upon request

MC-CVR-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

bar-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions

Model

T186-24
T186-36

[inch]
mm

A1

A2

B2

B3

B4

[0.98]
25

[0.47]
12

[2.99]
76

[1.26]
32

[1.73]
44

[1.18]
30

[2.99]
76

[28]
710
[40.2]
1020

[28]
710

T321-24
T321-36

[0.98]
25

[0.47]
12

[2.99]
76

[1.26]
32

[4.09]
104

[1.18]
30

[2.99]
76

[40.2]
1020

T321-60

[64]
1625

T290-36

[42.1]
1070

T290-60

[1.50]
38

[0.79]
20

[5.51]
140

[2.00]
51

[2.56]
65

[1.57]
40

[4.13]
105

[66.5]
1690

T290-84

[90.2]
2290

T285-36

[42.1]
1070

T285-60

[1.50]
38

[0.79]
20

[5.51]
140

[2.00]
51

[7.09]
180

[1.57]
40

[4.13]
105

[90.2]
2290

T285-84

T257-84

[66.5]
1690

[2.00]
51

[0.87]
22

[7.36]
187

[2.50]
63,5

[3.27]
83

Available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-CVR-4

[2.05]
52

[5.00]
127

[91.9]
2335

c-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Operation is very simple. The operator slides the spring loaded moveable jaw toward the workpiece
to the nearest notch where it locks into the detent. Hand tightening the screw advances the clamp jaw.
The jaw advances the tilting pad directly into contact with the workpiece there is no rotating to twist
the work or the clamp out of position.
An unusual and very useful feature of these clamps is the ability to use the clamp for spreading or
locating as well as squeezing..

1. Loosen Screw

2. Push In Jaw Base

3. Slide Jaw Up or Down

4. Tighten Screw

Technical Information | Holding Capacities

Holding Capacity

Throat Depth
B1
[in] mm

Width
Opening
S
[in] mm

Model

[2.38] 60

[0-6] 0-150
[0-12] 0-300
[0-20] 0-500

T186-6
T186-12
T186-20

[4.7] 120

[0-10] 0-250

[3.5] 90

[0-9] 0-225
[0-18] 0-450
[0-40] 0-1000

[8.0] 200

[4.5] 115

[2,500 lbf]
11300N

Clamping
Screw

Consisting of:
Weight
[lbs.] kg

1x

M12

[2.75] 1,4
[3.75] 1,8
[5.51] 2,5

186-6-1
186-12-1
186-20-1

186-2
186-2
186-2

T321-10

M12

[4.4] 2,0

321-10-1

321-2

T290-9
T290-18
T290-40

M16

[10.00] 5,5
[13.50] 7,0
[23.15] 10,5

290-9-1
290-18-1
290-40-1

290-2
290-2
290-2
290-2

[0-9] 0-225
[0-18] 0-450

T285-9
T285-18

M16

[12.00] 7,1
[13.50] 8,5

285-9-1
285-18-1

285-2
285-2

[0-24] 0-600
[0-36] 0-900

T257-24
T257-36

M20

[27.50] 13,1
[32.50] 15,8

257-24-1
257-36-1

257-2
257-2

1x

[1,270 lbf]
5650N

[4,000 lbf]
18000N

[2,000 lbf]
9000N

[6,000 lbf]
27000N
Available upon request

MC-CVR-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

c-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions

Throat Depth

[inch]
mm

Model

A1

A2

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[3.00]
76

[1.26]
38

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[3.00]
76

[1.38]
35

B3

B4

[1.30]
33
[1.69]
43

[1.38]
35

T186-20

T321-10

B2

[1.26]
32

T186-6
T186-12

[1.30]
33

[3.00]
76

[1.18]
30

[4.02]
102

[1.32]
33,5

[3.00]
76

[1.57]
40

[0.79]
20

[5.51]
140

[2.36]
60

[2.56]
65

[1.57]
40

[4.13]
105

T285-18

[1.57]
40

[0.79]
20

[5.51]
140

[2.36]
60

[7.09]
180

[1.57]
40

[4.13]
105

[2.00]
51

[0.87]
22

[7.36]
187

[2.36]
60

[3.35]
85

[2.00]
51

[5.00]
127

T257-24
T257-36

[9.65]
245

[.79]
20

[15.55]
395

[.79]
20

[24.61]
625

[1.18]
30

[14.2]
360

[1.00]
25

[25.78]
655

[2.56]
65

[47.44]
1205

T290-40

T285-9

L1

[16.53]
420

T290-9
T290-18

Available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-CVR-6

[16.53]
420
[25.78]
655

[33.46]
850
[45.87]
1165

[2.56]
65

[3.94]
100

buttress-STYLE Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

These workholding clamps are designed for use on thin or low-profile workpieces replacing ordinary strap clamps.
They feature a self-aligning swiveling pivot which allows the tightening bolt to always remain vertical, preventing
any side forces. The two-point contact offered by Models T614-0 and T614-1 also provides greater stability to the
workpiece. Ideally suited for manual die clamping. Eliminates the need for step blocks or riser blocks.

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Holding Capacity

Working
Height Range

For Screw
Diameter

Model

Weight
[lbs.]
kg

[0-1.75]
0-45

[1/2]
M12

T614-0

[1.5]
0,6

[0-2.25]
0-57

[5/8]
M16
or
[3/4]
M20

T614-1

[5.8]
2,7

[0-3.00]
0-75

[1]
M24

T614-2

[9.5]
4,3

[2900 lbf]
13000N

[14000 lbf]
62500N

[18000 lbf]
80000N

MC-CVR-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

buttress-STYLE Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions
Holding capacity [2900 lbf] 13kN
Clamping height [1.75] 45mm max.
Model T614-0

B1
B

C2
B4 B3
A
A1

Holding capacity [14000 lbf] 62.5kN


Clamping height [2.25] 57mm max.
Model T614-1
Delivery includes reducing bush with
inner diameter 17 [0.67].
Reducer bushing is standard equipment

B1

C2
B3

B4

A
D1

A1

B1

Holding capacity [18000 lbf] 80kN


Clamping height 75 [3.00] max.
Model T614-2

B4
C2

C2a

A
A1

Model
T614-0
T614-1
T614-2

[inch]
mm

A1

B1

B3

B4

C2

[3.54]
90
[5.28]
134
[5.83]
148

[4.34]
110
[6.31]
160
[6.69]
170

[1.41]
36
[2.09]
53

[2.59]
66
[3.94]
100
[5.13]
130

[0.78]
40
[1.14]
29

[1.56]
40
[2.56]
65
[2.56]
65

1.02]
26
[1.81]
46
[1.97]
50

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-CVR-8

C2a

[1.57]
40

[0.51]
13
[0.83]
21
[1.02]
26

D1

[0.67]
17

T-Slot Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

These clamps provide rapid height adjustment and positive holding. They are designed with a single-unit clamp
head and base. The DESTACO Carver T-Slot Clamp is one single assembly there are no loose parts.
When setting up, the safety lock on the back is released and the clamp lifted on the base to the desired height.
When the clamp screw is turned, 100% of the force is transmitted to the work-piece. Backing off the clamp
adjusting screw and releasing the safety lock and lifting the clamp head makes for rapid job changeover.

If the clamping height is more than


[29.5in] 750mm the connector
shown below will be delivered
as standard equipment.
MODEL T813400

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Holding Capacity

Throat Depth
a

[5100 lbf]
22700N

[3600 lbf]
16000N

[0.55]
14

[2.24]
57

Working Height
C

[8160 lbf]
36300N

Max.
Torque

Accessories
Standard
Equipment

min.

max.
[4.00]
100
[6.00]
150
[8.00]
200

T400-4

[1.30]
33

[0.50]
12
[0.50]
12
[2.00]
50

[0.50]
12
[0.50]
12
[2.00]
50

[4.00]
100
[6.00]
150
[8.00]
200

T600-4

T600-8

[6.6]
3,0

[6.00]
150
[12.00]
300
[18.00]
450
[24.00]
600

T402-6

[14.00]
6.4

[2.87]
73

[2.68]
68

[6.00]
150
[12.00]
300

T400-6

[5.1]
2,3
[36 ft. lbs.]
49Nm

[5.5]
2,5

T400-8

T600-6

T402-12

(2) M12 T-nuts


for 14mm T-slot
T2060-05
[30 ft. lbs.]
40Nm

0
[3.90]
99

[4.84]
123

0
[6.00]
150

[6.00]
150
[12.00]
300
[18.00]
450

[19.40]
8.8

T402-24

[20.00]
9.0

[16.00]
7.3

T602-6

T602-18

[5.9]
2,7

[17.70]
8.0

[85 ft. lbs.]


115Nm

T402-18

T602-12

[5.7]
2,6

[6.4]
2,9

(2) M16 T-nuts


for 18mm T-slot
T2060-07

[5320 lbf]
25000N

Weight
[lbs.]
kg

0
[1.73]
44

Model

[70 ft. lbs.]


95Nm

[19.80]
9.0
[21.60]
9.8

Available upon request

MC-CVR-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

T-Slot Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
These clamps provide rapid height adjustment
and positive holding. They are designed with a
single-unit clamp head and base, providing up
to [8000 lbf] 35.6kn. of positive holding capacity
for workpieces up to 60 high. The design applies
100% of the screw
force directly onto the workpiece far more than
any strap clamp arrangement. Additionally, there
is no searching for the correct riser block height.
The DESTACO Carver T-Slot Clamp is one single
assembly there are no loose parts.
When setting up, the safety lock on the back is
released and the clamp lifted on the base to the
desired height. When the clamp screw is turned,
100% of the force is transmitted to the workpiece.
Backing off the clamp adjusting screw and
releasing the safety lock and lifting the clamp
head makes for rapid job changeover.

Safety No loose parts. Clamp and base are one unit.


Higher clamping force holds parts more securely
and safely.
Speed The clamp head adjusts much faster than an
operator can select proper size spacers and bolts. Benefits
include:
Cuts set-up time by as much as 80%
Reduces machine downtime
Offers more rapid loading and unloading
Economy Tool tip technology and digital control have
reduced machining time. Why lose these advantages on
long set-up times? T-Slot clamps can reduce set-up time
by as much as 80%. Benefit: Money saved.
Ease of Operation Loosen adjusting screw and release
safety catch to adjust height instantly.
Versatility - Selection of bases gives standard clamping
heights from 0 to 600mm[0 to 24in.]. Additional heights
available up to 1500mm[60in.] are available upon
request. Two or more heads can be used on one base
to position and hold down as well as support ideal for
fine height adjustment during set-up. Also eliminates
riser blocks.

T602

T402

Ideal for use as manual die clamps. Eliminates the need


for step blocks or riser blocks.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

The T402 and T602 can be reversed on their bases to


give added reach.

MC-CVR-10

T-Slot Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions

B2

C1

B2

C1

L1

L1

C2

C2

C
A

B1

A1

B1

A3

A1

A3

Model T400-..

Model T402-..

If the T402 is reversed on its base, the


measurement of the throat depth will change.
T400-..

Model

[2.12]
54

A1

A3

B1

B2

[3.78]
96,2

[0.41]
10.5

[2.00]
51

[2.00]
51

T400-8

T402-6
T402-12
T402-18

[0.55]
14

[1.73]
44

[1.30]
33

[2.68]
68

T400-4
T400-6

T402-..

min max
[1.00]
25

[4.00]
100

[1.00]
25

[6.00]
150

[2.50]
62

[8.00]
200

[6.00]
150

C1

C2

L1

Consisting of
1x
1x
400-4-1

[1.09]
28

[1200]
300
[1.77]
[6.00]
45
150 [18.00]
450
[12.00]
300 [24.00]
600

[0.63]
16

[0.53]
13,5

[1.02]
26

[6.30]
160

[1.44]
36,5

400-2

T402-24

[5.51]
140

[0.59]
15

[3.00]
76

[2.68]
68

400-6-1

12mm

400-8-1

402-6-1

[2.81]
71

Clamping
Screw
Size

[0.75]
19

[0.66]
16,3

[1.50]
38

[9.65]
245

[2.56]
65

402-12-1
20mm

402-2
402-18-1
402-24-1

Available upon req uest

MC-CVR-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

T-Slot Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions

F1

F
B2

F1

B2
D

C1

C1
L1

C2

L1

B1

C2

C
A

A1

B1

A3

A1

A3

Model 

Model T602-..

T600-..

If the T602 is reversed on its base, the


measurement of the throat depth will change.
T600-..

Model

T602-..

[2.24]
57

[3.90]
99

[2.87]
73

[4.84]
123

A1

A3

B1

B2

min max

Consisting of
C1

C2

F1

T600-4

[0.47] [4.00]
12
100

T600-6

[2.12] [3.78] [0.41] [2.00] [1.97] [0.47] [6.00] [1.50] [0.63] [0.53] [1.97] [0.41]
12
150
54
96,2 10,5
51
50
38
16
13,5
50
10,5

T600-8

[1.97] [8.00]
50
200

T602-6
T602-12
T602-18

L1

1x

600-4-1
[7.88]
200

[3.35]
85

600-2

600-6-1

12mm

600-8-1

[6.00]
150

402-6-1

[1200]
[2.81] [5.51] [0.59] [3.11] [3.11]
0
300 [3.19] [0.75] [0.66] [1.50]
71
140
15
79
79
19
16,3
38
[6.00] [18.00] 81
150
450

[12.40] [5.31]
315
135

Available upon request

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

1x

Clamping
Screw
Size

MC-CVR-12

602-2

402-12-1
402-18-1

20mm

pneumatic toggle clamps


Sizing and Application Chart

MC-PTC-1

19

8071

19

8101

19

817

21

827

21

868

23

803

25

8031

26

830

27

850

28

800

29

1200

29

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

8021

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

17

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

858

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

13

6000 to 8000 [1350 to 1800]

8007

5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]

15

4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]

847

3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]

11

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

846

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

810

Max. Exerting Force at


5bar[72PSI] N[lbf.]

10000+ [2250+]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

807

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

802

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

Page: MC-PTC-#
3

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

Series
812

0 to 1000 [0 to 225]

Max. Holding Capacity


N[lbf.]

DESTACO Pneumatic Clamps use airactuated cylinders to operate the clamping


action. They are ideal for quick and
repetitive production operations, and yet
are portable and economical to use on
short run jobs with temporary fixturing

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Excellent/High

MC-PTC-2

Fair/Medium

Poor/Low

Harsh/Dirty

Arm
Style

Normal

Solid Arm Version

Suitable
Application
Area

U-Bar Version

Accomodates Workpiece
Variation

Duty Cycle

Light Machining

Assembly

Overal Width
mm [inch]

Welding

100 to 120 [3.94 to 4.72]

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]

Overal Length
mm [inch]

40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]

20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]

400+ [15.75+]

300 to 400 [11.81 to 15.75

250 to 300 [9.84 to 11.81]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

Overall Height
mm [inch]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

275+ [10.83+]

250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

rting Force at
2PSI] N[lbf.]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]

6000 to 8000 [1350 to 1800]

5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]

4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]

3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]

pneumatic toggle clamps


Sizing and Application Chart
Service
Environment

Not Recommended

812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

S
 mallest of the pneumatic hold down series
Pneumatic version of Model 201-U

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
upon request as Model 812-U-HT

812-U

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding Capacity
Model
812-U

Maximum
Exerting Force @
5bar [72PSI]

Accessories
(Supplied)

Inner

Outer

Inner

Outer

Weight

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

Port
Size

Spindle
Flanged
Accessory Washers

[100 lbf]
440 N

[55 lbf]
245 N

[136 lbf]
613 N

[92 lbf]
413 N

[0.46lb]
0,21kg

[0.75]
19,1

[0.003]
0,09

M5

305208-M

102111

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max. Operating Temp: -23C to 74C [-10F to 165F]


Optional Sensors: 810156, 810158
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 812-U-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 812CYL
In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.

MC-PTC-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

812

812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions

812-U

[0.75]
19,1

[0.29]
7,2

M5
[1.54]
39,1

M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED
[1.56]
39,6
[0.13]
3,4

99

[0.31]
8,0

[0.68]
17,3

[1.02]
25,9

[2.76]
70,0

[5.59]
142,0

[1.00]
25,4

[0.17]
4,3
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.50] [0.94]
38,1 23,9
[0.18]
4,6

[0.63]
16,0

Note:
Model 812-U requires either 810156
or 810158 sensors. Two (2) sensors
are required if detecting both open
and closed positions. These sensors
use 810156-1 (included with sensors)
band clamp to mount the sensor to
the cylinder wall.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-4

802 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Pneumatic version of Model 202-U


Sensor ready for T-slot or round sensors

Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
upon request, add HT to model
number. Example: 802-UHT

802-U
802-UE

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Max. Exerting Force
Holding Capacity
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Model
802-U
802-UE

Accessories
(Supplied)

Inner

Outer

Inner

Outer

Weight

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

[200 lbf]
890 N

[110 lbf]
490 N

[450 lbf]
2010 N

[234 lbf]
1045 N

[1.60lb]
0,73kg

[1.26]
32

[0.012]
0,34

Port
Size
1/8 NPT
G-1/8

Spindle
Flanged
Accessory Washers
202208-M

215105

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 802450-32-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 802-U-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 802CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force
that exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

802-U, 802-UE

802 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions

802-U
802-UE

[0.99]
25,1

802-U 1/8" NPT


802-UE G-1/8

[0.50]
12,7

[2.22]
56,4

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT


(802-U ONLY)

M6 OR 1/4"
IF SUPPLIED
[2.55]
64,8

[0.24]
6,2

102
[3.77]
95,8

[0.38]
9,7

[1.06]
27,0

[1.73]
43,9

[7.69]
195,3

[1.50]
38,1

[0.22]
5,6

[1.93] [1.06]
49,1 27,0

mm [INCH]

[0.25]
6,4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.50]
12,7

MC-PTC-6

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

mm [INC

FIRST AN
PROJECTI

807 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 neumatic version of Series 207
manual clamps
Sensor ready for round or T-slot sensors.
Built-in flow restriction eliminates need
for external flow controls

807-U
807-UE

Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
upon request, add HT to model
number. Example: 807-UHT

807-S
807-SE

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding
Capacity
Model
807-U
807-UE
807-S
807-SE

Inner

Outer

Maximum
Exerting Force
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Inner

Accessories
(Supplied)

Outer Weight

[375 lbf] [275 lbf] [576 lbf] [297 lbf]


1670 N 1220 N 2573 N 1327 N
[500 lbf] [260 lbf] [540 lbf] [180 lbf]
2220 N 1160 N 2412 N 804 N

Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

[1.66lb] [1.26]
0,75kg
32

[0.015]
0,42

Port
Size

Spindle Flanged
Bolt
Accessory Washers Retainer

1/8 NPT

--

G-1/8

2007208-M

1/8 NPT
G-1/8

--

507107

--

--

207105

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 802450-32-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 807-U-LC, 807-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 807CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force
that exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

807 Series

807-U, 807-UE, 807-S, 807-SE

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions


807-U / 807-S 1/8" NPT
807-UE / 807-SE G-1/8
[1.97]
50,0

807-U
807-UE

[0.88]
22,4

[2.26]
57,4

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT


(807-U, 807-S ONLY)

103
M8 OR 5/16"
IF SUPPLIED

[3.00]
76,3

[0.25]
6,3

[5.83]
148,2

[0.63]
16,0

[1.38]
35,0

[2.51]
63,6

[0.34]
8,7

807-S
807-SE

[9.33]
237,1

[2.00]
50,8

[0.28]
7,1

[2.06] [1.25]
52,4 31,8

[0.25]
6,4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.63]
15,9

[0.75]
19,1

MC-PTC-8

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

810 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

P
 neumatic version of Series 210
manual clamps
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
Built-in flow restriction eliminates need
for external flow controls

810-U
810-UE

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

810-S
810-SE

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding
Capacity
Model
810-U
810-UE
810-S
810-SE

Inner

Outer

Maximum
Exerting Force
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Inner

[600 lbf] [290 lbf] [856 lbf]


2670 N 1290 N 3834 N
[750 lbf] [500 lbf] [702 lbf]
3340 N 2220 N 3143 N

Outer Weight

Accessories
(Supplied)
Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

[407 lbf] [4.07lb] [1.57]


1823 N 1,85kg
40

[0.029]
0,83

Port
Size

Spindle Flanged
Bolt
Accessory Washers Retainer

1/8 NPT

--

G-1/8

240208-M

1/8 NPT
G-1/8

--

235106

--

--

210114

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 810-U-LC, 810-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 810CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force
that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

810 Series
Pneumatic
810-U, 810-UE, 810-S, 810-SE

[2.35]
59,7

810-U
810-UE

[1.24]
31,5

Toggle Clamps | Dimensions

810-U / 810-S 1/8" NPT


810-UE / 810-SE G-1/8

[3.20]
81,4

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT


(810-U, 810-S ONLY)

M10 OR 3/8"
IF SUPPLIED

99

[7.37]
187,1

[0.79]
20,0
[3.79]
96,3

[0.24]
6,2

[1.79]
45,5

[3.57]
90,6

[0.34]
8,6

[0.42]
10,7

810-S
810-SE

[11.70]
297,1

[4.22]
107,2
mm [INCH]

mm [INC

[2.86] [1.78]
72,7
45,2
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.31]
7,9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.38]
9,7

[1.25]
31,8

MC-PTC-10

FIRST AN
PROJECT

846 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

S
 imilar in size to 807 but with higher
holding capacity
Large, solid clamping arm is easily modified
to suit application requirements
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-40


for sensing options

846

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Max. Exerting Force
Holding Capacity
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Model
846

Inner

Outer

Inner

Outer

Weight

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

Port
Size

[750 lbf]
3340 N

[520 lbf]
2310 N

[786 lbf]
3520 N

[491 lbf]
2200 N

[4.18lb]
1,90kg

[1.57]
40

[0.029]
0,83

1/8 NPT

This item is available upon request.

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 846-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 846CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

846 Series

846

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions


1/8" NPT

846

[3.20]
81,4

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT

97

[3.30]
83,9

[5.54]
140,8

[0.63]
16,0

[1.61]
40,8
[2.19]
55,6

[0.37]
9,4

[0.30]
7,6

[10.33]
262,3

[4.22]
107,2

mm [INCH]

mm [INC

[2.87] [1.50]
72,8 38,1
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.75]
19,1

[0.38]
9,7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[1.00]
25,4

MC-PTC-12

FIRST AN
PROJECTI

8007 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

H
 ardened pins and bushing at all pivot points
for long life cycle
Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit
application requirements
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

8007-E

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding

See page MC-PSC-40


for sensing options

8007-EHR

8007-EHL

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding Capacity
Model
8007-E
8007-EHL

Max. Exerting Force


@ 5bar [72PSI]

Inner

Outer

Inner

Outer

[830 lbf]
3700 N

[405 lbf]
1800 N

[606 lbf]
2700 N

[225 lbf]
1000 N

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

Port
Size

[1.26]
32

[0.016]
0,44

G-1/8

1,6kg [3.53lb]

8007-EHR

Weight

1,7kg [3.75lb]

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 8007-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8007-E, 8007-EHR, 8007-EHL

8007 Series

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions


8007-EHR

8007-EHR
G-1/8

[0.39]
9,9

[2.72]
69

[4.71]
119,5

8007-EHL

[0.71]
18,0

[5.63]
143,0

[3.15]
80,1

98

[5.72]
145,4

[1.39]
35,2
[2.68]
68,0

[0.31]
8,0

[10.19]
258,9

[0.31]
8,0
[0.94]
24,0

8007-E
[1.81]
46,0

[0.25]
6,3
[2.60]
66,0

[0.94]
24,0
[0.94]
24,0

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-14

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

847 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 neumatic version of Series 247
manual clamps
Switch ready for 4mm or
6,5mmX5mm sensors
Built-in flow restriction eliminates
need for external flow controls
847-U

Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

847-S

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding Capacity
Model

Inner

Outer

847-U

[1000 lbf] [480 lbf]


4450 N 2135 N

847-S

[1000 lbf] [650 lbf]


4450 N 2890 N

Max. Exerting
Force @ 5bar
[72PSI]
Inner

Outer

[948 lbf]
4248 N

[450 lbf]
2018 N
[426 lbf]
1912 N

Accessories
(Supplied)
Weight

Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

[8.93lb] [1.97]
4,05kg
50

[0.044]
1,25

Port
Size

Spindle Flanged
Bolt
Accessory Washers Retainer

1/4
NPT

--

247109

--

1/4
NPT

--

--

247110

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 847450-50-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 847-U-LC, 847-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 847CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-15

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

847 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions

[3.14]
79,7

847-U

[1.74]
44,1

1/4" NPT

[3.76]
95,5

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT

94

M12 OR 1/2"
IF SUPPLIED

[9.27]
235,3

[0.88]
22,2

[4.40]
111,7
[2.25]
57,1
[4.87]
123,8

[0.44]
11,0

[0.56]
14,3

847-S

[0.34]
8,7

[15.25]
387,2

[6.22]
157,9

[3.56] [1.78]
90,4 45,2

[0.38]
9,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.38]
9,5

[1.25]
31,8

MC-PTC-16

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

858 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

H
 ardened pins and bushing at all pivot points
for long lifecyle
Large, solid clamping arm is easily modified
to suit application requirements
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-40


for sensing options

858
858-E

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding Capacity
Model
858
858-E

Inner

Outer

Max. Exerting Force


@ 5bar [72PSI]
Inner

Outer

Weight

Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

[4,000 lbf] [2,000 lbf] [1,530 lbf] [800 lbf] [16.11lb] [2.48]
17800 N 8900 N
6857 N
3585 N
7.31kg
63

[0.109]
3,08

Port
Size
1/4 NPT
G-1/4

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 850450-63-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 858-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 858CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-17

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

858 Series
858

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions


858 1/4" NPT
858-E G-1/4

858
858-E

[4.00]
101,6
[1.00]
25,4
AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT
(858 ONLY)

96
[12.27]
311,6

[1.38]
34,9
[7.12]
180,9
[3.85]
97,8

[4.81]
122,2

[0.50]
12,7

[17.52]
445,0

[0.41]
10,3

[4.00]
101,6

[2.75]
69,9

[0.63]
16,0

[4.25]
108,0
[5.60]
142,2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-18

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

8021, 8071 Series


Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

E
 nclosed clamp for dirty environments such
as spot and MIG welding
Non-pivoting cylinder can be hard-piped
into fixtures
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

8071
8071-UE

8021
8021-UE

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Max. Exerting Force
Holding Capacity
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Model
8021
8021-UE
8071
8071-UE

Port
Size

Outer

Inner

[390 lbf]
1735 N

[255 lbf]
1135 N

[169 lbf]
760 N

[100 lbf] [2.30lb] [1.26]


449 N
1,04kg
32

[0.015]
0,42

1/8 NPT

[450 lbf]
2000 N

[310 lbf]
1380 N

[496 lbf]
2218 N

[283 lbf] [2.80lb] [1.57]


1267 N 1,27kg
40

[0.020]
0,58

1/8 NPT

Weight

Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

Inner

This item is available upon request.

Outer

Accessories
(Supplied)

G-1/8

G-1/8

Spindle
Accessory

Flanged
Washer

--

8021122

--

507107

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 8021: 802450-32-1-00
8071: 810450-40-1-00
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8021, 8071 Series

8021, 8021-UE, 8071, 8071-UE, 8101, 8101-UE

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -UE


AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT
(8021, 8071 ONLY)
L3

8021
8021-UE

8021 / 8071 1/8" NPT


8021-UE / 8071-UE G-1/8

L2

B1

90
C1

H1

H
C

L1

C2

L
A4

8071
8071-UE
B2 B

A3

C1

Model
8021
8021-UE
8071
8071-UE
Model
8021
8021-UE
8071
8071-UE

mm [INCH]

mm [IN

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST AN
PROJECT

CLAMPING BAR
8021 / 8021-UE

A1

A3

A4

B1

B2

C1

C2

[0.79]
20

[1.97]
50

[0.47]
12

[1.50]
38,2

[2.26]
57,4

[1.88]
47,9

[1.56]
39,6

[0.63]
16

[0.13]
3,2

[0.21]
5,3

[0.34]
8,7

[1.97]
50

[3.00]
76,2

[0.39]
10

[0.39]
10

[1.56]
39,7

[2.81]
71,4

[2.12]
53,9

[1.65]
41,9

[0.75]
19,1

[0.13]
3,2

[0.28]
7,1

[0.56]
14,3

H1

L1

L2

L3

[2.40]
60,9

[4.44]
112,8

[9.86]
250,4

[2.25]
57,2

[0.44]
11

[1.31]
33,2

1/4
M6

[2.63]
66,9

[5.12]
130

[10.74]
272,9

[2.72]
69

[0.40]
10,1

[1.83]
46,5

5/16
M8

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-20

817, 827 Series


Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

D
 ual mounting surfaces
for maximum flexibility
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
Built-in flow restriction eliminates need
for external flow controls

817-U
817-UE

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

827-U
827-UE

817-S
817-SE

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding

827-S
827-SE

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Max. Exerting Force
Holding Capacity
@ 5bar [72PSI]
Model
817-U
817-UE
817-S
817-SE
827-U
827-UE
827-S
827-SE

Inner
[375 lbf]
1670 N
[450 lbf]
2000 N

Outer

[200 lbf]
890 N

[600 lbf]
2670 N

[390 lbf]
1735 N

[700 lbf]
3110 N

[330 lbf]
1470 N

Inner

Outer

[369 lbf]
1648 N
[360 lbf]
1608 N

[491 lbf]
2200 N

Accessories
(Supplied)
Weight

Air
Bore
Consumption
Size
dm3 [ft3]

Port
Size
1/8NPT

[225 lbf] 1,05kg [1.26]


1005 N [2.31lb] 32

[0.015]
0,42

1/8 NPT

[281 lbf]
1257 N

1/8 NPT
2,14kg [1.57]
[4.71lb] 40

[0.029]
0,83

--

G-1/8 225208-M

G-1/8
[309 lbf]
1383 N

Spindle Flanged
Bolt
Accessory Washers Retainer

---

G-1/8 240208-M
1/8 NPT
G-1/8

--

507107

--

--

207107

235106

--

--

210114

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 817: 802450-32-1-00
827: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 817-U-LC, 817-S-LC, 827-U-LC, 827-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 817: 807CYL, 827: 810CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

817-U, 817-UE, 817-S, 817-SE, 827-U, 827-UE, 827-S, 827-SE

817, 827 Series


Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UE/-S/-SE
817-U
817-UE

817-U / 817-S / 827-U / 827-S


817-UE / 817-SE / 827-UE/ 827-SE

L3

1/8" NPT
G-1/8

L2

B2
817

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT


(817-U, 817-S, 827-U, 827-S ONLY)
M
IF SUPPLIED

Mounting Options:
Use two bolts in the side mounting holes, to
secure mounting bracket, when top mounting.

C1
D
A4

C
H

A2

L1

B3

L1

A3

D1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

B
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

Top Mounting

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Side Mounting

C2

Model
817-U

A2

A3

A4

B2

B3

C1

C2

C3

C4

817-UE

[0.63]
16

[0.44]
11,2

[0.60]
15,1

[0.63]
16

[1.00]
25,4

[2.44]
62

[1.00]
25,4

[2.69]
68,3

[0.63]
16

[0.12]
3,1

[1.25]
31,8

[1.31]
33,3

[1.25]
31,8

[0.51]
12,8

[0.66]
16,8

[1.25]
31,8

[1.75]
44,45

[3.08]
78,3

[1.75]
44,45

[3.89]
98,8

[0.79]
20

[3.91]
99,2

[0.75]
19,1

[0.12]
3,1

[2.00]
50,8

Model
817-U

D1

L1

L2

L3

817-UE

[0.27]
6,7

[6.24]
158,6

[2.37]
60,3

[0.19]
4,8

[1.90]
48,4

[0.34]
8,7

[0.25]
6,4

[6.97]
175,5

[3.04]
77,2

95

5/16
M8

[8.61]
218,7

[3.27]
83,1

[1.23]
31,2

[2.35]
59,7

[0.42]
10,7

[0.31]
7,9

[8.49]
215,6

[3.18]
80,7

88

3/8
M10

817-S
817-SE
827-U
827-UE
827-S
827-SE

817-S
817-SE
827-U
827-UE
827-S
827-SE

[0.33]
8,4

[7.51]
190,7

[9.04]
229,7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-22

[1.76]
44,8
[1.78]
45,3

868 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

H
 ardened pins and bushing at all pivot points
for long lifecycle
Large, solid clamping arm is easily modified
to suit application requirements
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

Applications:
Assembly
Welding

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-40


for sensing options

868
868-E

Technical Information | Holding Capacities


Maximum
Holding Capacity
Model
868
868-E

Max. Exerting Force


@ 5bar [72PSI]

Inner

Outer

Inner

Outer

Weight

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

[4000 lbf]
17800 N

[2400 lbf]
10675 N

[1704 lbf]
7637 N

[800 lbf]
3585 N

[17.0lb]
7,71kg

[2.48]
63

[0.109]
3,08

Port
Size
1/4 NPT
G-1/4

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 850450-63-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 868-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 868CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamps holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

MC-PTC-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

868 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions

868

868
868-E

[0.38]
9,7
[1.25]
31,8

[4.69]
119,1

91
[1.25]
31,8

[0.41]
10,4
[1.63]
41,4

[6.95]
176,6

[13.50]
343

[4.20]
106,7

[0.89]
22,5

AUXILIARY UNCLAMP
PORT (868 ONLY)

[4.69]
119,1

[2.25]
57,2
[4.00]
101,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[10.17]
258,4

868 1/4" NPT


868-E G-1/4

MC-PTC-24

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

803 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 neumatic version of Model 603 manual
straight line action clamp
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
Upon Request, add HT to model
number. Example: 803-UHT

803
803-ME

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model
803
803-ME

Maximum
Maximum
Plunger Plunger
Holding Exerting Force
Weight
Travel
Thread
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
[600 lbf]
2670 N

[675 lbf]
3015 N

[0.75]
19,1

5/16-18
M8

[1.86lb]
0,84kg

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

[1.26]
32

[0.015]
0,42

Port
Size
1/8 NPT
G-1/8

803

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 802450-32-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 803-LC, 803-M-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 807CYL
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

[0.27]
6,9

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
[0.44]
CABL-013

[1.44]
36,6

[1.31]
33,3

11,0

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

803 1/8" NPT


803-ME G-1/8

[0.27]
4X, 6,8
[9.86]
250,4

AUXILIARY
UNCLAMP
PORT
(803 ONLY)

[0.75]
19,1
mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[1.09]
27,7

[2.93]
mm [INCH]
74,3

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.31]
7,9

[2.37]
60,2

803 5/16-18
803-ME M8

MC-PTC-25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8031 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

F
 ully enclosed straight line action clamp
for the dirtiest environments
Compact design with high holding capacity
Sensor ready for round style sensors

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

8031

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model
8031

Maximum
Maximum
Plunger Plunger
Holding Exerting Force
Weight
Travel
Thread
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

Port
Size

[2000 lbf]
8900 N

[1.26]
32

[0.006]
0,18

1/8
NPT

[731 lbf]
3285 N

[0.75]
19,1

[1.17lb]
2,58kg

M8

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

8031

Item Number
810169
CABL-010
CABL-013

[0.47]
12,0

[2.17]
55,0

[0.27]
4X, 6,7

[0.44]
11,1

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

[2.36] [2.75]
60,0 69,9

[0.75]
19,1
[1.25]
31,7

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[2.37]
60,3

[0.59]
15,1

M8

[2.17]
55,0
[3.19]
81,0

1/8 NPT

[1.50]
38,1

[0.44]
11,1

[0.13]
3,2

[0.75]
19,0

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-26

830 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 neumatic version of Model 630 manual
straight line action clamp
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
Built-in flow restriction eliminates need
for external flow controls

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

830
830-ME

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model
830
830-ME

Maximum
Maximum
Plunger Plunger
Holding Exerting Force
Weight
Travel
Thread
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
[2500 lbf]
11100 N

[800 lbf]
3582 N

[0.75]
19,1

3/8-16
M10

2,79kg
[6.14lb]

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

[1.57]
40

[0.029]
0,83

Port
Size
1/8 NPT
G-1/8

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]


Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 830-LC, 830-M-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 810CYL

830

*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create


an exerting force that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.

830 3/8-16
830-ME M10

Sensor Accessories
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

[0.34]
6X 8,6

830 1/8" NPT


830-ME G-1/8

[3.00]
76,2

[1.63]
41,4

[1.25]
31,8

[0.50]
12,7

[1.38]
35,1

[1.62]
41,1

AUXILIARY
UNCLAMP
PORT
(830 ONLY)

[11.43]
290,3

[0.62]
15,8
[3.59]
91,1

[1.06]
27,0

[7.75]
196,9

[1.97]
50,0

MC-PTC-27

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.43]
10,8
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

850 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

P
 neumatic version of Model 650 manual
straight line action clamp
Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
Built-in flow restriction eliminates need
for external flow controls

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding
Light press
operations

See page MC-ACC-1


for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options

850
850-ME

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions

Model

Maximum
Maximum
Plunger Plunger
Holding Exerting Force
Weight
Travel
Thread
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]

850

[16,000 lbf]
850-ME 71200 N

[1232 lbf]
5522 N

This item is available upon request.

[2.00]
50,8

5/8-11
M16

[16.66lb]
7,56kg

Bore
Size

Air
Consumption
dm3 [ft3]

[2.48]
63

[0.109]
3,08

1/4 NPT
G-1/4

Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Sensor Accessories
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]
Max Operating Temp: -10C to 90C [-14F to 194F]
Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Replacement Seal Kit: 850450-63-1-00
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 850-LC, 850-M-LC
850, 850-M,Quick
850-ME
Disconnect 2M Extension Cable
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 868CYL
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamps holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.

Item Number
810169
8EA-109-1
CABL-010
CABL-013

See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options

850 1/8NPT

850 5/8-11
850-ME M16

850-ME G1/8

[2.25]
57,2

[2.00]
50,8

[4.00]
101,6

[0.99]
25,2
[1.69]
42,9

[2.75]
69,9

[0.41]
4X 10,5
[20.56]
522,2

[2.00]
50,8

[0.99]
25,2

[2.63]
66,7

Port
Size

[4.54]
115,3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

[7.21]
183,1

[9.06]
230,2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.63]
15,9

MC-PTC-28

800, 1200 Series


Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

L ow profile and compact for mounting


in tight spaces
Uniform clamping force throughout full stroke
Accommodates variable workpiece thickness
Single acting - air advance, spring return

800

Applications:

1. C
 lamp arm retracts fully for loading
and unloading.
2. Clamp arm moves straight forward.
3. C
 lamp arm pivots down to hold
workpiece.

1200

800-E

How it Works:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

1200-E

Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions


Model

Inlet
Pressure
bar [PSI]

Exerting Force

[70~150]
4,8~10,3

[850~1500 lbf]
3780~6670N
[650~1200 lbf]
2890~5340N
[750~1600 lbf]
3340~7120N
[550~1200 lbf]
2450~5340N

800
800-E
1200
1200-E

Max. Pressure at
Max. Mechanical

Advantage bar
[PSI]

Port
Size

Weight

[0.09] 2,3

[2.50lb]
1,13kg

[0.16] 4,0

1/4 NPT

4,8 [70]
[0.25] 6,4
800, 800-E, 1200, 1200-E

This item is available upon request

[4.00lb]
1,81kg

[0.38] 9,6

Note: For use with pneumatic


power only. This is a single
acting device (air clamp,
spring return), a 3-way air
valve required for control.

Clamping Range

L
E C

MTG. HOLES

Repair Kits: 800-00,


1200-00

Note:
K (Forward Stroke)
R (Downward Stroke)

M
B

[0.50]
12,7

Model E

Arm
Configuration

[0.19]
4,8

[0.31]
8

Model
800
800-E
1200
1200-E

[1.63] [4.81] [2.72] [0.25] [2.21] [0.25] [3.13] [1.19] [0.50


41,4 122,8 69,1 6.4 56,1 6,4 79,5 30,2 12,7
1/4
NPT
[2.25] [6.00] [3.00] [0.28] [2.44] [0.28] [4.25] [1.50] [1.00]
57,2 152,4 76.2 7.1
62
7,1
108 38,1 25,4

MC-PTC-29

[0.09]
[2.31] [1.50]
[0.59] 2,3
58,37 38,1 [0.50] 15,0 [0.16]
12,7
4,1
[0.25]
[3.00] [1.38]
[0.63] 6,4
76.2 35,1 [0.69] 16 [0.38]
17,5
9,7

MNTG
HOLES

[0.26]
6,6

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PTC-30

pneumatic swing clamps


Sizing and Application Chart

Model

Bore
[in]mm

9522-2

[0.86]
22

9530-2

[1.26]
32

9540-2

[1.57]
40

9550-2

[1.97]
50

89R20-010-2

[0.79]
20

Field changeable swing direction


Multiple mounting accessories
Sensor ready
Locking taper arm connection

89R32-010-2

[1.26]
32

89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2

[1.57]
40

Clamp arm sold separately

89R50-025-2

[1.97]
50

89R63-025-2

[2.48]
63

89B20-010-2R
89B20-010-2L

[0.79]
20

Standard Features

Series

9500

Arm rotates at the top of stroke


Shielded rod protects against
weld spatter

NEW mounting options


Sensor ready
Keyed arm connection

adjustable in 90 increments

Clamp arm sold separately


89R

for 360 adjustability

89B

[0.50]
13

[76]
340
[0.79]
20

[123]
550

[0.39]
10
[0.39] 10
[0.98] 25
[0.98]
25

[18]
80
[55]
245
[85]
380

[218]
970
[18]
80

89B40-010-2R
89B40-010-2L

[1.57]
40

Clamp arm sold separately

89B50-025-2R
89B50-025-2L

[1.97]
50

[0.98]
25

[161]
716

89B63-008-2R
89B63-008-2L

[2.48]
63

[0.32]
8

[247]
1100

8115
8116

[0.75]
19,1

[0.38]
9,7

[18]
80

for 360 adjustability

89E
Threaded body style body

through-hole mounting
Metric design with G-ports
Not sensing capable
Locking taper arm connection
for 360 adjustability
Clamp arm sold separately

MC-PSC-1

[138]
614

[1.26]
32

Clamp arm and spindle included

[196]
870

89B32-010-2R
89B32-010-2L

Block style body for side mounting


Imperial design with NPT ports
Sensor ready
Locking taper arm connection

Page
MCPSC-#

[34]
150

Block style body for side mounting


Metric design with G-ports
Sensor ready
Locking taper arm connection
for 360 adjustability

8100/8300

Clamping Clamping
Stroke
Force
[in]mm
[lbf.]N

[0.39]
10

[52]
231
[85]
378

14

19
8315
9316

[1.50]
38,1

[0.50]
12,7

[67]
298

89E20-010-2R
89E20-010-2L

[0.79]
20

89E32-010-2R
89E32-010-2L

[1.26]
32

89E40-010-2R
89E40-010-2L

[1.57]
40

89E50-025-2R
89E50-025-2L

[1.97]
50

[0.98]
25

[161]
716

89E63-008-2R
89E63-008-2L

[2.48]
63

[0.32]
8

[247]
1100

[18]
80
[0.39]
10

[52]
231
[85]
378

23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

pneumatic swing clamps


Sizing and Application Chart

8000/8200/8400

Bore
[in]mm

Threaded body style body

8015
8016

[0.75]
19,1

Imperial design with NPT ports


Sensor ready
Locking taper arm connection

8215
8216

[1.19]
30,2

8415
8416

[1.50]
38,1

035-125-190
035-125-290

[0.98]
25

[0.53]
13,5

[20]
89

035-132-190
035-132-290

[1.26]
32

[0.57]
14,5

[30]
133

035-140-190
035-140-290

[1.57]
40

[0.63]
16

[60]
267

035-150-190
035-150-290

[1.97]
50

[0.55]
14

[69]
307

035-225-190
035-225-290

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[20]
89

035-232-190
035-232-290

[1.26]
32

[0.49]
12,4

[30]
133

035-240-190
035-240-290

[1.57]
40

[0.52]
13,3

[60]
267

035-250-190
035-250-290

[1.97]
50

[0.51]
12,8

[69]
307

[0.98]

[0.10]
2,5

[43]
195

through-hole mounting

for 360 adjustability


Clamp arm/spindle included

035-1

Compact, low profile design


Threaded body style body

through-hole mounting
Imperial design with NPT ports
Not sensing capable
Clamp-on style arm connections
for 360 adjustability
Clamp arm sold separately

035-2
Compact, low profile design
Bottom flange mounting
Imperial design with NPT ports
Not sensing capable
Clamp-on style arm connections
for 360 adjustability

Clamp arm sold separately


8700

Clamping Clamping
Stroke
Force
[in]mm
[lbf.]N

Model

Standard Features

Series

Alternative solution to swing

clamps when space is limited


The clamping lever may be
positioned left, forward, or right
(relative to ports) within the
same clamp body
Threaded body with
upper flange mount
Non-toggle locking linkage
Clamping arm/spindle included

8725

25
89R40_010_2
[1.26]
32

8732
8732G
8740
8740G

[1.57]
40

8750
8750G

[1.97]
50

CLAMPED
POSITION

Application Note:
Swing Cylinder Rotation: The frame of reference for specifying
the rotation direction (left or right) is the clamp arm viewed
from above during the clamping stroke. A RIGHT HAND unit
rotates CLOCKWISE and then clamps down; a LEFT HAND unit
rotates COUNTER-CLOCKWISE and then clamps down.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

905

UNCLAMPED
POSITION
RIGHT HAND
ROTATION

905

UNCLAMPED
POSITION
LEFT HAND
ROTATION

MC-PSC-2

[0.38]
9,7

[0.50]
12,7

[0.12]
3,2

[0.15]
3,8

Page
MCPSC-#

[1.50]
38,1
[67]
300

28

[55]
245

[64]
285
[106]
470
[167]
745

32

32

37

9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

Also Available:

Ideal for tight spaces with an arm motion


Assembly
that rotates at the top of the stroke
Welding
Includes a rod weld cover to protect
Light machining
the rod throughout the entire stroke
Can be mounted on any face with
optional side flange mounting kit
Switch ready for 4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm sensors

See page MC-PSC-6 for mounting options


See page MC-PSC-7 for clamping arms
See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents

9522-2

9530-2

9540-2

9550-2

Shown with optional clamping arm.

Technical Information

Model

Swing
Direction

9522-2L

LH

9522-2R

RH

9530-2L
9530-2GL
9530-2R
9530-2GR
9540-2L
9540-2GL
9540-2R
9540-2GR
9550-2L
9550-2GL
9550-2R
9550-2GR

Stroke
Vertical
Total
Clamping
Air
During Clamping
Bore Size
Weight Replacement
Stroke
Force @
Consumption
Rotation Stroke
[in.]mm
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm
[lbf.]N
dm3[in3]
[in]mm
[in]mm
[0.50]
13

[0.50]
13

[34]
150

[0.86]
22

[0.004]
0,10

[0.68]
0,31

952292

[76]
340

[1.26]
32

[0.010]
0,29

[1.25]
0,57

953092

[123]
550

[1.57]
40

[0.016]
0,46

[1.98]
0,90

954092

[196]
870

[1.97]
50

[0.026]
0,74

[3.33]
1,51

955092

LH

RH
--

LH
[0.79]
20

[0.79]
20

RH

LH
RH

with standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi]. Per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 8bar [120psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: 60C [140F]

MC-PSC-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions
Right hand rotation shown below,
left hand rotation available.

RH

90 5
REPEATABILITY
1

"C" SHCS

B
A
(SQ) (SQ)
Clamped

90

Unclamped

Unclamped

LH

K
CLAMP STROKE

Clamped

G
N
(PORTS)

M
mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

L
Shown with optional clamping arm.

Model
9522-2
9530-2
9530-2G
9540-2
9540-2G
9550-2
9550-2G

[1.42]
36

[1.00]
25,4

M5
(#10)

--

--

[0.82]
21

[3.77]
95,8

[4.79]
121,8

[5.22]
132,7

[0.50]
13

[0.43]
11

[2.90]
73,8

M5

[1.81]
46

[1.34]
34

[0.16]
4

[0.96]
24,4

[4.48]
113,7

[6.09]
154,8

[6.54]
166

[0.61]
15,5

[3.39] 1/8NPT
86,2
G-1/8

[2.05]
52

[1.57]
40

[0.20]
5

[1.13]
28,7

[4.63]
117,6

[6.29]
159,7

[6.73]
170,9

[0.65]
16,5

[3.43] 1/8NPT
87,1
G-1/8

[2.52]
64

[1.97]
M8
[0.71]
50
(5/16)
18

[0.28]
7

[1.32]
33,5

[5.58]
141,8

[7.20]
182,9

[7.85]
199,3

[0.73]
18,5

[4.22] 1/8NPT
107,3 G-1/8

M6
(1/4)

[0.55]
14

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-4

[0.79]
20

mm [INC

FIRST AN
PROJECTI

9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 9530-2 Clamping Force

Series 9522-2 Clamping Force


250 [55]

600 [135]

Straight Pull
952250 Arm
952253 Arm

Clamping Force N [lbf]

Clamping Force N [lbf]

200 [45]

150 [34]

100 [22]

50 [11]

0 [0]

[40]
2.8

[50]
3.4

[60]
4.1

[70]
4.8

[80]
5.5

Straight Pull
954050 Arm
954053 Arm

500 [112]

[90]
6.2

400 [90]

300 [67]

200 [45]

100 [22]

0 [0]

[100] [110] [120]


6.9
7.6
8.3

[40]
2.8

[50]
3.4

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

[80]
5.5

[90]
6.2

[100] [110] [120]


6.9
7.6
8.3

Series 9550-2 Clamping Force

900 [202]

1600 [360]

Straight Pull
954050 Arm
954053 Arm

700 [157]

Straight Pull
955050 Arm
955053 Arm

1400 [315]

Clamping Force N [lbf]

800 [180]

Clamping Force N [lbf]

[70]
4.8

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Series 9540-2 Clamping Force

600 [135]
500 [112]
400 [90]
300 [67]
200 [45]

1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]

100 [22]
0 [0]

[60]
4.1

[40]
2.8

[50]
3.4

[60]
4.1

[70]
4.8

[80]
5.5

[90]
6.2

0 [0]

[100] [110] [120]


6.9
7.6
8.3

[40]
2.8

[50]
3.4

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

[60]
4.1

[70]
4.8

[80]
5.5

[90]
6.2

[100] [110] [120]


6.9
7.6
8.3

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines
9530-2 Clamp Arm Weight

300

700

250

600

Weight (gr)

Example: 9522-2
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length
of the arm is approximately 120mm.

9522-2 Clamp Arm Weight

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are


designed for long life when using standard
clamping arms and spindles. In the event that
a longer arm or additional weight is needed,
please consult these charts for the allowable
weight and length.

200
150
100
50
0
40

80

120

160

500
400
300
200
100
0
40

200

60

Length - L1 (mm)

80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

700

1200

600
500
400
300
200
0
40

1000
800
600
400
200

100
60

80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220

Length - L1 (mm)

MC-PSC-5

9550-2 Clamp Arm Weight


1400

Weight (gr)

WEIGHT, c.g.

Weight (gr)

9540-2 Clamp Arm Weight


800

0
60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200 220

Length - L1 (mm)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Accessories
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

W SHCS x (4)

T x (6)

V TAPPED
HOLE x (4)

Q
X

P
R
S
Optional Side Flange Mounting

Model
9522-2
9530-2
9530-2G
9540-2
9540-2G
9550-2
9550-2G

[0.41]
10,4
[0.76]
19,4

[1.48]
37,5

[0.84]
21,3
[0.82]
20,9

[1.97]
50

Optional Tapped Hole Mount

Optional Standard Mount

Side Flange Tapped Standard


Kit
Hole Kit Mount Kit

[1.91]
48,5

[2.26]
57,5

[0.22]
5,5

[0.22]
5,5

M5

M5x100

[0.36]
9.2

952260

952261

[2.68]
68

[3.07]
78

M6

M6x120

[0.52]
13.3

953060

953061

[2.91]
74

[3.31]
84

M6

M6x120

[0.37]
9.4

954060

954061

[3.66]
93

[4.17]
106

M8

M8x150

[0.59]
15

955060

955061

[0.26]
6,5

[0.33]
8,5

[0.26]
6,5

[0.31]
8

953062

Refer to NPN-9500-2 for mounting instructions


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

952262

MC-PSC-6

955062

9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
Features:

A
B

L ightweight aluminum construction


Designed for use with 9500-2 series clamps

+ [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00

C
D
+ [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00

Part
Number
9522150
9522153
9540150
9540153
9550150
9550153

Used with
Model/Series
9522-2R
9522-2L
9530-2R/9530-2L
9530-2GR/9530-2GL
9540-2R/9540-2L
95402-GR/9540-2GL
9550-2R/9550-2L
9550-2GR/9550-2GL

A
[2.28]
58
[3.07]
78
[2.76]
70
[3.94]
100
[3.46]
88
[4.45]
113

C1

C2

C1

C2

[1.77]
45
[0.59] [0.16] [0.315] [0.30] [0.59]
[0.20] [0.315]
M6
15
4
8.01
7.50
15
5
8.00
[2.56]
65
[1.97]
50
[0.79] [0.18] [0.394] [0.39] [0.79]
[0.394]
M8
20
4.6
10.01
10
20
10.00
[3.15]
80
[0.39]
10
[2.56]
65
[0.87] [0.30] [0.493] [0.43] [0.87]
[0.492]
M10
22
7.5
12.51
11
22
12.50
[3.54]
90

MC-PSC-7

Weight
[lbs] kg
[0.06]
0,025
[0.08]
0,034
[0.12]
0,054
[0.17]
0,079
[0.18]
0,081
[0.23]
0,11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Applications:

Features:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

S
 wing direction is field adjustable between left,
right, or straight. (20mm not linear adjustable)
S
 witch ready for 4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm
sensors
L ightweight and robust, designed for several
million cycles
C
 lamp arm sold separately

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-11 thru 13


for clamping arms and mounting
accessories
See page MC-PSC-40 for
sensing options

89R

Technical Information

Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
During
Clamp
Weight Replacement
Stroke
Force
Size
Consumption
Direction*
Rotation Stroke
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm
[lbf]N
[in]mm
[ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
[0.83]
21

[0.43]
11

89R32-010-2

[1.10]
28

[0.61]
18

89R40-010-2

[1.24]
31,5

89R20-010-2

89R40-025-2

LH, RH

LH, RH,
STRT

[1.83]
46,5

[0.85]
21,5

89R50-025-2

[2.05]
52

[1.06]
27

89R63-025-2

[2.30]
58,5

[1.32]
33,5

* Swing

direction is field adjustable.

with

[0.39]
10

[0.98]
25

[18]
80

[0.79]
20

[0.002]
0,07

[0.66]
0,30

89R20-00

[55]
245

[1.26]
32

[0.009]
0,25

[1.32]
0,60

89R32-00

[85]
380

[1.57]
40

[0.015]
0,43

[2.09]
0,95

[0.022]
0,63

[2.43]
1,10

[138]
614

[1.97]
50

[0.040]
1,13

[3.97]
1,80

89R50-00

[218]
970

[2.48]
63

[0.072]
2,04

[6.17]
2,80

89R63-00

standard clamping arm 5bar [72psi].

89R40-00

per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 8bar [120psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: 60C [140F]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model. Ex. 89R32-010-2A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-8

89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimesnsions
I1
I2
I3
I4

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

M1
H6

I5 I6

D1
D2
H2

H1

M3

H7

H3

H4

D3

H7

H5

M2

D1
H9

D2
F7

D3

H1

H2

89R20-010-2

[0.71]
18

[0.39]
10

[0.18]
4,6

[0.78]
19,8

[0.47]
11,9

89R32-010-2

[0.87]
22

[0.47]
12

[1.18]
30

[0.63]
16

[1.57]
40
[1.77]
45

[0.71]
18
[0.78]
20

Model

89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2
89R50-025-2
89R63-025-2
Model
89R20-010-2
89R32-010-2
89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2
89R50-025-2
89R63-025-2

[0.93]
23,7
[0.22]
5,5

[0.29]
7,4
[0.37]
9,3

H3
[4.15]
105,5

H4

H5

H6

H7

L1

L2

[2.60]
66

[0.52]
13,2

[0.59]
15

[0.55]
14

[1.56]
39,5

[1.38]
35

[3.27]
83
[3.74]
95
[4.92]
125
[5.39]
137
[6.08]
154,5

[0.69]
17,5

[0.63]
16

[2.36]
60

[2.13]
54

[2.60]
66

[2.36]
60

[3.09]
78,5
[3.74]
95

[2.85]
72,5
[3.46]
88

[1.24]
31,4
[1.30]
33

[0.59]
15

[4.92]
125
[5.51]
140
[6.69]
170
[7.70]
195,5
[8.33]
211,5

M1

M2

M3

M5

M6

M5

[0.98]
25

[0.43]
11

L3

L4

L5

L6

[0.87]
22
[1.42]
36

[0.63]
16
[0.94]
24

[0.87]
22
[1.26]
32

[1.26]
32
[1.77]
45

[1.57]
40

[1.07]
27,3

[1.57]
40

[2.15]
54,5

M8

[1.97]
50
[2.44]
62

[1.28]
32,5
[1.57]
40

[1.97]
50
[2.44]
62

[2.56]
65
[3.15]
80

M10

MC-PSC-9

[0.83]
21
[1.05]
26,7
[1.04]
26,5

[0.67]
17
[0.98]
25
[0.98]
25

M6
M8
G-1/8

M10
M12

G-1/4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 89R Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)
2000 [450]

89R20
89R30
89R40
89R50
89R63

Clamping Force N [lbf]

1800 [405]
1600 [360]
1400 [215]
1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
0 [0]

[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

[102]
7

[116]
8

[131]
9

[145]
10

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 89R32
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

89R20 & 89R32 Clamp Arm Weight


200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

89R32
89R20

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

89R40 & 89R50 Clamp Arm Weight


500

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

440

WEIGHT, c.g.

89R50
89R40

380
320
260
200
140
80
20
50

70

90

110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290

Length - L1 (mm)

89R63 Clamp Arm Weight


700

Weight (gr)

600
500
400
300
200
100
60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320

Length - L1 (mm)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-10

89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
A

Features:

L ightweight aluminum construction


Locking tapered connection for
360 deg. arm positioning

B
E
F

D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

8JG-215-1

89R20-010-2

[2.64]
67

[2.05]
52

[0.59]
15

[0.33]
8.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.59]
15

M6

[0.28]
7

[0.08]
0.04

8JG-217-1

89R32-010-2

[3.15]
80

[2.36]
60

[0.79]
20

[0.37]
9.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.79]
20

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.14]
0.06

8JG-218-1

89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2

[3.74]
95

[2.76]
70

[0.98]
25

[0.45]
11.5

[0.55]
14

[0.98]
25

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.28]
0.13

8JG-219-1

89R50-025-2

[4.17]
106

[3.15]
80

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.57]
14,5

[1.18]
30

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.42]
0.19

8JG-220-1

89R63-025-2

[4.72]
120

[3.54]
90

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

M10

[0.47]
12

[0.66]
0.30

Used with
Model/series

E1

8MA-084-1

89R20-010-2

[1.57]
40

[1.10]
28

[0.59]
15

[0.32]
8

[0.59]
15

--

8MA-086-1

89R32-010-2

[1.38]
35

[0.79]
20

[0.43]
11

[0.79]
20

--

8MA-087-1

89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2

[1.50]
38

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[0.98]
25

[0.55]
14

[0.22]
5,5 (4x)

[0.11]
0,050

8MA-088-1

89R50-025-2

[2.36]
60

[1.77]
45

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.28]
7 (4x)

[0.19]
0,085

8MA-089-1

89R63-025-2

[2.56]
65

[1.89]
48

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

[0.71]
18

[0.35]
9 (4x)

[0.28]
0,125

Clamping Arm Adapters


Features:

 or attaching custom
F
made clamp arms
360 rotatable arm
Aluminum construction

Part
Number

[1.97]
50

MC-PSC-11

F
[0.22]
5,5 (2x)

Weight
[lbs] kg
[0.03]
0,014
[0.08]
0,035

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89R series

89R40_010_2
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Body Mount Flanges

E
F

A
C

Features:

For recessed mounting


Variable height adjustment
Can be used with switches
For use with the 89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

Weight
[lbs] kg

8MA-092-1

89R20-010-2

[2.24]
57

[2.17]
55

[1.85]
47

[0.94]
24

[0.59]
15

--

--

[0.28]
5,5

[0.22]
0,10

8MA-094-1

89R32-010-2

[1.57]
40

[0.79]
20

[0.47]
12

[0.98]
25

89R40-010-2

8MA-095-1

[2.95]
75
[3.19]
81

89R40-025-2

8MA-096-1

89R50-025-2

[4.00]
101,5

[3.15]
80
[3.94]
100

[2.55]
70

[1.77]
45

[3.37]
85,5

[0.98]
25

[0.67]
17

[1.97]
50

[1.10]
28
[1.46]
37

[0.44]
0,20
[0.26]
6,6

[0.35]
9

[0.55]
0,25
[0.88]
0,40

Mounting Feet
Features:

 an be mounted on bottom
C
side or front side
Can be mounted on 4 sides
of the cylinder
For use with 89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps

C
A

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

8MW-018-1

89R20-010-2

[5.41]
137,5

[1.38]
35

[0.87]
22

[0.87]
22

[0.16]
4

[0.63]
16

8MW-020-1

89R32-010-2

[6.54]
166

[1.97]
50

[1.38]
35

89R40-010-2

[7.13]
181

89R40-025-2

[8.31]
211

[2.17]
55

[1.57]
40

8MW-022-1

89R50-025-2

[9.39]
238,5

[2.64]
67

[1.97]
50

[1.26]
32

8MW-023-1

89R63-025-2

[10.37]
263,5

[3.35]
85

[2.44]
62

[1.57]
40

8MW-021-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

[0.71]
18
[1.10]
28

[0.20]
5

[0.08]
0,04
[0.28]
7

MC-PSC-12

[1.06]
27

[0.15]
0,07
[0.22]
0,10

[0.94]
24
[0.24]
6

Weight
[lbs] kg

[0.35]
9

[0.33]
0,15

[0.43]
11

[0.52]
0,24

89R series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | End Mount Flanges
Features:

Can be mounted on bottom side or top side


For use with 89R Pneumatic Swing Clamps

D
E

G
F

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

[0.008]
0,2

[0.008]
0,2

8MA-061-1

89R20-010-2

[1.26]
32

[2.56]
65

[0.71]
18

[1.97]
50

[0.87]
22

[0.39]
10

8MA-063-1

89R32-010-2

[1.97]
50

[3.15]
80

[1.26]
32

[2.52]
64

[1.26]
32

[2.17]
55

[3.94]
100

[1.57]
40

[3.15]
80

[1.57]
40

8MA-064-1

89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2

8MA-065-1

89R50-025-2

[2.56]
65

[4.72]
120

[1.77]
45

[3.94]
100

[1.97]
50

8MA-066-1

89R63-025-2

[3.15]
80

[5.12]
130

[2.36]
60

[4.33]
110

[2.44]
62

MC-PSC-13

[0.47]
12

[0.59]
15

Weight
[lbs]kg
[0.07]
0,03

[0.43]
11

[0.28]
7

[0.26]
6,6

[0.20]
0,09
[0.29]
0,13

[0.59]
15

[0.35]
9

[0.33]
8,5

[0.46]
0,21

[0.35]
8,8

[0.66]
0,30

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89B Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

L ightweight and robust, designed for several


millions cycles
Can be mounted from the side or the top
Sensor ready for T-slot style sensors
Metric design
Clamp arm sold separately

Applications:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-17 for clamping arms


See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options

Series 89B

Technical Information

Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
During Clamp Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
Stroke
Weight Replacement
Rotation Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption
Direction [in]mm
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm [in]mm
N
mm[in]
[ft3]dm3
S
S1
S2

89B20-010-2R

RH

89B20-010-2L

LH

89B32-010-2R

RH

89B32-010-2L

LH

89B40-010-2R

RH

89B40-010-2L

LH

89B50-025-2R

RH

89B50-025-2L

LH

89B63-008-2R

RH

89B63-008-2L

LH

with

[0.79]
20

[0.39]
10

[0.83]
21

[0.43]
11

[0.94]
24

[0.55]
14

[1.57]
40

[0.59]
15

[1.02]
26

[0.71]
18

standard clamping arm at 6bar [87psi].

[29]
130

[0.79]
20

[0.003]
0,08

[1.46]
0,66

89B/E20-2-00

[79]
350

[1.25]
32

[0.008]
0,22

[2.25]
1,02

89B/E32-2-00

[130]
580

[1.57]
40

[0.014]
0,39

[3.17]
1,44

89B/E40-2-00

[0.98]
25

[225]
1000

[1.97]
50

[0.036]
1,03

[5.95]
2,70

89B/E50-2-00

[0.32]
8

[321]
1430

[2.48]
63

[0.038]
1,08

[6.39]
2,90

89B/E63-2-00

[0.39]
10

per double stroke at 6bar [87psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 6bar [87psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: 80C [176F]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order clamp with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model.
EX. 89B30-010-2RA. See page MC-PSC-40 for additional switch options.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-14

89B series

89B40_010_1L

Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions


L1
L3

M1
H6

L5

L6

S = Total Stoke
S1 = Stroke during Rotation
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke
L2

D1

S1

L4
S

D4

H2

S2

D2

D3
M3

H1
H8
D3
H3

H4
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H9
H7
H5

M2

Model
89B20
89B32
89B40
89B50
89B63
Model
89B20
89B32
89B40
89B50
89B63

D1

D2

D3

D4

H1

H2

H3

H4

H5

H6

H7

H8

H9

L1

[1.89]
48
[2.20]
56
[2.60]
66
[3.07]
78
[3.70]
94

[0.39]
10
[0.47]
12
[0.63]
16
[0.71]
18
[0.79]
20

[0.26]
6,6

[0.43]
11

[0.28]
7

[0.67]
17

[0.98]
25

[0.35]
9

[0.41]
10,5

[0.71]
18

[2.28]
58
[2.72]
69
[2.91]
74
[4.29]
109
[3.35]
85

[0.35]
9
[0.39]
10

8,5

[3.48]
88.5
[3.70]
94
[3.98]
101
[5.51]
140
[4.53]
115

[0.79]
20

[0.59]
15

[0.35]
9
[0.43]
11
[0.55]
14
[0.67]
17
[0.75]
19

[0.59]
15

[0.33]

[0.69]
17,5
[0.63]
16
[0.75]
19
[0.98]
25
[1.06]
27

[0.98]
25

[1.18]
30

[0.43]
11

[1.57]
40
[1.77]
45
[1.97]
50
[2.76]
70
[2.16]
55

[1.77]
45
[2.17]
55
[2.56]
65
[2.95]
75
[3.54]
90

M1

M2

M3

M5

M8

M5

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

[0.45]
11,5
[0.55]
14
[0.75]
19
[0.94]
24
[1.18]
30

[1.18]
30
[1.50]
38
[1.89]
48
[2.17]
55
[2.76]
70

[0.75]
19
[0.89]
22,5
[1.08]
27,5
[1.34]
34
[1.57]
40

[2.36]
60
[2.68]
68
[2.87]
73
[3.54]
90
[3.94]
100

[2.95]
75
[3.35]
85
[3.54]
90
[4.33]
110
[4.72]
120

MC-PSC-15

[0.43]
11

Mounting Options

M6
M10
G-1/8
M8
M12
M10

G-1/4

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89B series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 89B Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)

Clamping Force N [lbf]

1400 [215]
1200 [270]
1000 [225]

89B20
89B32
89B40
89B50
89B63

800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
0 [0]
[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

L=52
L=60
L=70
L=80
L=90

[2.05]
[2.36]
[2.76]
[3.15]
[3.54]

[87]
6

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 89B32
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

89B20 & 89B32 Clamp Arm Weight


200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

89B30
89B20

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

89B40 & 89B50 Clamp Arm Weight


500

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

440

WEIGHT, c.g.

89B50
89B40

380
320
260
200
140
80
20
50

70

90

110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290

Length - L1 (mm)

89B63 Clamp Arm Weight


700

Weight (gr)

600
500
400
300
200
100
60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320

Length - L1 (mm)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-16

89B series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arm

Features:

L ightweight aluminum construction


Locking tapered connection for
360 deg. arm positioning

B
E
F

D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

8JG-215-1

89B20-010-2

[2.64]
67

[2.05]
52

[0.59]
15

[0.33]
8.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.59]
15

M6

[0.28]
7

[0.08]
0.04

8JG-217-1

89B32-010-2

[3.15]
80

[2.36]
60

[0.79]
20

[0.37]
9.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.79]
20

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.14]
0.06

8JG-218-1

89B40-010-2

[3.74]
95

[2.76]
70

[0.98]
25

[0.45]
11.5

[0.55]
14

[0.98]
25

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.28]
0.13

8JG-219-1

89B50-025-2

[4.17]
106

[3.15]
80

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.57]
14,5

[1.18]
30

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.42]
0.19

8JG-220-1

89B63-008-2

[4.72]
120

[3.54]
90

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

M10

[0.47]
12

[0.66]
0.30

Used with
Model/series

E1

8MA-084-1

89B20-010-2

[1.57]
40

[1.10]
28

[0.59]
15

[0.32]
8

[0.59]
15

--

8MA-086-1

89B32-010-2

[1.38]
35

[0.79]
20

[0.43]
11

[0.79]
20

--

8MA-087-1

89B40-010-2

[1.50]
38

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[0.98]
25

[0.55]
14

[0.22]
5,5 (4x)

[0.11]
0,050

8MA-088-1

89B50-025-2

[2.36]
60

[1.77]
45

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.28]
7 (4x)

[0.19]
0,085

8MA-089-1

89B63-008-2

[2.56]
65

[1.89]
48

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

[0.71]
18

[0.35]
9 (4x)

[0.28]
0,125

Clamping Arm Adapters

Features:

 or attaching custom
F
made clamp arms
360 rotatable arm
Aluminum construction

Part
Number

[1.97]
50

MC-PSC-17

F
[0.22]
5,5 (2x)

Weight
[lbs] kg
[0.03]
0,014
[0.08]
0,035

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Pneumatic Swing Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-18

8100, 8300 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

L ightweight and robust, designed for several


millions cycles
Block style body may be mounted from
the side or the top.
Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
Clamp arm and spindle included

Applications:

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

See page MC-PSC-22 for clamping arms


See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options

Series 8100, 8300

Sensor ready.
Supplied with clamping
arm and spindle.
To order without clamping
arm add LA to the end of
the model. Ex. 8115-LA

Technical Information
Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
During Clamp
Weight Replacement
Stroke
Force [lbf.] Size Consumption
Direction
Rotation Stroke
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm
N
mm[in]
[ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm

8115

RH

8116

LH

8315

RH

8316

LH

with

[0.85]
21,5

[0.47]
11,8

[0.38]
9,7

[25]
110

[18]
80

[0.002]
0,06

[0.68]
0,31

801560

[1.25]
31,8

[0.75]
19,1

[0.50]
12,7

[89]
400

[67]
298

[0.014]
0,40

[2.00]
0,91

821560

standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi].

per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 9bar [130psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: -18C to 60C [0F to 140F]

Note:
To order with out clamping arm, add LA to the end of the model number. EX. 8115-LA.

MC-PSC-19

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8315_C

8100, 8300 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions

L6
L5
L2

L3

L1

M1
H6

D1

D2

H2

D3
D4
H8
M3

H1

H10

H3

H4
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

H5
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H11
H9

H7
D5

Model

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

H1

H2

H3

H4

H5

H6

H7

8115
8116

[1.23]
31,2

[0.44]
11,2

[0.20]
5,1

--

--

[0.53]
13,5

[0.41]
10,4

[3.37]
85,6

[1.45]
36,8

[0.35]
8,9

[0.75]
19,1

[0.25]
6,4

8315
8316

[1.74]
44,2

[0.50]
12,7

[0.33]
8,4

[0.53]
13,5

[0.40]
10,2

[0.97]
24,6

[0.81]
20,6

[4.11]
104,4

[2.46]
62,5

[0.65]
16,5

[0.67]
17

[0.44]
11,2

H8

H9

H10

H11

L1

L2

L3

L5

L6

M1

M3

8115
8116

--

[1.37]
34,8

[1.00]
25,4

[1.00]
25,4

[1.25]
31,8

[0.47]
11,9

[0.94]
23,9

[0.94]
23,9

[1.25]
31,8

-20

#10-32

8315
8316

[1.00]
25,4

[1.49]
37,9

[2.25]
57,2

[2.37]
60,2

[2.00]
50,8

[0.72]
18,3

[1.44]
36,6

[2.44]
62

[3.00]
5/16/18 1/8 NPT
76,2

Model

Mounting Options

Can be mounted
to the side or front
of the fixture, or
mounted back to
back for multiple
clamping operations.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Mounted to the top


of the work surface
through the two
mounting holes in
the bottom of unit.

MC-PSC-20

8100, 8300 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 8100, 8300 Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)
600 [135]

8100
8300

550 [124]

Clamping Force N [lbf]

500 [112]
450 [101]
400 [90]
350 [79]
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[29]
2

[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

[102]
7

[116]
8

[131]
9

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 8315
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

8115/8116 Clamp Arm Weight


240
200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

8315/8316 Clamp Arm Weight


400

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

350

WEIGHT, c.g.

300
250
200
150
100
50
50

70

90

110

130

150

170

190

Length - L1 (mm)

MC-PSC-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8100, 8300 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
A
G

Features:

L ightweight aluminum construction


Locking tapered connection for
360 deg. arm positioning

B
E
F

D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

801528

8115/8116

[1.74]
44.2

[1.11]
28.2

[0.37]
9.4

[0.33]
8.3

[0.25]
6.4

[0.62]
15.7

#10-32

[0.32]
8.1

[0.03]
0.01

801529

8115/8116

[2.87]
72.9

[2.24]
56.9

[0.37]
9.4

[0.33]
8.3

[0.25]
6.4

[0.62]
15.7

#10-32

[0.32]
8.1

[0.05]
0.02

821512

8315/8316

[2.75]
69.9

[2.00]
50.8

[0.75]
19.1

[0.57]
14.5

[0.38]
9.5

[0.75]
19.1

3/8-16

[0.38]
9.5

[0.04]
0.02

821513

8315/8316

[3.75]
95.3

[3.00]
76.2

[0.75]
19.1

[0.57]
14.5

[0.38]
9.5

[0.75]
19.1

3/8-16

[0.38]
9.5

[0.05]
0.02

Clamping Arm Adapters

Features:

 or attaching custom
F
made clamp arms
360 rotatable arm
Aluminum construction

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

E1

Weight
[lbs] kg

801532

8115/8116

[1.37]
34,8

[1.00]
25,4

[0.39]

[0.25]

[0.62]

--

#10-32
(2x)

[0.03]
0,014

821556

8315/8316

[1.50]
38,1

[1.06]
26,9

[0.75]

[0.37]

[0.75]

--

1/4-20
(2x)

[0.05]
0,020

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-22

89E series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

L ightweight and robust, designed


for several millions cycles
Threaded body may be mounted in a
tapped hole or a clearance hole with
optional mounting flange
Metric design
Clamp arm sold separately

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-26 for clamping arms


See page MC-PSC-27 for mounting flanges

Series 89E

Technical Information

Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
During Clamp Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
Stroke
Weight Replacement
Rotation Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption
Direction [in]mm
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm [in]mm
N
mm[in]
[ft3]dm3
S
S1
S2

89E20-010-2R

RH

89E20-010-2L

LH

89E32-010-2R

RH

89E32-010-2L

LH

89E40-010-2R

RH

89E40-010-2L

LH

89E50-025-2R

RH

89E50-025-2L

LH

89E63-008-2R

RH

89E63-008-2L

LH

with

[0.79]
20

[0.39]
10

[0.83]
21

[0.43]
11

[0.94]
24

[0.55]
14

[1.57]
40

[0.59]
15

[1.02]
26

[0.71]
18

standard clamping arm at 6bar [87psi].

[29]
130

[0.79]
20

[0.003]
0,08

[0.64]
0,29

89E/E20-2-00

[79]
350

[1.25]
32

[0.008]
0,22

[0.93]
0,42

89E/E32-2-00

[130]
580

[1.57]
40

[0.014]
0,39

[1.76]
0,80

89E/E40-2-00

[0.98]
25

[225]
1000

[1.97]
50

[0.036]
1,03

[3.22]
1,46

89E/E50-2-00

[0.32]
8

[321]
1430

[2.48]
63

[0.038]
1,08

[3.68]
1,67

89E/E63-2-00

[0.39]
10

per double stroke at 6bar [87psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 10bar [145psig] (89E20 8bar [116psig] max.)
Maximum Operating Temperature: 80C [176F]

MC-PSC-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89e series

89E40_010_1L

Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions


D1

M1
H5
L1
D2

S1

S = Total Stoke
S1 = Stroke during Rotation
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke

H2

S
S2

H1
H4

M2
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H3

Model
89E20
89E32
89E40
89E50
89E63

D1

D2

H1

H2

H3

[1.89]
48
[2.52]
64
[2.95]
75
[3.54]
90
[4.13]
105

[0.39]
10
[0.47]
12
[0.63]
16
[0.71]
18
[0.79]
20

[0.69]
17,5
[0.63]
16
[0.75]
19
[0.98]
25
[1.06]
27

[0.35]
9
[0.43]
11
[0.55]
14
[0.67]
17
[0.75]
19

[2.36]
60
[2.72]
69
[2.60]
66
[4.09]
104
[3.03]
77

H4
[0.79]
20

H5

L1

[0.59]
15

[0.75]
19
[0.89]
22,5
[1.08]
27,5
[1.36]
34,5
[1.57]
40

[0.67]
17
[1.18]
30

[0.98]
25

Mounting Options

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-24

M1

M2

M36X1,5

M5

M5

M42X1,5

M6

M55X2

M8

G-1/8

M68X2
M10
M80X2

G-1/4

89e series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 89E Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)

Clamping Force N [lbf]

1400 [215]
1200 [270]
1000 [225]

89E20
89E32
89E40
89E50
89E63

800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
0 [0]
[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

L=52
L=60
L=70
L=80
L=90

[2.05]
[2.36]
[2.76]
[3.15]
[3.54]

[87]
6

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 89E32
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

89E20 & 89E32 Clamp Arm Weight


200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

89E30
89E20

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

89E40 & 89E50 Clamp Arm Weight


500

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

440

WEIGHT, c.g.

89E50
89E40

380
320
260
200
140
80
20
50

70

90

110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290

Length - L1 (mm)

89E63 Clamp Arm Weight


700

Weight (gr)

600
500
400
300
200
100
60

80

100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320

Length - L1 (mm)

MC-PSC-25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

89e series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
A
G

Features:

L ightweight aluminum construction


Locking tapered connection for
360 deg. arm positioning

B
E
F

D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

8JG-215-1

89E20-010-2

[2.64]
67

[2.05]
52

[0.59]
15

[0.33]
8.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.59]
15

M6

[0.28]
7

[0.08]
0.04

8JG-217-1

89E32-010-2

[3.15]
80

[2.36]
60

[0.79]
20

[0.37]
9.5

[0.33]
8.5

[0.79]
20

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.14]
0.06

8JG-218-1

89E40-010-2

[3.74]
95

[2.76]
70

[0.98]
25

[0.45]
11.5

[0.55]
14

[0.98]
25

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.28]
0.13

8JG-219-1

89E50-025-2

[4.17]
106

[3.15]
80

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.57]
14,5

[1.18]
30

M8

[0.39]
10

[0.42]
0.19

8JG-220-1

89E63-008-2

[4.72]
120

[3.54]
90

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

M10

[0.47]
12

[0.66]
0.30

Clamping Arm Adapters

Features:

 or attaching custom
F
made clamp arms
360 rotatable arm
Aluminum construction

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

E1

8MA-084-1

89BE0-010-2

[1.57]
40

[1.10]
28

[0.59]
15

[0.32]
8

[0.59]
15

--

8MA-086-1

89E32-010-2

[1.38]
35

[0.79]
20

[0.43]
11

[0.79]
20

--

8MA-087-1

89E40-010-2

[1.50]
38

[0.98]
25

[0.51]
13

[0.98]
25

[0.55]
14

[0.22]
5,5 (4x)

[0.11]
0,050

8MA-088-1

89E50-025-2

[2.36]
60

[1.77]
45

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[1.18]
30

[0.59]
15

[0.28]
7 (4x)

[0.19]
0,085

8MA-089-1

89E63-008-2

[2.56]
65

[1.89]
48

[1.38]
35

[0.67]
17

[1.38]
35

[0.71]
18

[0.35]
9 (4x)

[0.28]
0,125

[1.97]
50

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-26

F
[0.22]
5,5 (2x)

Weight
[lbs] kg
[0.03]
0,014
[0.08]
0,035

89e series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Flanges
H

Features:

For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps


Variable height adjustment
For recessed mounting

D
C

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

8MA-219-1

89E20-010-2

[2.17]
55

[4.33]
27,5

[1.65]
42

[0.83]
21

[0.26]
6,6

M36X1,5

[0.31]
8

8MA-220-1

89E32-010-2

[2.76]
70

[1.38]
35

[2.13]
54

[1.06]
27

M42X1,5

[0.39]
10

8MA-221-1

89E40-010-2

[3.15]
80

[1.57]
40

[2.60]
66

[1.30]
33

M55X2

[0.47]
12

8MA-222-1

89E50-025-2

[3.54]
90

[1.77]
45

[2.99]
76

[1.50]
38

89E63-008-2

[4.33]
110

[2.17]
55

[3.54]
90

[1.77]
45

8MA-223-1

MC-PSC-27

[0.35]
9

M68X2
[0.43]
11

M80X2

[0.59]
15

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8000, 8200, 8400 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

T
 hreaded body may be mounted in a
tapped hole or a clearance hole with
optional mounting flange. 8215/8216
may be mounted with the upper flange.
Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
Clamp arm and spindle included

Applications:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-31 for clamping arms


See page MC-PSC-31 for mounting flanges
See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options

Series 8000, 8200, 8400

Technical Information

Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
During Clamp
Weight Replacement
Stroke
Force [lbf.] Size Consumption
Direction
Rotation Stroke
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm
N
[in]mm
[ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm

8015

RH

8016

LH

8215

RH

8216

LH

8415

RH

8416

LH

with

[0.85]
21,5

[1.25]
31,8

standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi].

[0.47]
11,8

[0.75]
19,1

[0.38]
9,7

[0.50]
12,7

[18]
80

[0.75]
19,1

[0.002]
0,06

[1.0]
0,45

801560

[67]
300

[1.50]
38,1

[0.015]
0,41

[2.2]
1,0

821560

[55]
245

[1.19]
30,2

[0.009]
0,25

[1.5]
0,68

841560

per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 9bar [130psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: 60C [140F]

Note:
To order with out clamping arm, add LA to the end of the model number. EX. 8115-LA.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-28

8215_C

8000, 8200, 8400 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions
SERIES 8200

SERIES 8000, 8400


D4

M1
H5

D3
D4
H6

L1
L4

D1

M3

D1

L3

L2

D2
H2
H1
H4

M2

H3

Model
8015
8016
8215
8216
8415
8416
Model
8015
8016
8215
8216
8415
8416

D1

D2

[1.25]
31,8

[0.44]
11,1

[3.00]
76,2
[2.13]
54,1

[0.50]
12,7

D3

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

D4

H1

H2

H3

H4

H5

--

--

[0.53]
13,5

[0.41]
10,4

[2.87]
72,9

[0.50]
12,7

[0.75]
19,1

[0.28]
7,1

[2.66]
67,6

[0.97]
24,6

[0.81]
20,6

[3.36]
85,3

--

--

[0.94]
23,9

[0.78]
19,8

[3.17]
80,5

[0.75]
19,1

[0.67]
17

L3

L4

M1

M2

M3

[0.31]
7,9

[0.62]
15,7

1-1/8-16

-20

#10-32

#10-32

[0.38]
9,6

[0.75]
19,1

5/16-18 1/8 NPT

3/8-16

H6

L1

L2

--

--

[1.12]
28,4

[0.25]
6,4

[1.16]
29,5

[2.00]
50,8

--

--

[1.56]
39,6

2-1/4-12
1-3/4-12

Mounting Options
8000, 8200, 8400
Mounted into a tapped
hole or a through a
clearance hole with
the optional mounting
flange. Jam nuts are
available for 8000.

MC-PSC-29

8200 only
Mounted through a
clearance hole using
mounting screws in
the top flange.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8000, 8200, 8400 series


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 8000, 8200, 8400 Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)
600 [134]

8000
8200
8400

550 [123]

Clamping Force N [lbf]

500 [112]
450 [101]
400 [90]
350 [78
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]

[29]
2

[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

[102]
7

[116]
8

[131]
9

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 8215
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

8015/8016 Clamp Arm Weight


240
200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

8215/8216 Clamp Arm Weight


400

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

350

WEIGHT, c.g.

300
250
200
150
100
50
50

70

90

110

130

150

170

190

Length - L1 (mm)

8415/8416 Clamp Arm Weight


350

Weight (gr)

300
250
200
150
100
50
0
30

50

70

90

110

130

150

170

Length - L1 (mm)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-30

190

210

230

8000, 8200, 8400 series


A

Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms

Features:

L ightweight aluminum construction


Locking tapered connection for
360 deg. arm positioning

F
D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

801528

8015/8016

[1.74]
44.2

[1.11]
28.2

[0.37]
9.4

[0.33]
8.3

[0.25]
6.4

[0.62]
15.7

#10-32

[0.32]
8.1

[0.03]
0.01

801529

8015/8016

821512

8215/8216
8415/8416

821513

8215/8216

[2.87]
72.9
[2.75]
69.9
[3.75]
95.3

[2.24]
56.9
[2.00]
50.8
[3.00]
76.2

[0.37]
9.4
[0.75]
19.1
[0.75]
19.1

[0.33]
8.3
[0.57]
14.5
[0.57]
14.5

[0.25]
6.4
[0.38]
9.5
[0.38]
9.5

[0.62]
15.7
[0.75]
19.1
[0.75]
19.1

[0.32]
8.1
[0.38]
9.5
[0.38]
9.5

[0.05]
0.02
[0.04]
0.02
[0.05]
0.02

#10-32
3/8-16
3/8-16

Clamping Arm Adapters


Features:

8MA_221_1

 or attaching custom
F
made clamp arms
360 rotatable arm
Aluminum construction
Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

E1

Weight
[lbs] kg

801532

8015/8016

[1.37]
34,8

[1.00]
25,4

[0.39]

[0.25]

[0.62]

--

#10-32
(2x)

[0.03]
0,014

821556

8215/8216

[1.50]
38,1

[1.06]
26,9

[0.75]

[0.37]

[0.75]

--

1/4-20
(2x)

[0.05]
0,020

Mounting Flanges

H
E

Features:

For use with Threaded Body


Pneumatic Swing Clamps
Variable height adjustment
For recessed mounting

D
C

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

801553

8015/8016

[1.38]
35

[0.69]
17,5

[1.08]
27,4

[0.54]
13,7

[0.20]
5,1

1 1/8-16

821553

8215/8216

841550

8415/8416

[2.50]
63,5
[2.00]
50,8

[1.25]
31,8
[1.00]
25,4

[2.12]
53,8
[1.60]
40,6

[1.06]
26,9
[0.80]
20,3

[0.28]
7,1

MC-PSC-31

2 1/4-12

[0.50]
12.7

1 3/4-12

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

A
 vailable with threaded body,
or lower flange mounting
Low profile for confined spaces
Double locked arm attachment is bolted to
piston rod and clamped around shaft diameter

Applications:

Also Available:

Assembly
Welding
Light machining

Series 035-1

See page MC-PSC-35 for clamping arms


See page MC-PSC-36 for jam nuts

Series 035-2

Threaded body design


for mounting through
fixture plates.

Flanged body design for


quick and easy mounting

Technical Information

Model

Stroke Vertical
Total
During Clamp Clamping Bore
Air
Swing
Stroke
Weight Replacement
Rotation Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption
Direction [in]mm
[lb.]kg
Seal Kit
[in]mm [in]mm
N
[in]mm
[ft3]dm3
S
S1
S2

035-125-190

RH

035-125-290

LH

035-132-190

RH

035-132-290

LH

035-140-190

RH

035-140-290

LH

035-150-190

RH

035-150-290

LH

035-225-190

RH

035-225-290

LH

035-232-190

RH

035-232-290

LH

035-240-190

RH

035-240-290

LH

035-250-190

RH

035-250-290

LH

with

[1.04]
26,3

[0.51]
12,8

[0.53]
13,5

[20]
89

[0.98]
25

[0.005]
0,13

[0.56]
0,25

905516

[1.13]
28,8

[0.56]
14,3

[0.57]
14,5

[30]
133

[1.26]
32

[0.008]
0,24

[0.94]
0,43

905517

[1.20]
30,4

[0.57]
14,4

[0.63]
16

[60]
267

[1.57]
40

[0.015]
0,41

[1.31]
0,59

905518

[1.18]
30

[0.63]
16

[0.55]
14

[69]
307

[1.97]
50

[0.023]
0,64

[1.81]
0,82

905519

[1.05]
26,7

[0.54]
13,7

[0.51]
13

[20]
89

[0.98]
25

[0.005]
0,13

[0.56]
0,25

905516

[1.06]
26,8

[0.57]
14,4

[0.49]
12,4

[30]
133

[1.26]
32

[0.008]
0,24

[1.13]
0,51

905517

[1.09]
27,7

[0.57]
14,4

[0.52]
13,3

[60]
267

[1.57]
40

[0.015]
0,41

[1.40]
0,64

905518

[1.13]
28,8

[0.63]
16

[0.51]
12,8

[69]
307

[1.97]
50

[0.023]
0,64

[1.90]
0,86

905519

standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi].

per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 7bar [100psig]


Maximum Operating Temperature: 80C [176F]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-32

035 series

035_240_190_011_

Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions

035_240_190_011_

035_140_190_011_
035_140_190_011_

Series 035-1
S1

M1
M1

S
S

035-1
Threaded body
mounts through
a clearance hole
and locked in
place using two
optional jam nuts

Series 035-2
D2

D2
D2

S1
S1

Mounting Options

D2

S1

M1
M1

S
S2

H1
H1

S2
S2
M2
M2

M2

H1

S2

035-1
Threaded body
mounts into a
threaded hole
and is locked in
place using one
optional jam nuts

H1

M2

H2
H2

H3
H3
H4
H4

H4

D1

H4

D1

H3

H2

H5
L
L

D1
D1
M
M

L1

M2
M2

Model

H3

H2

H5

L
L

D1 D2

D3

L3
L1

D3

L3

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H1

H2

H3

H4

H5

L1

L3

M1

M2

--

[1.50]
38,1

[2.76]
70

[2.25]
57,2

--

[0.35]
9

--

--

1- -16

1/4-20

#10-32

--

[0.75]
19,1

[1.72]
43,7

[3.87]
98,2

[2.63]
66,7

--

[0.45]
11,4

--

--

1-7/8-16

--

[0.76]
19,4

[1.88]
47,7

[3.28]
83,2

[2.80]
71

--

[0.70]
17,8

--

--

2-1/4-16

[2.00]
50,8

[3.48]
88,3

[2.95]
75

--

[0.50]
12,7

--

--

2-1/2-16

3/8-16

[2.62]
66,5

[1.60]
40,6

[0.50]
12,7

[0.57]
14,5

[1.57]
40

[1.22]
31

--

1/4-20

[2.79]
71

[1.76]
44,6

[0.57]
114,5

[0.65]
16,5

[2.13]
54

[1.73]
44

--

[2.29]
58,2

[1.89]
48

--

[2.68]
68

[2.17]
55

--

035-132-( )

[1.79]
45,4

035-140-( )

[2.16]
54,8

035-150-( )

[2.36]
60

[0.79]
20

--

[0.70]
17,8

035-225-( )

[1.38]
35

[.55]
14

[.18]
4,5

[0.60]
15,2

035-232-( )

[1.97]
50

035-240-( )

[2.16]
54,8

[0.63]
16

[.26]
6,5

035-250-( )

[2.36]
60

[0.79]
20

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

[0.57]
14,4

035-125-( )

[0.63]
16

mm [INCH]

D3

[1.42]
36

[.55]
14

mm [INCH]

035-2
Mount using four
mounting holes in
the base flange

[.33]
8,5

[0.85]
21,6

[.91]
23

[0.94]
23,9

[1.03]
26,1

[2.95]
75

[1.85]
47

[0.78]
19,7

[1.03]
26

[3.15]
80

[2.05]
52

MC-PSC-33

[0.65]
16,5

[0.65]
16,5

5/16-18
1/8 NPT

#10-32

5/16-18
1/8 NPT
3/8-16

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 035 Clamping Force
(w/ standard clamping arm)
500 [112]

035-(
035-(
035-(
035-(

Clamping Force N [lbf]

450 [101]
400 [90]
350 [78

)25-(
)32-(
)40-(
)50-(

)
)
)
)

300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]

[45]
3

[58]
4

[73]
5

[87]
6

[102]
7

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

Guidelines

Example: 035-132-190
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
is approximately 90mm.

25mm, 32mm Clamp Arm Weight


200

Weight (gr)

DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed


for long life when using standard clamping arms and
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional
weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
allowable weight and length.

32mm
25mm

160
120
80
40
0
20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

Length - L1 (mm)

L1

40mm, 50mm Clamp Arm Weight


500

All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]


and an opening and closing time of 1 second.

Weight (gr)

440

WEIGHT, c.g.

50mm
40mm

380
320
260
200
140
80
20
50

70

90

110

130

150

170

190

Length - L1 (mm)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-34

210

230

250

035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
Features:

For standard use


Aluminum construction
Clamp on style connection
for 360 deg. arm positioning
A
B

E
F
D
C
C1

Part
Number

Used with
Model/series

C1

Weight
[lbs] kg

036-551-01

035-12....
035-22....

[2.38]
60.5

[1.36]
34.5

[0.63]
15.9

[0.40]
10.2

[0.31]
8.0

[0.75]
19.1

1/4-20

[0.32]
8.0

[0.10]
0.05

036-551-02

035-12....
035-22....

[3.38]
85.9

[2.36]
60.0

[0.63]
15.9

[0.40]
10.2

[0.31]
8.0

[0.75]
19.1

1/4-20

[0.32]
8.0

[0.13]
0.06

036-630-01

035-13....
035-23....
035-14....
035-24....

[3.10]
78.7

[2.00]
50.8

[0.75]
19.1

[0.50]
12.7

[0.38]
9.5

[0.75]
19.1

5/16-18

[0.38]
9.5

[0.15]
0.07

036-630-02

035-13....
035-23....
035-14....
035-24....

[4.73]
120.0

[3.63]
92.1

[0.75]
19.1

[0.50]
12.7

[0.38]
9.5

[0.75]
19.1

5/16-18

[0.38]
9.5

[0.21]
0.10

036-787-01

035-15....
035-25....

[4.00]
101.6

[2.75]
69.9

[1.00]
25.4

[0.70]
17.8

[0.50]
12.7

[1.00]
25.4

3/8-16

[0.38]
9.5

[0.33]
0.15

036-787-02

035-15....
035-25....

[6.36]
161.5

[5.00]
127.0

[1.00]
25.4

[0.70]
17.8

[0.50]
12.7

[1.00]
25.4

3/8-16

[0.38]
9.5

[0.49]
0.22

MC-PSC-35

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:

For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps


Variable height adjustment
For recessed mounting
Steel construction

Used with Model/


series

Weight
[lbs] kg

051-150-160

035-125-190
035-125-290

[2.00]
50.8

[0.38]
9.7

[0.275]
7.0

1 1/2-16 UN

[0.13]
0.06

051-187-160

035-132-190
035-132-290

[2.63]
66.7

[0.38]
9.7

[0.312]
7.9

1 7/8-16 UN

[0.25]
0.11

051-225-160

035-140-190
035-140-290

[3.00]
76.2

[0.50]
12.7

[0.312]
7.9

2 1/4-16 UN

[0.40]
0.18

051-250-160

035-150-190
035-150-290

[3.25]
82.6

[0.50]
12.7

[0.312]
7.9

2 1/2-16 UN

[0.44]
0.20

Part
Number

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-36

8700 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview
Features:

Applications:

A
 lternative solution to swing clamps when
space is limited
The clamping lever may be positioned left,
forward, or right (relative to ports) within
the same clamp body
Threaded body with upper flange mount
Non-toggle locking linkage
Clamping arm and spindle included

8725

A
 ssembly &
welding fixtures
Light machining

8732
8732G

8740
8740G

Also Available:

See page MC-PSC-39 for jam nuts

8750
8750G

Technical Information
Model
8725

Vertical
Clamping
Clamping Stroke*
Force
[in.]mm
[lbf.]N
[0.10]
2,5

8732
8732G
8740

[0.12]
3,2

8740G
8750
8750G

[0.15]
3,8

Bore Size
[in.]mm

Air
Consumption
[in.3]cm3

Weight
[lb.]kg

Seal Kit

[43]
195

[0.98]
25

[0.004]
0,11

[1.3]
0,6

872500

[64]
285

[1.26]
32

[0.008]
0,23

[2.2]
1,0

873200

[106]
470

[1.57]
40

[0.014]
0,41

[2.6]
1,2

874000

[167]
745

[1.97]
50

[0.023]
0,64

[4,4]
2,0

875000

* Equal to approx. 6 above horizontal with standard clamping arm.


per double stroke at 5bar [72psi].

at

5bar [72psi].

Operating Pressure Range:


3bar [45psig] to 7bar [100psig]
Max. Operating Temperature:
-10C to 80C [14F to 175F]
Application Note:
If using clamping arms other than standard, the
length must not exceed 1.5X the overall length of
the standard arm.
The inlet air flow rate should be adjusted to
position the arm in no less than 1/2 second for
standard arms and no less than 1 second in the
case of an extended arm.

MC-PSC-37

Left

Forward

Right

Levers can be positioned in one of three


positions in relation to the air ports.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8700 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions, Clamping Forces
D1
1600 [360]

D
M1

8750
8740
8732
8725

L3

Clamping Force N [lbf]

1400 [315]

oL2 oL1

1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]

OPENING
ANGLE

0 [0]

L7

[40]
2.8

[60]
4.1

[80]
5.5

[100]
6.9

[120]
8.3

[140]
9.7

Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]

H7
H6

UNCLAMP

CLAMP

M2

H2

H9

H4
H5

L6

H1

H8

L5

L8
mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

H3
L4

Model
8725
8732/
8732G
8740/
8740G
8750/
8750G
Model
8725
8732
8732G
8740
8740G
8750
8750G

Opening
Angle

D1

H1

H2

H3

H4
(min/max)

80

[0.22]
5,5

[0.35]
9

[0.27]
6,8

[0.43]
11

[0.33]
8,5

[0.55]
14

[5.67]
144
[6.65]
169
[6.93]
176
[7.87]
200

[1.97]
50
[2.25]
57
[2.40]
61
[2.60]
66

[2.42]
61,5
[2.83]
72
[2.85]
72.5
[3.11]
79

[0.59-0.98]
15-25
[0.63-1.18]
16-30
[0.75-1.14]
19-29
[0.86-1.30]
22-33

81
82
75

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

[1.97]
50
[2.36]
60
[2.65]
65
[2.95]
75

[1.46]
37
[1.77]
45
[1.97]
50
[2.28]
57

[0.63]
16
[0.71]
18
[0.79]
20
[0.87]
22

[1.89]
48
[2.36]
60
[2.60]
66
[3.05]
77,5

[1.61]
41
[2.05]
52
[2.20]
56
[2.50]
63,5

[0.63]
16
[0.87]
22
[0.93]
23,5
[1.02]
26

[0.55]
14
[0.71]
18
[0.79]
20
[1.10]
28

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

H5

H6

H7

H8

H9

[0.39]
10
[0.43]
11
[0.55]
14
[0.59]
15

[0.47]
12

[0.59]
15

[0.98]
25

[0.67]
17
[0.79]
20
[0.98]
25
[1.18]
30

L8
[0.91]
23
[1.02]
26
[1.26]
32

MC-PSC-38

[0.41]
10,5

[0.51]
13
[0.43]
11

M1

M2

M40 x 1.50

M6 x 1.0

M5 x 0.8

M50 x 1.50
M8 x 1.25
M55 x 1.50
M65 x 1.50

M12 x 1.75

[1/8NPT]
G-1/8
[1/8NPT]
G-1/8
[1/8NPT]
G-1/8

8700 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:

For use with 8700 Series Pneumatic Lever Clamps


Variable height adjustment
For recessed mounting

Mounting from
above using
4 socket cap screws
through the flange.

Mounting by
screwingbody into
a tapped hole and
locking with one
jam nut.

Mounting by
inserting body
into a plain hole
and locking with
two jam nuts.

Used with
Model/series

Weight
[lbs] kg

872550

8725

[2.09]
53

[0.35]
9

[0.28]
7

M40 x 1.50

[0.13]
0.06

873250

8732/ 8732G

[2.76]
70

[0.24]
6

M50 x 1.50

[0.35]
0.16

874050

8740/ 8740G

[2.95]
75

[0.31]
8

M55 x 1.50

[0.37]
0.17

875050

8750/ 8750G

[3.25]
82,5

[0.39]
10

M65 x 1.50

[0.33]
0.15

Part
Number

MC-PSC-39

[0.43]
11

[0.39]
10

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Sensors
Features:

 ensors are activated by a magnetic ring


S
installed on the cylinder piston
All sensors feature an LED for easy set-up
IP67 rated
Temperature Range: -10C to 60C [14F to 140F]
810169,
810173,
810174

810151,
810153,
810155,
810157

8EA-109-1,
8EA-120-1,
810170,
810171

Tie rod clip 810151-1 included.

810156,
810158

810153

Technical Information
Item
Number

Max. Switching
Current

Voltage
Drop

Reed

5-120V AC/DC

50mA

3.0V

PNP

4.5-28V DC

100mA

0.5V

NPN

4.5-28V DC

100mA

0.5V

300mm
[11.8in.]

Reed

10-30V DC

100mA

3.0V

300mm
[11.8in.]

Reed

15-30 V AC/DC

500mA

1.5V

PNP

10-30V DC

100mA

2.0V

NPN

10-30V DC

100mA

2.0V

Reed

5-120V AC/DC

500mA

3.5V

Reed

24-240V AC

4A

1.0V

PNP

6-24V DC

500mA

1.0V

NPN

6-24V DC

500mA

1.0V

Reed

5-120V AC/DC

500mA

3.5V

PNP

6-24V DC

500mA

1.0V

Length

Round

M8 male
quick
connect

165mm
[6.5in.]

T-slot

M8 male
quick
connect
M12 male
quick
connect
M8 male
quick
connect

810174
8EA-109-1
8EA-120-1

Voltage

Connector

810169
810173

Function

Mount
Style

810170
810171

165mm
[6.5in.]

810151
810153
810155

Tie Rod

810157
810156
810158

No
connector
cord

2.7m
[9ft.]

Band
Clamp

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-40

Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories


Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Extension Cordsets
Features:

For use with M8 quick connect sensors


Threaded coupling nuts provide IP67 protection
Robotic grade, oil and abrasion resistant polyurethane (PUR) cable

Item Number
CABL-010

Length
2 Meter [78in.]

CABL-013

5 Meter [16.4ft.]

Rating

Temperature Rating

120V AC/DC, 3A max.

-20C to 80C [-40F to 176F]

Wiring Schematics

810158

810169

810170, 810173
BRN

+
-

LOAD

POWER
BLU

1-BROWN (+)
1-BROWN (+)
4-NOT USED

1-BROWN (+)

BLK

MAIN
CIRCUIT

BRN

4-NOT USED

BLU

3-BLUE (-)

POWER
LOAD4-BLACK (OUT)
-

$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}

8EA-109-1, 8EA-120-1

BRN
+

MAIN
CIRCUIT

1-BROWN (+)

3-BLUE (-)

LOAD
POWER

BLU
-

1-BROWN (+)
4-BLACK (OUT)
3-BLUE (-)

BRN
+

1-BROWN (+)
BLK

4-NOT USED

POWER
BLU

3-BLUE (-)

810153

LOAD
-

810151, 810156

RED
810155, 810158
WHT
LOAD

3-BLUE (-)

+
~
+/-SUPPLY

GRN
WHT

6-24VDC
SUPPLY
120V Max.

LOAD
PNP
LOAD

810157, 810158

BRN

WHT

WHT

BRN

GRN
810157

SUPPLY
6-24VDC

4-BLACK (OUT)

BRN
WHT

-/+

810155, 810158

1-BROWN (+)

BRN

$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}


BLK

AC
SUPPLY

3-BLUE (-)

$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}

810171, 810174

4-NOT USED

4-BLACK (OUT)

3-BLUE (-)

3-BLUE (-)

$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}

BLK

1-BROWN (+)

SUPPLY
6-24VDC

LOAD
PNP

MC-PSC-41

GRN

LOAD
NPN

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Pneumatic Swing Clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PSC-42

pneumatic power cylinders


Features
Your requirements

Power element of machines, tools and devices


for the following applications:
Clamping
Coining
Punching
Riveting
Stamping
Pressing
Notching
Clinching

Round design: Type K and WK

Piston rod with male thread (Type K)


or ISO fit (Type WK)

The solution

DESTACOs double acting power cylinder,


which is based on the wedge lever principle.

Force

Clamping force

Rectangular design: Type WR


Two piston rods prevent twisting

Piston force
Stroke

Power stroke

Forward stroke

Application Recommendations

Compressed air should be treated by filter, water separator


and pressure regulator. Oiler is not allowed!

For an adequate piston speed air hoses with 6mm I.D.


should be used.

Do not increase the max. air pressure of 6 bar, because this
would reduce the cylinders life cycle considerably.

The piston rods of type K and WK are not secured against

Product features

Mechanical advantage: 10:1


Characteristic are the two steps of stroke: the forward
stroke to move a certain distance and the power
stroke with an amplified force on a short distance
Exact positioning of cylinder by flange mount on
cylinders head
Cylinder works in any position
High durability because of solid and maintenance
free wedge lever mechanics.
End position control by magnetic field sensing

twisting, an external device should be provided.

Piston rod should not be subjected to transversal forces.

Technical Data
Power forces at 6 bar

4 60 kN

Forward strokes

15 200 mm

Power strokes

6 and 7 mm*

Air pressure
Mechanical advantage

max. 6 bar, min 3 bar


max. 10:1

Cylinders require clean, water- and oil free air


*power strokes up to max. 12 mm upon request

MC-PPC-1

Force should always be exerted by coaxial force through


the piston rod to the work piece.
For Type WR, force must be transmitted via the centre of
the pressure plate.
Connection between rod and tool should be performed as
frictional connection (coupling), not as form fitting connection.
For punching operations we recommend a force reserve of
approx. 30 %.
If the cylinder is used for positioning in the extended rod
position you should consider that a possible counter-force
will cause an axial deflection of approx. 1 mm. This feature is
due to the cylinders design because after the nominal power
stroke the clamping force drops down to the level of the
piston force (see force-stroke diagram left side).
Valves are not usable to avoid piston movement. If the
piston should be positioned within the range of the forward
stroke, both chambers of the cylinder have to be vented.
If the cylinder should stay at a retracted position the piston
rod chamber should be under pressure and the piston
chamber should be vented.
For further facts and additional applications features see
operating instruction MAPnkz-2.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

P neum atik-Kraftz y linder

pneumatic power
cylinders
Funktionsschema
Functions
Basic positionGrundstellung

Anstellhub
Gleiche Kraft wie ein konventioneller PneumatikzyForward stroke
Piston force islinder
identical
to the force
of a common
mit entsprechendem
Kolbendurchmesser.
pneumatic cylinder with adequate piston diameter

Krafthub

Power stroke Die mechanische Kraftbersetzung tritt in FunkBeginning of tion.


mechanical
amplification.
Mechanischeforce
Kraftbersetzung
max. 10 : 1.
Mechanical advantage max. 10:1

Rckhub

Return strokeDer Rckhub kann in jeder beliebigen KolbenstelThe return stroke can be initiated in any position of
lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rckstellkraft betrgt
piston. The force during return stroke is approx. half
ca. die Hlfte der Anstellkraft.
of piston force.

Magnetfeldabfragung

NEU!

Force within forward stroke

Forces

Clamping force within power stroke

Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK


mit Magnetfeldabfragung
WK6000

Piston force [lbf] kN

K/WK4500

K bzw.
[900]WK
4 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-...

K/WK3000
[674] 3
Modell-Nr.-nderung
-A[450]
am2Ende der Modell-Nr. fr Standard-Ausfhrung anstelleK/WK1000
K/WK600

von [225]
-11einsetzen!
Beispiel: K 400-15-6-1 wird zu K 400-15-6-A
0
WK
wird
[44] 33000-50-6-1[58]
4 zu WK 3000-50-6-A
[73] 5
Bauliche nderungen

K/WK400

[87] 6

Air pressure [psi] bar

WK6000

[13500] 60
Clamping force [lbf] kN

[1350] 6
fr die Gren
[1124] 5
K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...

[11240] 50
[9000] 40
[6740] 30

Technische Daten und


Maunterschiede zur
Standardausfhrung
siehe Seite 20.4 und
20.6!

K/WK4500

K/WK3000

[4500] 20

[2250] 10
K/WK600
Lieferumfang
0
K/WK400
Die Zylinder mit
der 4Modell-Nr. [73]
sind5 serienmig
[44]-A
3 am Ende [58]
[87]mit
6
einem Magnetkolben ausgestattet.
Air pressure [psi] bar
Separat zu bestellen:

Lediglich die Mae D4, D5, A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden sich

Pro Zylinder je 2 Stck Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Modell-Nr.

Return stroke force: half of piston force


zur Standardausfhrung.

SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel, Klemmbock

Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6!

und Spannband.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

K/WK1000

Siehe Seite 20.4MC-PPC-2


und 20.6!

type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
Piston rod with male thread

Note:
Operating pressure max. 6 bar [87psi], min 3 bar [44psi]. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.

Model

Piston
force within
forward stroke
at 6 bar
kN [lbf]

K400-15-6-1
K400-30-6-1
K400-50-6-1
K400-70-6-1

0,68
[153]

Forward
stroke
mm
[in]

Clamping
force within
power stroke
at 6 bar
kN [lbf]

Power
stroke
mm
[in]

Air
Piston
consumption
dia.
per double
mm stroke at 6 bar
[in]
dm 3 [f t3]

Stroke
Temperature
frequency
range
depending
C
on total stroke
[min -1]

Weight
Kg [lbs]

[F]

15 [0.59]

0,71 [0.025]

1,20 [2.6]

30 [1.18]

0,89 [0.031]

1,25 [2.8]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

4
[900lbf]

6
[0.24]

1,14 [0.040]

40
[1.75]

1,38 [0.049]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

1,30 [2.9]
1,35 [3.0]

K400-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

1,98 [0.070]

1,50 [3.3]

K400-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

2,94 [0.104]

1,70 [3.7]

K600-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

1,34 [0.047]

2,05 [4.5]

K600-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

1,65 [0.058]

2,15 [4.7]

K600-50-6-1
K600-70-6-1

1,06
[238]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

6
[1350lbf]

6
[0.24]

2,06 [0.073]

50
[1.97]

2,47 [0.087]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

2,30 [5.1]
2,40 [5.3]

K600-120-6-1
K600-200-6-1

120 [4.72]

3,50 [0.124]

2,70 [6.0]

200 [7.87]

5,15 [0.182]

3,20 [7.1]

K1000-15-7-1

15 [0.59]

2,20 [0.078]

3,60 [7.9]

K1000-30-7-1

30 [1.18]

2,66 [0.094]

3,80 [8.4]

K1000-50-7-1
K1000-70-7-1

1,75
[393]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

10
[2250lbf]

7*
[0.27]

63
[2.48]

3,26 [0.115]
3,85 [0.136]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

K1000-120-7-1

120 [4.72]

K1000-200-7-1

200 [7.87]

7,74 [0.273]

6,40 [14.1]

K3000-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

4,48 [0.158]

11,80 [26.0]

K3000-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

5,20 [0.184]

12,50 [27.6]

K3000-50-6-1
K3000-70-6-1

3
[674]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

5,35 [0.189]

4,10 [9.0]
4,40 [9.7]

30
[4500lbf]

6*
[0.24]

85
[3.35]

6,17 [0.218]
7,13 [0.252]

5,20 [11.5]

5 to 25

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

13,40 [29.5]
14,30 [31.5]

K3000-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

9,54 [0.337]

16,60 [36.6]

K3000-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

13,40 [0.473]

20,20 [44.5]

K4500-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

6,18 [0.218]

13,30 [29.3]

K4500-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

7,17 [0.253]

14,00 [30.9]

K4500-50-6-1
K4500-70-6-1

4,2
[944]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

45
[10120lbf]

6*
[0.24]

100
[3.94]

8,50 [0.300]
9,83 [0.347]

5 to 25

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

15,00 [33.1]
15,80 [34.8]

K4500-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

13,20 [0.466]

18,10 [39.9]

K4500-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

18,50 [0.653]

21,70 [47.8]

* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request

MC-PPC-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type K in standard version

Dimensions for standard version of type K


Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10

Model
A

A1

K400-15-6-1

186
[7.32]

145
[5.71]

K400-30-6-1

201
[7.91]

160
[6.30]

K400-50-6-1

221
[8.70]

180
[7.09]

K400-70-6-1

241
[9.49]

200
[7.87]

K400-120-6-1

291
250
[11.46] [9.84]

K400-200-6-1

371
330
[14.61] [12.99]

K600-15-6-1

201
[7.91]

160
[6.30]

K600-30-6-1

216
[8.50]

175
[6.89]

K600-50-6-1

236
[9.29]

195
[7.68]

256
215
K600-70-6-1
[10.08] [8.46]
K600-120-6-1

306
265
[12.05] [10.43]

K600-200-6-1

386
345
[15.20] [13.58]

K1000-15-7-1

243
[9.57]

A2

A3

A4

A5

A7

A9

41
[1.6]

21
[0.8]

12
[0.5]

39
[1.5]

10
[0.4]

23,5
[0.9]

40h8
[1.6]

25h7
[1.0]

63
[2.5]

44
[1.7]

M5,
M16
10mm 54
49
x 1,5
deep [2.1]
[1.9]
[0.06]
[0.1]

21
G1/8
[0.8]

41
[1.6]

21
[0.8]

12
[0.5]

39
[1.5]

10
[0.4]

23,5
[0.9]

40h8
[1.6]

25h7
[1.0]

73
[2.9]

54
[2.1]

59
[2.3]

M6,
M16
10mm 64
x 1,5
deep [2.5]
[0.06]
[0.1]

21
G1/8
[0.1]

56
[2.2]

25
[1.0]

15
[0.6]

52
[2.0]

10
[0.4]

29
[1.1]

63h8
[2.5]

40h7
[1.6]

100
[3.9]

68
[2.7]

M8,
M24
12mm 85
74,5
x 3,0
deep [3.3]
[2.9]
[0.98]
[1]

32
G1/8
[1.3]

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

M1

M3

LK

SW

187
[7.36]

K1000-30-7-1

258
202
[10.16] [7.95]

K1000-50-7-1

278
222
[10.94] [8.74]

298
242
K1000-70-7-1
[11.73] [9.53]
K1000-120-7-1

348
292
[13.70] [11.50]

K1000-200-7-1

428
372
[16.85] [14.65]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PPC-4

type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type K in standard version

Dimensions for standard version of type K


Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10

Model
A

A1

K3000-15-6-1

315
235
[12.40] [9.25]

K3000-30-6-1

330
250
[12.99] [9.84]

K3000-50-6-1

350
270
[13.78] [10.63]

K3000-120-6-1

420 [13.39]
[16.54] 340

K3000-200-6-1

500
420
[19.69] [16.54]

K4500-15-6-1

315
235
[12.40] [9.25]

K4500-30-6-1

330
250
[12.99] [9.84]

K4500-50-6-1

350
270
[13.78] [10.63]

A2

A3

A4

A5

A7

A9

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

50
35
20
70
20
45 85h8 65h7 130
95
[14.57] [11.42] [2.0] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.1] [3.7]
K3000-70-6-1
370
290

370
290
K4500-70-6-1
[14.57] [11.42]
K4500-120-6-1

420
340
[16.54] [13.39]

K4500-200-6-1

500
420
[19.69] [16.54]

80
35
20
70
20
45 85h8 65h7 145 110
[3.1] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.7] [4.3]

MC-PPC-5

M1

M3

LK

SW

M10,
M42
16mm 112
108
x 2,5
deep [4.4]
[4.3]
[1.65]
[1.7]

55
G1/4
[2.2]

[1.7]
M42
M10, 127
123
x 2,5
16mm [5.0]
[4.8]
[1.65]
deep

55
G1/4
[2.2]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

type WK Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
Piston rod with ISO fit

Note:
Operating pressure max. [87psi]6 bar, min [44psi] 3 bar. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air.Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.

Model

Piston
force within
forward stroke
at 6 bar
kN [lbf]

Forward
stroke
mm
[in]

Clamping force
within power
stroke at 6 bar
kN [lbf ]

Power
stroke
mm
[in]

Piston
dia.
mm
[in]

Air
Stroke
Temperature
consumption
frequency
range
per double
depending
C
stroke at 6 bar on total stroke
[F ]
-1]
3
3
[min
dm [f t ]

Weight
[lbs] kg

WK400-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

0,71 [0.025]

1,20 [2.6]

WK400-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

0,89 [0.031]

1,25 [2.8]

WK400-50-6-1
WK400-70-6-1

0,68
[153]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

4
[900lbf]

6
[0.24]

40
[1.75]

1,14 [0.040]
1,38 [0.049]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

1,30 [2.9]
1,35 [3.0]

WK400-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

1,98 [0.070]

1,50 [3.3]

WK400-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

2,94 [0.104]

1,70 [3.7]

WK600-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

1,34 [0.047]

2,05 [4.5]

WK600-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

1,65 [0.058]

2,15 [4.7]

WK600-50-6-1
WK600-70-6-1

1,06
[238]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

6
[1350lbf]

6
[0.24]

50
[1.97]

2,06 [0.073]
2,47 [0.087]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

2,30 [5.1]
2,40 [5.3]

WK600-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

3,50 [0.124]

2,70 [6.0]

WK600-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

5,15 [0.182]

3,20 [7.1]

WK1000-15-7-1

15 [0.59]

2,20 [0.078]

3,60 [7.9]

WK1000-30-7-1

30 [1.18]

2,66 [0.094]

3,80 [8.4]

WK1000-50-7-1
WK1000-70-7-1

1,75
[393]

50 [1.97]
70 [2.76]

10
[2250lbf]

3,26 [0.115]
7*
63 [2.48]
[0.27]
3,85 [0.136]

5 to 30

- 5 to +75
[23 to 167]

4,10 [9.0]
4,40 [9.7]

WK1000-120-7-1

120 [4.72]

5,35 [0.189]

5,20 [11.5]

WK1000-200-7-1

200 [7.87]

7,74 [0.273]

6,40 [14.1]

WK3000-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

4,48 [0.158]

11,80 [26.0]

WK3000-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

5,20 [0.184]

12,50 [27.6]

WK3000-50-6-1

50 [1.97]

6,17 [0.218]

WK3000-70-6-1

3
[674]

70 [2.76]

30
[4500lbf]

6*
85 [3.35]
[0.24]
7,13 [0.252]

5 to 25

- 5 to +75 13,40 [29.5]


[23 to 167] 14,30 [31.5]

WK3000-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

9,54 [0.337]

16,60 [36.6]

WK3000-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

13,40 [0.473]

20,20 [44.5]

WK4500-15-6-1

15 [0.59]

6,18 [0.218]

13,30 [29.3]

WK4500-30-6-1

30 [1.18]

7,17 [0.253]

14,00 [30.9]

WK4500-50-6-1

50 [1.97]

8,50 [0.300]

WK4500-70-6-1

4,2
[944]

70 [2.76]

45
[10120lbf]

6*
[0.24]

100
[3.94]

9,83 [0.347]

5 to 25

- 5 to +75 15,00 [33.1]


[23 to 167] 15,80 [34.8]

WK4500-120-6-1

120 [4.72]

13,20 [0.466]

18,10 [39.9]

WK4500-200-6-1

200 [7.87]

18,50 [0.653]

21,70 [47.8]

WK6000-30-6

[1.18] 30

[0.367] 10,40

24,00 [52.9]

WK6000-50-6
WK6000-70-6
WK6000-120-6

6,0
[1350]

[1.97] 50
[2.76] 70

60,0
[13490lbf]

6*
[0.24]

[4.72] 120

125,0
[4.92]

[0.454] 12,85
[0.536] 15,17
[0.747] 21,15

* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PPC-6

5 to 25

- 5 to +75 24,50 [54.0]


[23 to 167] 25,00 [55.1]
26,50 [58.4]

type WK Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type WK in standard version

Dimensions for standard version of type WK


Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10

Model
A

A1

WK400-15-6-1

186
145
[7.32] [5.71]

WK400-30-6-1

201
160
[7.91] [6.30]

WK400-50-6-1

221
180
[8.70] [7.09]

WK400-120-6-1

291
250
[11.46] [9.84]

WK400-200-6-1

371
330
[14.61] [12.99]

WK600-15-6-1

201
160
[7.91] [6.30]

WK600-30-6-1

216
175
[8.50] [6.89]

A2

A3

A4

A5

A7

A8**

A9

D1

D2 D3 D4 D5

M2
D6

M3

LK

M5,
10mm [2.13]
41
21
12
39
10
25 23,5 40h7 25h7
63
44
49
G1/8
10H7 M6
54
deep
241
200 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.48] [1.73] [1.93]
WK400-70-6-1
[0.06]
[9.49] [7.87]

WK600-50-6-1

236
195
[9.29] [7.68]

WK600-120-6-1

306
265
[12.05] [10.43]

WK600-200-6-1

386
345
[15.20] [13.58]

WK1000-15-7-1

243
187
[9.57] [7.36]

WK1000-30-7-1

258
202
[10.16] [7.95]

M6,
41
21
12
10mm [2.52]
39
10
25 23,5 40h7 25h7
73
54 [2.32]
G1/8
10H7 M6
64
deep
256
215 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.87] [2.13] 59
WK600-70-6-1
[0.06]
[10.08] [8.46]

WK1000-50-7-1

278
222
[10.94] [8.74]

WK1000-120-7-1

348
292
[13.70] [11.50]

WK1000-200-7-1

428
372
[16.85] [14.65]

M8,
56
25
15
52
10
40
29 63h8 40h7 99,5 68 74,5
12mm 85
G1/8
20H7 M8
deep [3.35]
298
242 [2.20] [0.98] [0.59] [2.05] [0.39] [1.57] [1.14] [2.48] [1.57] [3.92] [2.68] [2.93]
WK1000-70-7-1
[0.98]
[11.73] [9.53]

Continued on next page

MC-PPC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

type WK Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type WK in standard version

Dimensions for standard version of type WK


Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10

Model
A

A1

WK3000-15-6-1

315
235
[12.40] [9.25]

WK3000-30-6-1

330
250
[12.99] [9.84]

WK3000-50-6-1

350
270
[13.78] [10.63]

WK3000-70-6-1

370
290
[14.57] [11.42]

WK3000-120-6-1

420
340
[16.54] [13.39]

WK3000-200-6-1

500
420
[19.69] [16.54]

WK4500-15-6-1

315
235
[12.40] [9.25]

WK4500-30-6-1

330
250
[12.99] [9.84]

WK4500-50-6-1

350
270
[13.78] [10.63]

WK4500-120-6-1

420
340
[16.54] [13.39]

WK4500-200-6-1

500
420
[19.69] [16.54]

WK6000-30-6

365
285
[14.37] [11.22]

WK6000-50-6

[15.16] 305
385 [12.01]

A2

A3

A4

A5

A7

A8**

A9

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 M2

M3

LK

M10,
80
35
20
70
20
40
45 85h8 65h7 130 95 108
16mm 112
H7
G1/4
25 M10
[3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.12] [3.74] [4.25]
deep [4.41]
[16]

M10,
80
35
20
70
20
40
45 85h8 65h7 145 110 123
16mm 127
G1/4
25H7 M10
deep [5.00]
370
290 [3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.71] [4.33] [4.84]
WK4500-70-6-1
[1.65]
[14.57] [11.42]

WK6000-70-6
WK6000-120-6

M10,
80
20
48
24
22
40
53 85h8 65h7 178 135 148
16mm 150
G1/2
25H7 M10
deep [5.91]
405
325 [3.15] [0.79] [1.89] [0.94] [0.87] [1.57] [2.09] [3.35] [2.56] [7.01] [5.31] [5.83]
[1.65]
[15.94] [12.80]

455
375
[17.91] [14.76]

** Usable depth of bore with ISO fit D6


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PPC-8

type WR Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview
Piston rods prevent twisting

Note:
Use only clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Force must be
transmitted via the centre of the pressure plate. One-sided loading of
the pressure plate should be avoided. For punching applications contact
our technical support! See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.

Type WR

Total stroke

Power stroke
Forward stroke

Piston force [lbf] kN

Clamping force [lbf] kN

WR2000

[450] 2
[337] 1,5
[225] 1
[112] 0,5

[15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87]


1 2 3 4 5 6

[3370] 15
[2250] 10
[1120] 5

Air pressure [psi] bar

Model

WR 2000-15-7

Air pressure: max. [87psi] 6 bar; min. [44psi] 3 bar

WR 2000-50-7

Forward
stroke
mm
[in]

Air
Clamping
Power Piston consumption
force within stroke dia.
per double
power stroke
stroke at
mm
mm
at 6 bar
6 bar
[in]
[in]
[lbf] kN]
dm 3 [f t3]

15 [0.59]

2,44 [0.086]
2,95 [0.104]
70
3,62 [0.128]
[2.76]
4,27 [0.151]

30 [1.18]

WR 2000-30-7
2
[450]

50 [1.97]

WR 2000-70-7

70 [2.76]

WR 2000-120-7

120 [4.72]

[15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87]


1 2 3 4 5 6
Air pressure [psi] bar

Return stroke force: half of piston force

Piston
force within
forward
stroke at
6 bar
kN [lbf]

WR2000

[4500] 20

20
[4500]

7
[0.27]

5,94 [0.210]

MC-PPC-9

Stroke
frequency
depending
on total
stroke

Temperature
range

Weight

12,5 [27.6]

285

51,6

14,0 [30.9]
-5 up to +75
15,5 [34.1]
[23 to up167]
17,2 [37.9]

300

51,6

320

55,6

340

55,6

21,0 [46.3]

390

59,6

C [F ]

kg [lbs]

[min -1]

5 - 25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rckstell


ca. die Hlfte der Anstellkraft.

-A option

Magnetfeldabf
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specifications

NEU!

Pneumatic Power Cylinders Type K


and WK with end position control by
Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK
magnetic field sensors.
mit Magnetfeldabfragung
For the sizes

fr die Gren

K and WK 400. , K and WK 600 ,


K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...
K and WK 1000. K and WK 3000,
K bzw. WK 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-...
K and WK 4500

Change of Model

Technische Da
Maunterschie
Standardausf
siehe Seite 20
20.6!

Modell-Nr.-nderung

Indicate -A at the end of-A


Model
instead
of -1fr Standard-Ausfhrung anstelle
am Ende
der Modell-Nr.
for standard version!
von -1 einsetzen!
Example:
Standard equipment
(as shown above)
Lieferumfang
K 400-15-6-1
K400 15 6 1 changeBeispiel:
to K400
15 6wird
Azu K 400-15-6-A
Pneumatic Power Cylinders with -A at the end of
Die Zylinder mit -A am Ende der Modell-Nr. sind serie
3000-50-6-1
wirdzu6WK
WK 3000 50 6 1 change toWK
WK
3000 - 50
A3000-50-6-A
Model are completely furnished with a magnetic
einem
Magnetkolben
piston ring and with
two
mountedausgestattet.
sensor sets
Separat
zu bestellen:of magnetic field
Bauliche nderungen
Change in construction
(Model SMB-102157,
consisting
Only the dimensions D4,
D5,
sensorsich
with 3m cable,
clamp
Pro Zylinder
je 2and
Stckstrap)
Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Mod
Lediglich
dieA/A
Mae1and
D4, A9
D5, are
A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden
different to the standard version.
SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel,

zur Standardausfhrung.

Type K

Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6!

DE-STA-CO

compared with standard version

For sizes

S1*

S2*

D4

Siehe Seite
20.4 Aund
20.6! A9
D5
/A 1

Rs

K 400-...-A

12

+15

44

K 1000-...-A

10

18

+15

56

K 3000-...-A

14

90

97

30

67

K 45000-...-A
5
12
106
113
28,5
75
*A
 pprox. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.

Circuit diagram and technical data of sensor set Model


SMB-102157, consisting of magnetic field sensor with 3 m cable, clamp and
strap (2 sets per cylinder are standard equipment).

View C
Sensor

ws

L-

Circuit
diagram

Clamp
Strap

**Differences of dimensions
und Spannband.

Switching points of sensors

Radius of interference

bn

Type WK

Switching voltage

10...250 VAC/DC

Switching current

0,5 A

Switching power

20 W/30 VA

Function

normally open contact

Protection class

IP 67 (DIN 40050)

Indicator

LED

L+

**Differences of dimensions
compared with standard version

Switching points of sensors


For sizes

S1*

S2*

D4

D5

A /A 1

A9

Rs

WK 400-...-A

12

+15

44

WK 1000-...-A

10

18

+15

56

WK 3000-...-A

14

90

97

30

67

WK 45000-...-A
5
12
106
113
28,5
75
* Approx. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PPC-10

-K Option
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specifications
Sensor cage for T-slot proximity sensor
For the sizes

K and WK 400. , K and WK 600 , K and WK 1000. ,


K and WK 3000, K and WK 4500

Change of Model

Indicate -K at the end of Model instead of -A for


standard version.
Example:
K400 15 6 A change to K400 15 6 K
WK 3000 50 6 A change to WK 3000 - 50 6 K

Benefits:

Small radii of interference.


Customer specific T-slot sensors are usable.

Standard equipment:

Pneumatic power cylinder with -K at the end of Model


number are supplied with mounted sensor cages but
without T-slot sensors.

MC-PPC-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

pneumatic power Cylinders


Application Examples

Radius clinching unit for profiled aluminium

Special punching unit for 2 holes 3,4 in steel 0,9 mm

Special device for 2 holes 12 in steel 1,2 mm

Mobile punching unit for holes 6,2 in crossbeams

Device for holes 8 in sheet metal

Stamping units placed in line

Stamping units placed in line

Welding fixture for exhaust components

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-PPC-12

pneumatic power clamps


Sizing and Application Chart

PC-PPC-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

2-4[Kg]

61

We

0 to 2 [Kg]

82D

Steel

59

Aluminum

1000/1001

80mm

59

Material

63mm

890/891

50mm

59

40mm

860/861

32mm

57

25mm

870/871

Piston Diameter

Less than 25mm

47

2000 to 4000 [N] (Clamping Torque)

52H-3E

1000 to 2000 [Nm]

25

500 to 1000 [Nm]

82M-3E

100 to 500 [Nm]

15

0 to 100 [Nm]

82L-2

Clamping Torque
at 5 bar

2000 to 4000 [Nm]

1000 to 2000 [Nm]

82L-4

500 to 1000 [Nm]

100 to 500 [Nm]

Page: PC-PPC-#

81L

0 to 100 [Nm]

Series

Holding Torque
at 5 bar

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice


Excellent/High

PC-PPC-2
Fair/Medium
Poor/Low

Toggle Locking

Lateral Arms

Center Arm

Manual Version Available

Locating

Dual Arms

Inductive Sensors Available

Adjustable Opening Angle

Duty Cycle

Machining

End Effectors

Dirty Environment

Air Consumption
Per Double Stroke at
5 bar [dm3]

Assembly

Welding

More than 2,00 [dm3]

1.00 to 2.00 [dm3]

0.50 to 1.00 [dm3]

Weight

0 to 0.5 [dm3]

More than 8 [Kg]

6-8 [Kg]

Material

4-6 [Kg]

2-4[Kg]

0 to 2 [Kg]

Steel

Aluminum

80mm

63mm

pneumatic power clamps


Sizing and Application Chart

Application Area

Not Recommended

81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
81L

Base Model

Size

Description

12-1
16-1
20-1
25-1

12mm
16mm
20mm
25mm

01

12-1

Arm Style

Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder

Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore

Size
Size
Size
Size

01
41

00

Description
Clamping arm, horizontal
Clamping arm, vertical

Design
00

Description
Standard design

See below for further details

Arm Style

01

41

PC-PPC-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information

Accessories

Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1
82ZB-004-1

Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin


Adapter for mounting 81L20-1, 81L25-1 to 25mm dia. bar

12

16

20

25

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

25 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
4,5 Nm at 5bar

60 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
7,0 Nm at 5bar

100 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
18 Nm at 5bar

100 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
18 Nm at 5bar

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-4

81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions and Seal Kits
120

D1

(2x)

D2

(2x)

L4

81L**-141

Area of interference
R4

B10

B12

B2
"X"

"X"
B10

B5

L10
D2

D3

(8x)

L7

L5a
L9

L8

81L**-101

B11a

Pivot point

B6

B3

L6

L2

L4

B11b

R3

B1

L11

90

L5b

L10

B12

(2x)

D1

B8
L1

(2x)

B7
M5

M5

B18
mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

T-slot for Sensor

mm [INCH]

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Seal Kit

Model
81L12-1....

81L12-1-00

81L16-1....

81L16-1-00

81L20-1....

81L20-1-00

81L25-1....

81L20-1-00

Round-slot for Sensor

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model

D1 D2 D3
[H7]

[0.12] [0.13]
3
3,3
[0.12] 0.17]
81L16-1....
3
4,3
[0.16] [0.18]
81L20-1....
4
4,5
[0.16] [0.26]
81L25-1....
4
6,5

81L12-1....

Model

B18

[1.10]
28
[1.18]
81L16-1.... 30
[1.57]
81L20-1.... 40
[1.57]
81L25-1.... 40

81L12-1....

M4
M5
M6
M6

B1

B2

0,1

[0.94]
24
[1.12]
30
[1.38]
35
[1.38]
35

B3

0,2

B5

B6

[1.57]
40
[1.97]
50
[2.12]
55,5
[2.58]
65,5

[0.10]
2,5
[0.08]
2
[0.10]
2,5
[0.10]
2,5

[0.06]
1,5
[0.08]
2
[0.12]
3
[0.12]
3

L1

L2

L4

L5a

L5b

L6

[4.09]
104
[4.69]
119
[5.94]
151
[5.94]
151

[1.59]
40,5
[1.95]
49,5
[2.54]
64,5
[2.54]
64,5

[0.28]
7
[0.35]
9
[0.47]
12
[0.47]
12

[0.10]
2,5
0.09]
2,25
[0.12]
3
[0.12]
3

[0.7]
17,5
[0.8]
20,5
[0.98]
25
[0.98]
25

[0.18]
4,5
[0.23]
5,75
[0.35]
9
[0.35]
9

PC-PPC-5

0,1

0,1

B8

B10

[0.24]
6
[0.19]
5
[0.28]
7
[0.28]
7

[0.59]
15
[0.79]
20
[0.79]
20
[0.79]
20

[0.98]
25
[1.02]
26
[1.34]
34
[1.34]
34

[0.35]
9
[0.59]
15
[0.79]
20
[0.79]
20

[1.06]
27
[1.18]
30
[1.20]
30,5
[1.59]
40,5

[1.24]
31,5
[1.56]
39,5
[1.57]
40
[1.97]
50

[0.35]
9
[0.59]
15
[0.79]
20
[0.79]
20

L7

L8

L9

L10

L11

R3

R4

[0.59]
15
[0.79]
20
[0.98]
25
[0.98]
25

[0.12]
3
[0.16]
4
[0.19]
5
[0.19]
5

[0.35]
9
[0.47]
12
[0.59]
15
[0.59]
15

[0.24]
6
[0.31]
8
[0.29]
7,5
[0.47]
12

[0.93]
23,5
[1.41]
35,75
[1.36]
34,5
[1.75]
44,5

[1.61]
41
[2.00]
51
[2.26]
57,5
[2.64]
67

[1.89]
48
[2.48]
63
[2.75]
70
[3.11]
79

0,1

B7

0,2

B11a B11b

B12

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications

Model
81L12-101..
81L12-141..
81L16-101..
81L16-141..
81L20-101..
81L20-141..
81L25-101..
81L25-141..

Max. Holding
Torque
Nm [lb ft]

Max. Clamping
Torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Weight
kg [lb]

25
[18.4]
20
[14.8]
60
[44]
40
[29.5]
100
[73.8]
80
[59]
100
[73.8]
80
[59]

4,5
[3.3]
4,5
[3.3]
6,5
[4.8]
7,0
[5.23]
18
[13.3]
17
[12.5]
18
[13.3]
17
[12.5]

0,16
[0.4]
0,17
[0.4]
0,25
[0.6]
0,27
[0.6]
0,50
[1.1]
0,52
[1.2]
0,52
[1.2]
0,54
[1.25]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-6

Air Consumption
Max. Added Load
per double stroke
(at Position X)
at 5 bar [72 psi]
g [oz]
dm3 [ft3]
0,25
[0.01]
0,25
[0.01]
0,27
[0.01]
0,26
[0.01]
0,40
[0.02]
0,35
[0.01]
0,40
[0.02]
0,35
[0.01]

50
[1.8]
50
[1.8]
80
[2.8]
80
[2.8]
90
[3.2]
90
[3.2]
100
[3.5]
100
[3.5]

82L..-4... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
82L

Base Model

Size

Description

12-4
16-4
20-4
25-4

12mm
16mm
20mm
25mm

03

16-4

Arm Style

Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder

Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore

Size
Size
Size
Size

00
03
43

Description
No clamping arm
U-bar, central 90
U-bar, central 180

See below for further details

Opening Angle
0
3
4
5
6
7
8

Description
105 (Standard)
90
75
60
45
30
15

Arm Style

03

43

PC-PPC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L..-4... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information

Accessories

Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1
82ZB-004-1

Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin


Adapter for mounting 82L20-4, 82L25-4 to 25mm dia. bar

12
Max Holding Torque
35 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
90 version: 10,4 Nm at 5bar
180 version:
8,7 Nm at 5bar

16

20

25

Max Holding Torque


40 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
12,4 Nm at 5bar
11,0 Nm at 5bar

Max Holding Torque


50 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
21,0 Nm at 5bar
19,3 Nm at 5bar

Max Holding Torque


80 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
31,8 Nm at 5bar
28,5 Nm at 5bar

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-8

82L12-4 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

24

23

"X" = 50

36
36
6
1,1

9 0,1

M4

M 4 ep
6d

9 0,1

15 0,1
48,3

114,5

15

15

26 0,1

2,5

4,5

60,3

15 0,1

+0,05
0

Slot for round


sensor

+0,05
0

ee p

31 0,05

SW6

max. 6,2

Pivot point

6d

M5

23

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

T-slot for sensor

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model
82L12-4030
82L12-4430

Max. Holding
Torque
Nm [lb ft]

Max. Clamping
Torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Weight
[with arm]
kg [lb]

35
[18.4]
35
[18.4]

10,4
[3.3]
8,7
[3.3]

0,23
[0.5]
0,23
[0.5]

PC-PPC-9

Air Consumption
Max. Added Load
per double stroke
(at Position X)
at 5 bar [72 psi]
g [oz]
dm3 [ft3]
0,25
[0.01]
0,25
[0.01]

50
[1.8]
50
[1.8]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L16-4 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

28,8

28

40

"X" = 58
max. 6

43,8
7,5

2,5

7d

124,5

20

36 0,05

28 0,1

M5 e p

+0,05
0

9,5

20

ee p

+0,05
0

0,1

12 0,1

M5

7d

12 0,1

SW6

Pivot point

7,5

20 0,1

20 0,1
67

56,5

M5

5,5

M5

27
30

Slot for round


sensor

T-slot for sensor

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model
82L16-4030
82L16-4430

Max. Holding
Torque
Nm [lb ft]

Max. Clamping
Torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Weight
[with arm]
kg [lb]

40
[29.5]
40
[29.5]

12,4
[4.4]
11,0
[4.8]

0,33
[0.7]
0,33
[0.7]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-10

Air Consumption
Max. Added Load
per double stroke
(at Position X)
at 5 bar [72 psi]
g [oz]
dm3 [ft3]
0,27
[0.01]
0,27
[0.01]

80
[2.8]
80
[2.8]

82L20-4 Series

31

8,5

29

48

8,5

Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

45
Pin for manual unlocking
with an extra tool

15 0,1

Air connection M5
(open)

p
dee

43 0,05

7 ,5

150

20 0,1
65

76,5

+0,1
0

2,5
32 0,1

20

10,5

M6

25

25

+0,05
0

+0,05
0

0,4

15

de e

+0,1
0

M6

7, 5

SW8

max. 5,7

Pivot point

5,5

Air connection M5
(closed)
29
32
Grooves for
round sensors

Grooves for
T-groove sensors

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model
82L20-4030
82L20-4430

Max. Holding
Torque
Nm [lb ft]

Max. Clamping
Torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Weight
[with arm]
kg [lb]

50
[73.8]
50
[73.8]

21,0
[13.3]
19,3
[12.5]

0,42
[0.9]
0,42
[0.9]

PC-PPC-11

Air Consumption
Max. Added Load
per double stroke
(at Position X)
at 5 bar [72 psi]
g [oz]
dm3 [ft3]
0,35
[0.01]
0,35
[0.01]

90
[3.2]
90
[3.2]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L25-4 Series

36

34

53

8,5

Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

8,5

52
Pin for manual unlocking
with an extra tool

+0,05
0

160

36 0,1

7 ,5

25

25

13

M6 eep

15 0,1

0,85
+0,05
0

+0,05
0

de e

15 0,1

M6

7, 5

45

SW9

max. 8,1

Pivot point

20 0,1

Air connection M5
(open)

71,5

83,5

20 0,1

Air connection M5
(closed)

32
35

Grooves for
round sensors
Grooves for
T-groove sensors

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model
82L25-4030
82L25-4430

Max. Holding
Torque
Nm [lb ft]

Max. Clamping
Torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Weight
[with arm]
kg [lb]

80
[59]
80
[59]

31,8
[13.3]
28,5
[12.5]

0,66
[1.5]
0,66
[1.5]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-12

Air Consumption
Max. Added Load
per double stroke
(at Position X)
at 5 bar [72 psi]
g [oz]
dm3 [ft3]
0,40
[0.01]
0,40
[0.01]

100
[3.5]
100
[3.5]

82L..-4... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Clamp Arm Dimensions

B2
B13
B11

A-A

L5

L4

Pivot point

B12
B10

B27
L2

L10

B1

D3
D2H7
B26

Model

Order no.
for Arm

Max.
Opening
angle

B1

B2

B10

0,02

0,02

B11

B12

B13

B26

B27

D2

D3

L2

L4

L5

L10

0,1

0,1

H7

82L12-4

8JG-401-1-01

105

54

45.5

50

38,5

24

3.3

36

10

82L16-4

8JG-402-1-01

105

63

15

50.5

15

58

36,5

29

4.5

44

9.5

10

10

82L20-4

8JG-403-1-01

105

78

20

63

20

73

45

31,2

4.5

48

14

10

82L25-4

8JG-404-1-01

105

81

20

66

20

76

48

36

6.4

53

16

10

12

PC-PPC-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

pneumatic power clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-14

82L..-2... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information

Base Model

-2

2G

82L

Size

Description

2G
3G
3N
4G
4N

25
32
32
40
40

03

B8

Arm Style

(G1/8) Cylinder Bore Size


(G1/8) Cylinder Bore Size
(1/8-18 NPT) Cylinder Bore Size
(G1/4) Cylinder Bore Size
(1/4-18 NPT) Cylinder Bore Size

Description
U-clamp arm, central 90
Lateral clamp arm, left 90
Lateral clamp arm, right 90
2x lateral clamp arm 90
H-clamp arm 90
U-clamp arm, central 180
Lateral clamp arm, left 180
Lateral clamp arm, right 180
2x lateral clamp arm 180
H-clamp arm 180

03
11
12
23
38
43
51
52
63
78

See below for further details

Arm Style

03

38

11

43

12

51

63

23

52

78

PC-PPC-15

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L..-2... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
Hand Lever

Base Model
B

0
3
4
5
6
7
8

00
C8
B7
B8

Description
Power clamp without clamping arm.
To be marked with an additional B.
Only with clamping arm 03

Opening Angle

Sensing

Description
No Hand Lever
With Hand Lever

0
H

Description
105 (Standard)
90
75
60
45
30
15

Description
No Sensing
8EA-097-1 (M8x1)
8EA-096-1 (M12x1)
8EA-100-1 (M12x1)

C8

B7

B8

2G

3G/N

4G/N

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

75 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
25 Nm at 5bar

180 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
55 Nm at 5bar

380 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
120 Nm at 5bar

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-16

82L..-2... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Dimensions of the
driven shaft

SW

B24a

82L2*-2...

B1a

D1a

B27

L9a

B5b

B7

D4aH7

B7a

L19

B25
B5a

L1 max.

L9

D4H7

L9

L14

B1a

82L4*-2...

B6a
L18

L2 max.

D1
(8x)

B6

L8

L6

B1a

L7

L3

B1b

B30

B30

L8a

B5

Pivot point

5,05

82L3*-2...

B24

B3

18

+0,05
0

+0,02
5 0

+0,02
0

22 0,1

B23 max.

L17

D4H7

Plan view
B31

12

33

Connector (B): opening

mm [INCH]

B1

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

Connector (A): closing

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar


with oil-free air is permissible.

FIRST ANGLE
Operation
PROJECTION

Technical Information | Model without Hand Lever


Model

Max. holding
torque
Nm [lb ft]

Clamping torque
at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Piston

mm

Weight
kg [lbs]

Air consumption per double


stroke at 5 bar [72 psi]
dm3 [ft3]

Connection
G

82L2G-2

75
[55]

25
[18]

25

1,0
[2.20]

0,4
[0.01]

G1/8

82L3G-2
82L3N-2

180
[133]

55
[41]

32

1,3
[2.86]

0,8
[0.03]

G1/8
1/8-18 NPT

82L4G-2
82L4N-2

380
[280]

120
[89]

40

1,9
[4.18]

1,2
[0.04]

G1/4
1/4-18 NPT

B1

B1a

82L2G-2

32

82L3.-2

42

82L4.-2

Model

Model

B1b

B3

B5

B5a

B5b

B6

34

4,5

34

46

4,5

45

40

6,5

4,5

D1

D1a

D4
H7

D4a
H7

L1
max.

L2
max.

L3

B6a

B7
0,1

10

10

10
L6
0,05

B7a**
0,1

B23
max.

B24

B24a

25

53

60,5

53,5

20

30

60

76,5

63,5

25

35

74

88

69,5

L7
L8
L8a
L9
+ 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

L9a**
0,1

B25
+0,1

L14
0,1

B27

B30
0,1

B31

44

15

3,5

51

21

3,5

57

26,5

L17

L18

L19
N9

SW
h9

82L2G-2

M5

M5

183,5

104,5

67

17

28

18

14

8,5

82L3.-2

M5

M5

215

124

83

25

36

42

20

20

18

12,5

48

11

82L4.-2

M6

M6

245

141

92

30

40

10

50

20

25

20

16

58,5

16

**Tolerance for distance to dowel hole 0,02

PC-PPC-17

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L..-2... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Automation power clamps, lightweight design
enclosed model, with hand lever

B1

B23 max.

Plan view

a1

B1a

B31

B21

B24a

B24

B5

L2 max.

L2 max.

B30

B7
L1 max.

B5b

L1 max.

a2

R1

B5a

B3

L9

B6

D1
(8x)

L8
L9

L3

L7

L6

Pivot point
B30

Dimensions of the
driven shaft

SW

G
L17

View 82L2*-2...

Connector (B): opening

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Model

Max. holding
torque
Nm [lb ft]

82L2G-2...

75
[55]

82L3G-2...
82L3N-2...

180
[133]

82L4G-2...
82L4N-2...

380
[280]

B5b

B6

Connector (A): closing

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar


Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Technical Information | Model with Hand Lever

Clamping
torque at
5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft]

Piston

mm

25
[18]

B7

Air consumption
Weight Opening per double stroke Connection
kg [lbs] angle at 5 bar [72 psi]
G
dm3 [ft3]

25

1,1
[2.42]

55
[41]

32

1,5
[3.30]

120
[89]

40

2,1
[4.62]

B21 B23 B24 B24a B30 B31

105

D1

B1

B1a

B3

B5

B5a

0,4
[0.01]

G1/8

32

34

0,8
[0.03]

G1/8
1/8-18NPT

42

34

1,2
[0.04]

G1/4
1/4-18NPT

45

40

6,5

L7

L8

L9

L17

+0,1

+0,1

L1

L2

max.

max.

L3

L6

SW

a1

a2

R1

h9

Model
+0,1

max

+0,1

82L2G-2...

4,5

25

62

53

60,5 53,5

44

15

M5

82L3G-2...
82L3N-2...

4,5

20

62

60

76,5 63,5

51

21

M5

210

82L4G-2...
82L4N-2...

4,5

10

25

62

74

57

26,5

M6

241

88

69,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

183,5 104,5

+0,05 +0,1

67

17

28

18

8,5

36

131

117

119

83

25

36

20

12,5

11

31

124

117

137

92

30

40

10

20

16

16

31

131

117

PC-PPC-18

82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Maximum Tooling Weight 82L2G-2...

Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc


welding and a.c. arc welding

1,0

Weight [kg]

0,8

Inductive version: B8, B7, C8

0,6

Pin Assignment

0,4

0,2

0
50

+brown

75

100

125

150

175

black

-blue

white

200

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

Plug M8x1

Maximum Tooling Weight 82L3.-2...


2,0

Plug M12x1

1 4
3

yellow
green

red

1
4

open
S 0.1

Weight [kg]

1,5

closed
S 0.2

1,0

0,5

0
50

75

100

125

150

175

200

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

Maximum Tooling Weight 82L4.-2...


2,75
2,50
2,25

Weight [kg]

2,00
1,75
1,50
1,25
1,00
0,75
0,50
0,25
0
75

100

125

150

175

200

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

Maximum Clamping Torque at 5 bar

ATTENTION:
Calculation tool
available. Please
consult factory.

Torque (Nm) at 5 bar

140

Pivot

120
100

82L4..., L1=104mm

80

82L3..., L1=99mm

L1

60

82L2..., L1=75mm

40
20
0
0,5

1,5

2,5

3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

Clamping Arm Position (mm)

PC-PPC-19

7,5

8,5

All data refers to a pneumatic


pressure of 6 bar and to a
opening and closuring time
of 1 second, as well as to
the center of gravity of the
complete construction directly
attached to the clamp arm
related to the fixed fulcrum.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
U-Type Central Clamping Arms

Viex X

(for dimensioning)

B4

D3

B12
B27

D2H7

L10

L10

(B9)

L10

B26
B11

B10

L4

90 version
(82L..-203....)

for dimensioning

0,2

Area of interference
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R1" due to the
area of interference

Opening

180 version
(82L..-243....)

B2

B2

Opening

R1

R1

L4

for dimensioning

0,2

Pivot point
SW

SW

Model

Opening
Opening
Order no.
Weight
angle for
angle for
B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B27 D2 D3
for set of
U-type central 90 Version 180 Version
clamping arms
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
+0,2
H7
max.
max.
[kg]
105

0,3

93 45

20

65

20

58

36

L4

L10 L10a R1

+0,1 *+1,1

6,5 20

12

45

SW
J7

82L2G-2...

8JG-075-3-01

105

82L3.-2...

8JG-065-2-01

105

105

0,37

105 45

20

79

20

69 35,1

20 12* 11,4 55

11

82L4.-2...

8JG-067-2-01

105

105

0,5

110 45

20

84

20

78 42,1

22 15* 14,3 58

16

Lateral Clamping Arms

Model

Order no.
for set of
Lateral
clamping arms

Opening
Opening
Weight
angle for
angle for 180
90 - Version
- Version
max.

max.

[kg]

B2

B4

B9

B10

B11

B12 B22

D2

+0,02

+0,1

+0,2

H7

D3

L4

L10

R1

+0,1

82L3.-2...

8JG-066-1-01

105

105

0,25

105

45

20

79

20

6,5

20

12

55

82L4.-2...

8JG-068-1-01

105

105

0,3

92

45

20

66

20

8,5

22

15

58

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-20

82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
H- Clamping Arms

Model

Opening
Opening
Order no.
Weight
angle for 90 - angle for 180
B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B34 B35 D2
for set of
Version
- Version
H-clamping
arms
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
+0,1
H7
max.
max.
[kg]

D3

L4

L10

R1

+0,1

82L3.-2.8...

8JG-363-1-01

105

105

0,52

105 45

20

79

20

69 47,1 59,1

20

12

55

82L4.-2.8...

8JG-364-1-01

105

105

0,77

110 45

20

84

20

78 57,1 72,1

22

15

58

Counter-Support

B34
B11

L10

B10

D2
(2
x)
(2x
)

View
Support without
bracket and screws

B26
L31

L5

L32

M8
(4x)
40 0,1

L33

Pivot point

L4

Deflection

L9

B2

Holding capacity

D5
(4x)

L30

B7

B12

D3

B33

25

0,05

B32
B31
B30

40 0,1
* = Tolerance for distance to dowel holes +0,02
** = distance from pivot point

Model

Fit for
Model

54

Holding Capacity
max.

Deflection

Weight

[N]

[mm]

[kg]

B2

B7*

B10

+0,1

+0,02

B11

B12

B26** B30** B31** B32**


~

BK-R25-82L25-1

82L2_

914

0,2

0,4

93

25

20

62

20

42

55

31,5

11

BK-R25-82L32-1

82L3_

660

0,16

0,5

105

20

20

79

20

44

52

28,5

BK-R25-82L40-1

82L4_

2000

0,37

0,56

110

25

20

84

20

41

52

28,5

7,5

Model

B33

B34

D2

D3

D5

L4

H7

+0,1

L5

L9

L10

L30

+0,1

L31

L32

L33

-0,1

BK-R25-82L25-1

35

90

6,5

5,5

20

45

18

12

4,95

27,9

50,9

106

BK-R25-82L32-1

46

105

5,5

20

45

20

12

7,85

35,7

59

106

BK-R25-82L40-1

40

110

6,6

22

45

20

15

9,85

39,7

66

108

PC-PPC-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Hold Open Device
a3

B37
B36

Device adjusting at
opening angle 105
R3

B1a

R4

D7

Handlever right
locking device left

a 4 L36

Handlever right
locking device left

D6

B39

Clamping position
B38

Open position locked


Fit for
Model

B1a

B36

B37

B38

B39

D6

D7

L36

R3

R4

a3

a4

82ZB-036-1

82L2.-2....H..

34

25

47

47

15

10

31

53

18,5

63

105

82ZB-037-1

82L3.-2....H..

34

28

56

56

15

10,5

43

69

25

63

105

82ZB-038-1

82L4.-2....H..

40

30

58

58

15

10,5

50

76

27

63

105

Model

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-22

82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 accessories


Pneumatic Power Clamps | For Use With or Without Hand Lever
Order No. for set
82L2G-2....0../
82L2G-2....H..

Order No. for set


82L3.-2....0../
82L3.-2....H..

Order No. for set


82L4.-2....0../
82L4.-2....H..

8JG-075-3-01

8JG-065-2-01

8JG-067-2-01

Lateral

--

8JG-066-1-01

8JG-068-1-01

H-Shape

--

8JG-363-1-01

8JG-364-1-01

Connector socketM8x1
straight4-pin

8EL-009-1

8EL-009-1

8EL-009-1

Connector socketM8x1
angular4-pin

8EL-007-1

8EL-007-1

8EL-007-1

Connector socketM12x1
straight5-pin

8EL-002-1

8EL-002-1

8EL-002-1

Connector socketM12x1
angular4-pin

8EL-003-1

8EL-003-1

8EL-003-1

Clamping Arms
U-central

Connector cable (1 connector socket & 5 m cable))

Opening angle limitation

82L2G-2

82L3.-2

Order No.

L 0,1

Order No.

L 0,1

Order No.

L 0,1

15

8CE-282-1

28,6

8CE-296-1

33,3

8CE-310-1

38,4

30

8CE-284-1

22

8CE-298-1

26,9

8CE-312-1

31

45

8CE-286-1

18,5

8CE-300-1

21,5

8CE-314-1

24,7

60

8CE-288-1

14

8CE-302-1

16,3

8CE-316-1

18,6

75

8CE-290-1

7,9

8CE-304-1

11

8CE-318-1

11

90

8CE-292-1

4,7

8CE-306-1

8CE-320-1

6,2

Shim for clamping arm

A1

Order No.

0,1

82ZB-SH4002

0,2

2,0

82ZB-SH4050

5,0

82L2G-2....H..

8PW-095-2

1,0

82ZB-SH4020

Order No. for set

Cylinder

0,5

42

82ZB-SH4010

82L2G-2....0..

A2

82ZB-SH4001

82ZB-SH4005

Spare Parts

82L4.-2

Opening
Angle

D3

B9

B10

B12

L10

6,5

20

20

11,8

Order No. for set


82L3.-2....0..

5,5

D2

82L3.-2....H..

82L3G-2 (G port): 8PW-096-2


82L3N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-102-2

Order No. for set


82L4.-2....0..

82L4.-2....H..

82L4G-2 (G port): 8PW-097-2


82L4N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-103-2

Sensor Kit
B8 Connector plug, M12x1,
cable

8EA-100-1

B7 Connector plug, M12x1,


parallel with cylinder

8EA-096-1

C8 Connector plug, M8x1,


parallel with cylinder

8EA-097-1

Hand Lever

--

PC-PPC-23

8KB-031-1

--

8KB-031-1

--

8KB-032-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

pneumatic power clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-24

82M-3E Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
E

82M-3

Base Model

Mounting
E
N

Description

Clamp Arm Shaft

Standard
NAAMS (Size 63 only)

03
23
D0

23

50

H0

Description
for U-Arms
for Lateral Arms
for Lateral Arms
(size 63 only)

Handle
00
H0

L8

Description
No Hand lever
Hand Lever

See below for further details

Shown with U-Arm


8UM501-25-144
(order separately)

Clamp Arm Shaft

03

Size
40
50
63

Shaft Length (L17)


9mm
12mm
12mm

Hand Lever

H0
23/D0

23
Size
40
50
63
80

Shaft Length (L17)


16mm
21mm
21mm
32mm

D0
Size
D0

Shaft Length (L17)


26mm

PC-PPC-25

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3E Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
Sensor
00
L8
L9
K8

Description
No sensor
Sensor with In-line Connector (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-146-4)
Sensor with 90 deg Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-147-4)
Sensor with Cable Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-158-4)

L8

Size

Description

40
50
5N
63
6N
80
8N

40mm
50mm
50mm
63mm
63mm
80mm
80mm

Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder

Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore
Bore

Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size
Size

L9

with
with
with
with
with
with
with

K8

G Port
G Port
NPT
G Port
NPT
G Port
NPT

40

50

63

80

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

380 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
120 Nm at 5bar

1300 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
270 Nm at 5bar

1800 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
420 Nm at 5bar

3000 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
850 Nm at 5bar

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-26

82M-3E....40 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions
Model
82M-3E03..40..
82M-3E23..40..

B23
Max.
54,5
66,5

L17
9
16

97
85

H7

19

B23 max.

33

50 0,1

Dimensions of
the driven shaft

L17

SW16 h9

82M-3E**H040**
82,5
60 0,1
12 0,1

35 0,1
6

0,02 for 6H7

34,5

M6

47 0,1

136

38,5 0,1

10

10

6 H7

10

3,5

8 N9

35 0,1
0,02 for 6H7

250

M6

6 H7

25

0,1

16

25 0,1

10

0,02 for 6H7

7,5 0,1

45 0,1

3,5

15

98
40 +0,1
0

25 0,05

Pivot point

G1/8

65

21

33

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit.

PC-PPC-27

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3E....40 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Model

Max.
Holding Torque
(Nm)

Clamping
Torque at 5 bar
(Nm)

Cylinder
(mm)

Weight
(kg)

Air Consumption per double


stroke at 5 bar
(liter)

82M-3E....40..

380

120

40

1,5

0,9

Maximum Clamping Force


1400

2.5

1200

Clamping force (N)

Weight [kg]

Maximum Tooling Weight


3.0

2.0
opening time / closing time 2 sec
1.5
1.0
0.5

1000

opening time / closing time 1 sec


0
100

125

150

175

5 bar

800

4 bar

600

3 bar

400
200
0
100

200

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

125

150

175

200

Length of the clamping arm (mm)

Air Consumption

Air consumption per


double stroke (Nl)

ATTENTION:
Calculation tool
available. Please
consult factory.

6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

135

Opening angle ()

23

82M-3E03H040L8

68

54

closed position

23

opened position

closed position

(135)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

22

25

PC-PPC-28

70

82M-3E030040L.
82M-3E03H040L.

Center of Mass

Weight
(kg)
1,5
1,6
82M-3E030040L8

49

Model

opened position
(135)

82M-3E....5. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions
L17

107

12
21

26,5

47,6

Dimensions of
the driven shaft

95

B23 max.

82M-3E03..5...
82M-3E23..5...

B23
Max.
72
90

48 0,1

Model

SW19 h9

7
L1

111,5
80 0,1
11

13

0,1

10 0,1

48

12
450,1

M10
10

10 H7

12 N9

50 0,1
0,02 for 10H7

9,5

316

12

13

0,02 for 10H7

M8

30 0,1
0,02 for 8H7

3,5
25

71,5 0,1

55 0,1

170

110,1

63,5 0,1

21,5

8 H7
5

32 0,1

55 +0,1
0

125

36,5 0,05

Pivot point

450,1
0,02 for 8H7

40 0,1
45 0,1

72

Important !
For optimal cushioning external pneumatic
one-way, flow control valves should be used.

10 deep

M8

0,02 for 8H7

8 H7

10 deep

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit.

PC-PPC-29

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3E....5. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Model

Connection
(C)

82M-3E....50..

G 1/4

82M-3E....5N..

1/4-18 NPT

Max.
Holding Torque
(Nm)

Clamping
Torque at 5 bar
(Nm)

Cylinder
(mm)

Weight
(kg)

Air Consumption per


double stroke at 5 bar
(liter)

1300

270

50

2,8

1,6

Maximum Tooling Weight

Maximum Clamping Force

10

3000

2500

Clamping force (N)

Weight [kg]

8
7
6

opening time / closing time 2 sec

5
4
3
2
1
0
100

2000

150

175

200

225

250

275

4 bar
3 bar

1000

opening time / closing time 1 sec


125

5 bar

1500

500
0
100

300

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

125

150

175

200

225

250

275

300

Length of the clamping arm (mm)

Air Consumption

Air consumption per


double stroke (Nl)

ATTENTION:
Calculation tool
available. Please
consult factory.

6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

135

Opening angle ()

82M-3E030050L.
82M-3E03H050L.

Center of Mass

Weight
(kg)
2,8
3,1
82M-3E030050L8

82M-3E03H050L8

closed position

23

84

69

25

opened position

closed position

(135)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

30

62

25

PC-PPC-30

85

Model

opened position
(135)

82M-3.....6. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions

50
55
50
55
55

L17

78

12

96

21

106

26

112,5
26,5

101,5

52,2

82M-3E03..6...
82M-3N03..6...
82M-3E23..6...
82M-3N23..6...
82M-3ND0..6...

B23
Max.

B23 max.

0,1

540,1

B7a

Model

Dimensions of
the driven shaft

111,5

7
L1
SW22 h9

80 0,1
13 0,1

54

10 0,1

12

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar


operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are
not supplied with the unit.

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

M10
10

10 H7

12 N9

45 0,1

10

350,5

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

8,5

0,02 for 10H7

12

M8

8 H7

0,02 for 10H7

mm [INCH]

30 0,1
0,02 for 8H7

3,5
B7a

mm [INCH]

71,5 0,1

187

55 0,1

110,1

63,5 0,1

32 0,1

55 +0,1
0

137

36,50,05

Pivot point

100

PC-PPC-31

Important !
For optimal cushioning external pneumatic
one-way, flow control valves should be used.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3.....6. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Connection
(C)

Model
82M-3E....63..
82M-3N....63..
82M-3E....6N..
82M-3N....6N..

Max.
Holding Torque
(Nm)

Clamping
Torque at 5 bar
(Nm)

Cylinder
(mm)

Weight
(kg)

Air Consumption per


double stroke at 5 bar
(liter)

1800

420

63

3,8

2,6

G 1/4
1/4-18 NPT
Maximum Clamping Force
4500

12

4000

Clamping force (N)

Weight [kg]

Maximum Tooling Weight


14

10
8
opening time / closing time 2 sec
6
4
2
0
100

3500
3000

150

175

200

225

250

275

4 bar

2000

3 bar

1500
1000

opening time / closing time 1 sec


125

5 bar

2500

500
0
100

300

125

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

150

175

200

225

250

275

300

Length of the clamping arm (mm)

Air Consumption

Air consumption per


double stroke (Nl)

ATTENTION:
Calculation tool
available. Please
consult factory.

6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

135

Opening angle ()

Center of Mass
82M-3E030063L8

82M-3E03H063L8

closed position

28

103

opened position
(135)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

30

26

closed position

PC-PPC-32

102

27

88

82M-3E030063L.
82M-3E03H063L.

Weight
(kg)
3,8
4,2

80

Model

opened position
(135)

82M-3E....8. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions

140

76 0,1

72

140

128

35

Dimensions of
the driven shaft
153
210,1

113 0,1

SW 28 h9

76

15 0,1
32

245

96,5 0,1

3,5

M12
15

12 H7

12

75 0,1

0,02 for 8H7

430

M10

8 H7

50

15

15

50 0,1

70 0,1
0,02 for 12H7

N9

15

650,1

0,02 for 12H7

15 0,1

90 0,1

0,1

80 +0,1
0

175

50 0,05

Pivot point

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar


operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are
not supplied with the unit.

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

134

PC-PPC-33

Important !
For optimal cushioning external pneumatic
one-way, flow control valves should be used.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3E....8. Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Model

Connection
(C)

Max.
Holding Torque
(Nm)

Clamping
Torque at 5 bar
(Nm)

Cylinder
(mm)

Weight
(kg)

Air Consumption per


double stroke at 5 bar
(liter)

82M-3E....80..
82M-3E....8N..

G 1/4
1/4-18 NPT

3000

850

80

8,7

6,3

Maximum Tooling Weight

Maximum Clamping Force

25

9000
8000

Clamping force (N)

Weight [kg]

20

15
opening time / closing time 2 sec
10

5
opening time / closing time 1 sec
0
100

150

200

250

300

350

7000
6000

5 bar

5000

4 bar

4000

3 bar

3000
2000
1000
0
100

400

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

150

200

250

300

350

400

Length of the clamping arm (mm)

Air Consumption

Air consumption per


double stroke (Nl)

ATTENTION:
Calculation tool
available. Please
consult factory.

6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

135

Opening angle ()

82M-3E23H080L8

82M-3E230080L8
36

closed position

35

123

98

37

opened position
(135)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

38

closed position

PC-PPC-34

122

82M-3E230080L.
82M-3E23H080L.

Center of Mass

Weight
(kg)
8,7
9,2

93

Model

opened position
(135)

U-Arms Center (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3E....40..

90

45
20

16 1,1

34,6

H7

+ 0,2
0

(7)

~1
5

B26

20 0,02

B11
16

180 version

180

1,1

Area of interference
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R70" due to the
area of interference

L5
B2

L5 220,1

0
~R 7

Opening

8UM405-00-117
8UM405-15-117
8UM405-25-117
8UM405-45-107

SW16

J7

90 version

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8UM404-00-117
8UM404-15-117
8UM404-25-117

Max. Opening
90 Version

8UM404-45-107

130

135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight
(kg)
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,24

B2

B11

B26

L5

117

90

82

0
15
25

107

80

72

45

0,1

82M-3E....5...

90
64,5
30 0,2

20 1,2

48,1 0

+0,2

H7

(9)

~1
9

95
105 0,1

30 0,02

,2

Area of interference

L5
~R7

Opening

+0,020

8UM501-15-144
8UM501-25-144
8UM501-45-144

SW19 - 0,009

90 version

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R75" due to the
area of interference

L5 280,1

144

180

20
1

180 version

Arm
Model No.
8UM504-15-144
8UM504-25-144
8UM504-45-144

Pivot point

Max. Opening
90 Version

PC-PPC-35

135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight
(kg)
0,44
0,45
0,48

L5
15
25
45

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

U-Arms Center (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
90

82M-3....6...

B4
300,2

20 1,2

54,1 0

+0,2

H
7

~1
9

B26

(9)

B11
300,02

L5

,2

Area of interference

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R80" due to the
area of interference

L4

B2

Opening

L5

90 version

20
1

180 version

~R
80

180

Arm
Model No.
8UM634-15-144
8UM634-25-144
8UM634-45-144
8UM631-75-204*

+0,020

SW22 - 0,009

8UM631-15-144
8UM631-25-144
8UM631-45-144
8UM631-75-204
Max. Opening
90 Version

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120

135

135

Pivot point

Weight
(kg)
0,50
0,53
0,56
1,7

B2

B4

B11

B26

144

64,5

105

90,5

28

204

82

165

107

30

0,1

L4

0,1

L5
15
25
45
75

* only steel version available.

82M-3E....8...

90
B26
30 0,2
6H

76,1+0,2
0

25 1,2

1,2

B11

300,02

180

25

(9)

~2
3

64,5

,7

180 version

Arm
Model No.
8JG-169-2-01
8UM801-45-204*

8
~R
10

Opening
SW28 J7

8JG-169-2-01
8UM801-45-204

L5

3,5

90 version

L5 350,1

3,5

B2
9

Area of interference

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R108" due to the
area of interference

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
135

Pivot point

Weight
(kg)
3,5
4,1

B2

B11

B26

179
204

140
165

129
154

*only steel version available.


** Tolerance measured 80mm from pivot point.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-36

0,1

L5**

0,2

20
45

U-Arms Offset (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3E....40..

90 Left

90 Right

180 Right*

180 Left*

8UL404-00-117
8UL404-15-117
8UL404-25-117
8UL404-45-107

8UR404-00-117
8UR404-15-117
8UR404-25-117
8UR404-45-107

+0,2
0

B26
U-clamp arm, right

6 H7

34,6

230,1

20

16 1,1

(7)
200,02

U-clamp arm, left

~1
5

B11
45

16

180 version

1,1

Opening

Area of interference
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R70" due to the
area of interference

L5

220,1

SW16

J7

L5

90 version

~R7
0

B2

Pivot point

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm.


90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Max. Opening
90 Version

Arm
Model No.
8U()404-00-117
8U()404-15-117
8U()404-25-117
8U()404-45-107

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120

135

135

130

Weight
(kg)
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25

+0,2

30 0,2

48,1 0

34 0,1
201,2

U-clamp arm, left

B26

117

90

82

107

80

72

0,1

L5
0
15
25
45

90 Right

180 Right*

180 Left*

8UL504-15-144
8UL504-25-144
8UL504-45-144

8UR504-15-144
8UR504-25-144
8UR504-45-144

95

U-clamp arm, right

B11

90 Left

82M-3E....5...

B2

~1
9

(9)
300,02

20

1050,1

64,5

,2

Area of interference

180 version

Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R75" due to the
area of interference

L5

+0,020

Opening

SW19 - 0,009

90 version

L5 280,1

~
R7

144

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm.


90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8U()504-15-144
8U()504-25-144
8U()504-45-144

PC-PPC-37

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight
(kg)
0,45
0,46
0,49

L5
15
25
45

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

U-Arms Offset (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
90 Left

90 Right

82M-3....6...
B26

300,2

(9)

20 1,2

180 Left*

180 Right*

370,1

54,1

+0,2
0

U-clamp arm, right

~1
9

B11

20

300,02
B4

U-clamp arm, left

180 version

Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R80" due to the
area of interference

~R
80

L5

90 version

8UR634-15-144
8UR634-25-144
8UR634-45-144
**8UR631-75-204

L4

B2

Opening

+0,020

SW22 - 0,009

L5

8UL634-15-144
8UL634-25-144
8UL634-45-144
8UL631-75-204**

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm.


90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Arm
Model No.
8U()634-15-144
8U()634-25-144
8U()634-45-144
8U()631-75-204**

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

,2

Area of interference

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120

Weight
(kg)
0,52
0,54
0,58
1,9

135

Pivot point

B2

B4

B11

B26

144

64,5

105

90,5

28

204

82

165

119

30

0,1

L4

L5

0,1

15
25
45
75

** only steel version available.

90 Left

90 Right

82M-3E....8...

129
U-clamp arm, right
76,1+0,2
0

50,50,1

180 Left*

251,2

180 Right*

U-clamp arm, left

300,2
300,02

6 H 9
7

(9)

25 1
,2

1400,1

~2
3,7

65

180 version

179

Arm
Model No.
8JG-17()-2-01**

20 0,2

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm.


90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

08

Opening

Max. Opening
180 Version
105

Weight
(kg)
3,5

**only steel version available.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

20 0,2

R1

SW28 J7

90 version

8JG-171-2-01

3,5

8JG-170-2-01

350,1

3,5

Area of interference

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R108" due to the
area of interference

PC-PPC-38

Pivot point

Lateral (Side) Arms


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3E....40..

90 Left

90 Right

180 Left

180 Right

Clamp arm on the right

20 0,2

0,25

16

6 H7

(7)
20 0,02

90 0,1

Clamp arm on the left

180 version
Area of interference

15
~ R7
0

117

220,1

90 version

hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "16" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R70" on the inner
side of the clamp arm.
Opening

45
R2
4

SW16 H8

15

8S401-15-117

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8S401-15-117

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
120

Weight
(kg)
0,5

Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.

82M-3E....5...
Clamp arm on the right

180 Left

180 Right

(9)

300,02

10

20

H7

90 Right

30 0,2

90 Left

105 0,1

Clamp arm on the left

180 version
Area of interference

hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "20" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R75" on the inner
side of the clamp arm

144
~R

74

L5

280,1

75

L5

Opening
SW19H8

90 version

8JG-070-1-01
8S501-25-144

R2
8

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8JG-070-1-01
8S501-25-144

Max. Opening
90 Version

Max. Opening
180 Version

135

135

Weight
(kg)
0,9
1,0

L5
15
25

Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.

PC-PPC-39

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

lateral (Side) arms


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
90 Right

82M-3....6...

Clamp arm on the right

6H

300,2

20

10

90 Left

(9)
B11

300,02

180 Left

180 Right

Clamp arm on the left

180 version
Area of interference
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "20" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R80" on the inner
side of the clamp arm

B2
B4

L5

L5

80

L4

~R

8JG-080-1-01
8S631-25-144
8S631-45-144
8S631-75-204

Opening

Arm
Model No.
8JG-080-1-01
8S631-25-144
8S631-45-144
8S631-75-204

Max. Opening
90 Version

SW22 H8

90 version

Max. Opening
180 Version

135

R2
8

135

Pivot point

Weight
(kg)
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,5

B2

B4

B11
0,1

0,1

144

74

105

28

204

78

165

30

L4

L5
15
25
45
75

Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.

90 Left

82M-3E....8...

90 Right

6H

30 0,2

L10

(9)
30 0,02

B11

180 version

180 Left

180 Right
L21

D9

L21

35 0,1
L5

hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "L10" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R108" on the inner
side of the clamp arm

8
10
~R

90 version

Area of interference

L5

B2

B4

R2

SW28

H8

Opening

8JG-1179-1-01
8S801-45-204
Arm
Model No.
8JG-1179-1-01
8S801-45-204

Pivot point

Max. Opening
90 Version

Max. Opening
180 Version

Weight
(kg)

B2

B4

D9

B11

L5

L10

L21

R2

135

135

2,1

179
204

74
78

140
165

20
45

30
25

3,5

35
33

Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-40

0,1

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3E 50mm

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

R 20.00

75.00

XXX-XXXX-X

50.00

50 OFFSET SERIES

25.00

15.00

15.00

20.00

11.00 THRU TYP

140.00

8.00 F7 TYP

125.00

110.00

95.00

80.00

65.00

50.00

0.00

150.00

120.00

90.00

9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)


90mm [3.54] Arm
Series
Arm Style
s 3256
50 Offset
s 3246
25 Offset
s 3236
0 Offset

Length
Model
B8JG-3256-1
B8JG-3246-1
B8JG-3236-1

120mm [4.72] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 3257
50 Offset
B8JG-3257-1
s 3247
25 Offset
B8JG-3247-1
s 3237
0 Offset
B8JG-3237-1

150mm [5.90] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 3258
50 Offset
B8JG-3258-1
s 3248
25 Offset
B8JG-3248-1
s 3238
0 Offset
B8JG-3238-1

120mm [4.72] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1227
50 Offset
B8JG-1227-1
s 1217
25 Offset
B8JG-1217-1
s 1207
0 Offset
B8JG-1207-1

150mm [5.90] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1228
50 Offset
B8JG-1228-1
s 1218
25 Offset
B8JG-1218-1
s 1208
0 Offset
B8JG-1208-1

11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)


90mm [3.54] Arm
Series
Arm Style
s 1226
50 Offset
s 1216
25 Offset
s 1206
0 Offset

Length
Model
B8JG-1226-1
B8JG-1216-1
B8JG-1206-1

s Common in North America

() STANDARD ARM OFFERING

Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238
1216-1218/3246-3248
1226-1228/3256-3258

135
135
125

135
N/A
N/A

PC-PPC-41

100
50
35

100
125
135

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
30
50

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3. 63mm for 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

[0.79]
20.00

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

100
50
25
20

195mm [7.68] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1545
120 Offset
B8JG-1545-1
s 1533
70 Offset
B8JG-1533-1
s 1521
25 Offset
B8JG-1521-1
s 1509
0 Offset
B8JG-1509-1
STANDARD
BLANK ARM OFFERING
OFFSET
20

ARM STYLE PART NUMBER


018
285mm 8JG-1018-1
[11.22] Arm

ArmNUMBER
Style
OFFSET Series
ARM STYLE PART
120
048
8JG-1048-1
s
1548
120
Offset
70
036
8JG-1036-1
25 70 Offset
024
8JG-1024-1
s 1536
0
012
8JG-1012-1
25 Offset

s 1524

OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER


s 1512
0 Offset
120
047
8JG-1047-1
70
035
8JG-1035-1
25
023
8JG-1023-1
NON-STANDARD
(extended
0 ARM OFFERING
011
8JG-1011-1

Opening Angle (shown in locked

135
N/A
N/A
N/A

25.00 [0.98]

[11.22]
285.00

[10.04]
255.00

[8.86]
225.00

ARM OFFERING

55.00 [2.17]

9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

275.00 [10.83]

6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP

260.00 [10.24]

245.00 [9.65]

230.00 [9.06]

215.00 [8.46]

255mm [10.04] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1547
120 Offset
B8JG-1547-1
s 1535
70 Offset
B8JG-1535-1
s 1523
25 Offset
B8JG-1523-1
s 1511
0 Offset
B8JG-1511-1

8JG-1032-1
8JG-1020-1
() STANDARD
8JG-1008-1

135
135
115
110

[7.68]
195.00

165mm [6.50] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1544
120 Offset
B8JG-1544-1
s 1532
70 Offset
B8JG-1532-1
s 1520
25 Offset
B8JG-1520-1
s 1508
0 Offset
B8JG-1508-1

ARM STYLE PART NUMBER


045
8JG-1045-1
033
8JG-1033-1
021
8JG-1021-1
Maximum
009
8JG-1009-1

Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509
1522-1524/1519-1521
1534-1536/1531-1533
1546-1548/1543-1545

200.00 [7.87]

OFFSET
120
70
25
0

185.00 [7.28]

032

[6.50]
165.00

[5.31]
135.00

70

25
020
s Common in North
0 America
008

170.00 [6.69]

155.00 [6.10]

140.00 [5.51]

125.00 [4.92]

95.00 [3.74]

110.00 [4.33]

80.00 [3.15]

65.00 [2.56]

0.00

() STANDARD ARM OFFERING

225mm [8.86] Arm Length


OFFSET
PART NUMBER
Series
Arm
StyleARM STYLEModel
043
8JG-1043-1
s120
1546
120 Offset
B8JG-1546-1
70
031
8JG-1031-1
25
019
8JG-1019-1
s 1534
70 Offset
B8JG-1534-1
0
007
8JG-1007-1
s 1522
25 Offset
B8JG-1522-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s120
1510
0 Offset
B8JG-1510-1
044
8JG-1044-1

18.00 [0..71]

15.00 [0.59]

[1.10]
R 28.00

135mm [5.31] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1543
120 Offset
B8JG-1543-1
s 1531
70 Offset
B8JG-1531-1
s 1519
25 Offset
B8JG-1519-1
s 1507
0 Offset
B8JG-1507-1

[5.91]
150.00

XXX-XXXX-X
[4.72]
120.00

70 OFFSET SERIES

[3.94]
100.00

XXX-XXXX-X

[2.76]
70.00

120 OFFSET SERIES

Length
Model
B8JG-1548-1
B8JG-1536-1
B8JG-1524-1
B8JG-1512-1

leadtimes apply)

OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER


120
046
8JG-1046-1
70
034
8JG-1034-1
25
022
8JG-1022-1
position)
0
010
8JG-1010-1

100
130
135
135

PC-PPC-42

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
40
75
85

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3. 63mm for D0 Clamp Arm Shaft Option

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

70
25

033
021
009
()

8JG-1033-1
8JG-1021-1

8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING


STANDARD

[0.98]
25.00

[11.22]
285.00

[10.04]
255.00

[8.86]
225.00

[7.68]
195.00

[6.50]
165.00

[5.31]
135.00

225mm [8.86]
255mm [10.04] Arm Length
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style OFFSET ARM
Series
Arm Style
STYLE PART NUMBER
044
8JG-1044-1
s 1046 120 B8JG-1046-1
s 1047
120 Offset
120 Offset
B8JG-1047-1
70
032
8JG-1032-1
s 1034 25 B8JG-1034-1
s 1035
70 Offset
70 Offset
B8JG-1035-1
020
8JG-1020-1
0
008
8JG-1008-1
s 1022
s 1023
25 Offset
B8JG-1022-1
25 Offset
B8JG-1023-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1010 120 B8JG-1010-1
s 1011
0 Offset
B8JG-1011-1
045
8JG-1045-1 0 Offset
0
s Common in North America

55.00 [2.17]

11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

275.00 [10.83]

8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP

260.00 [10.24]

245.00 [9.65]

230.00 [9.06]

215.00 [8.46]

200.00 [7.87]

185.00 [7.28]

170.00 [6.69]

155.00 [6.10]

140.00 [5.51]

125.00 [4.92]

95.00 [3.74]

110.00 [4.33]

80.00 [3.15]

65.00 [2.56]

0.00

8JG-1043-1
8JG-1031-1
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1

043
031
019
Length
007

25.00 [0.98]

18.00 [0..71]

15.00 [0.59]

[1.10]
R 28.00

135mm [5.31] Arm Length


165mm [6.50] Arm Length
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
s 1043
s 1044
120 Offset
B8JG-1043-1
120 Offset
B8JG-1044-1
s 1031
s 1032
70 Offset
B8JG-1031-1
70 Offset
B8JG-1032-1
STANDARD ARM OFFERING 25 Offset
s 1019 () B8JG-1019-1
s 1020
25 Offset
B8JG-1020-1
s 1007 OFFSETB8JG-1007-1
s 1008
0 Offset
B8JG-1008-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER0 Offset
120
70
25
Arm
0

[5.91]
150.00

XXX-XXXX-X
[4.72]
120.00

70 OFFSET SERIES

[2.76]
70.00

XXX-XXXX-X

[3.94]
100.00

120 OFFSET SERIES

195mm [7.68] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1045
120 Offset
B8JG-1045-1
STANDARD BLANK ARM OFFERING
s 1033
70 Offset
B8JG-1033-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
20 25 Offset
018
8JG-1018-1
s 1021
B8JG-1021-1
s NUMBER
1009
Offset
B8JG-1009-1
OFFSET 0ARM
STYLE PART
120
70
25
0

048
036

8JG-1048-1
8JG-1036-1

034
022

8JG-1034-1
8JG-1022-1

024
8JG-1024-1
285mm
[11.22] Arm Length
012
8JG-1012-1
Model
Series
Arm Style
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1048
B8JG-1048-1
120120 Offset
047
8JG-1047-1
70
035
8JG-1035-1
s 1036
B8JG-1036-1
25 70 Offset
023
8JG-1023-1
0
011
8JG-1011-1
s 1024
25 Offset
B8JG-1024-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1012
B8JG-1012-1
120 0 Offset
046
8JG-1046-1
70
25

010
8JG-1010-1
NON-STANDARD0ARM OFFERING
(extended leadtimes apply)

Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009
1022-1024/1019-1021
1034-1036/1031-1033
1046-1048/1043-1045

135
135
115
110

135
N/A
N/A
N/A

PC-PPC-43

100
50
25
20

100
130
135
135

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
40
75
85

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
82M-3E 80mm
120 OFFSET

120.00

105.00

R35.00

25 OFFSET

155.00

70 OFFSET

0 OFFSET

70.00

60.00

24.00

25.00

20.00

32.00

11.00 THRU TYP

8.00 F7 TYP

385.00
370.00
355.00
340.00
325.00
310.00
295.00
280.00
265.00
250.00
235.00
220.00
205.00
190.00
175.00
160.00
145.00
130.00
115.00

100.00
85.00

395.00

365.00

335.00

305.00

275.00

245.00

215.00

185.00

155.00

() STANDARD ARM OFFERING

155mm [4.53] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1170
120 Offset
B8JG-1170-1
s 1150
70 Offset
B8JG-1150-1
s 1130
25 Offset
B8JG-1130-1
s 1110
0 Offset
B8JG-1110-1

185mm [7.28] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1171
120 Offset
B8JG-1171-1
s 1151
70 Offset
B8JG-1151-1
s 1131
25 Offset
B8JG-1131-1
s 1111
0 Offset
B8JG-1111-1

215mm [8.46] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1172
120 Offset
B8JG-1172-1
s 1152
70 Offset
B8JG-1152-1
s 1132
25 Offset
B8JG-1132-1
s 1112
0 Offset
B8JG-1112-1

245mm [9.65] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1173
120 Offset
B8JG-1173-1
s 1153
70 Offset
B8JG-1153-1
s 1133
25 Offset
B8JG-1133-1
s 1113
0 Offset
B8JG-1113-1

275mm [10.83] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1174
120 Offset
B8JG-1174-1
s 1154
70 Offset
B8JG-1154-1
s 1134
25 Offset
B8JG-1134-1
s 1114
0 Offset
B8JG-1114-1

305mm [12.00] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1175
120 Offset
B8JG-1175-1
s 1155
70 Offset
B8JG-1155-1
s 1135
25 Offset
B8JG-1135-1
s 1115
0 Offset
B8JG-1115-1

335mm [13.19] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1176
120 Offset
B8JG-1176-1
s 1156
70 Offset
B8JG-1156-1
s 1136
25 Offset
B8JG-1136-1
s 1116
0 Offset
B8JG-1116-1

365mm [14.37] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1177
120 Offset
B8JG-1177-1
s 1157
70 Offset
B8JG-1157-1
s 1137
25 Offset
B8JG-1137-1
s 1117
0 Offset
B8JG-1117-1

395mm [15.55] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1178
120 Offset
B8JG-1178-1
s 1158
70 Offset
B8JG-1158-1
s 1138
25 Offset
B8JG-1138-1
s 1118
0 Offset
B8JG-1118-1

s Common in North America

NON-STANDARD ARM OFFERING (extended leadtimes apply)

() STANDARD ARM OFFERING

Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm
1110
1130
1150
1170

Styles
- 1118
- 1138
- 1158
- 1178

135
135
125
115

135
N/A
N/A
N/A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

100
60
35
25

100
120
135
135

PC-PPC-44

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
30
55
80

82M-3E accessories

Hand lever left

Hand lever right

Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications


~R1

11
Hand
Lever

10
Hand lever left

2
~a

~R
1

11

Hand lever right

L20

Hand lever left

38

38

21
~~aR

11
L20

82M-3E**H040**

38

38

~a

82M-3E**H040**

L20

38

B21

38

20

B28

20
Pneumatic circuit required for
manual and pneumatic actuation.

82M-3E**H040**

B28
open

20

B21

20
Pneumatic circuit required for
manual and pneumatic actuation.
closed

B28

Hand lever can be


mounted in 3 positions

open

20

B21

20
Pneumatic circuit required for
manual and pneumatic actuation.
closed

Hand lever can be


mounted in 3 positions

open

Hand lever
position is
adjustble to
20 degrees
closed
for improved
ergonomics.

Hand lever can be


mounted in 3 positions

Swivel Angle a2

(with reference to opening angle of clamp arm)

Model No.
82M-3E..H040..
82M-3E..H05...
82M-3E..H06..
82M-3E..H08..

B21
27
52
52
56

B28
24
20
20
24

L20
48,5
70
70,5
82

~R1
190
218
218
268

PC-PPC-45

0
0
1
0
-1

15
31
32
30
28

30
41
40
39
37

45
49
48
47
45

60
58
55
56
53

75
69
63
66
63

90
88
72
79
75

105
113
83
94
92

120
134
95
108
107

135
144
105
119
117

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82M-3E accessories
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Locking Device for Hand Lever
Situation of installation:
handlever left-hand side
locking device right-hand side

Situation of installation:
handlever right-hand side
locking device left-hand side

~a2
L5
180 version

a1

Adjustment of locking device


at opening angle 135

~R
1

B2

D1

B3

R3

B6

90 version

~R
2

B4
~B5

Order No.

For Model

82ZB-162-1
82ZB-084-1
82ZB-039-1

82M-3E..H040..
82M-3E..H05...
82M-3E..H06...

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5
~

50
48
54

11
7
9

48,5
70
70,5

25
30
30

31
36
36

B1

B6

D1

R1
~

R2
~

Order No.
38,5
10,5 For
81Model160
55
11,5
107
218
82ZB-162-1
82M-3E**H040**
82ZB-084-1
55 11,5 82M-3E**H05***
107 210
82ZB-039-1

82M-3E**H06***

R3

a1
max.

a2
~

Limited setting options at 180 version!


Height of the clamping arm: L5

00
15
B6
D1 R1 R2max.120
R3 a1
6B5
max.105
max.
~
~ ~
32,5 135 6

max.105
50 11 48,5 25 31 38,5 10,5 81 160 27
48
32,5 135
32,57 70 30 636 55 11,5
107 218max.105

B127B2

54

B3

B4

70,5 30

36

55

11,5 107 210 32,5

25

Limited setting options at 180 v


a2 max.120
Height of the clamping arm: L

~
6
5
5

00

15

max.120
max.105 max.120 m
max.105 m
max.120

max.105 m

Anti-Ramming Device
B3

B4

Pivot point

Order No.

For Model

B1

8AB-151-1
8AB-152-1
8AB-153-1
8AB-154-1

82M-3E....40..
82M-3E....5...
82M-3E....6...
82M-3E....8...

53
51
57
79

B2

B3

B5

Using of the anti-ramming


device is only possible
with 82M-3E......00
and 82M-3E......L8
B4

B5

66,5 89,5 65,5 210,5


73
100 92,5 271
79
120 104,5 296
105,5 148 142,5 360

B1
B2

Cable and Connector

Order No.

Description

8EL-002-1
8EL-003-1

M12x1, Straight, 5-pin Connector with 5m Cable


M12x1, Angular, 4-pin Connector with 5m Cable

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

8EL-002-1

PC-PPC-46

8EL-003-1

52H-3E Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
E

52H-3

Base Model

Mounting

Description

Clamp Arm Shaft

Standard
NAAMS (Size 63 only)

E
N

03
23
D0

23

50

H0

Description
for U-Arms
for Lateral Arms
for Lateral Arms
(size 63 only)

Handle
H0
HS

L8

Description
Hand lever
Hand Lever (Weldable)

See below for further details

Hand Lever

H0
Shown with U-Arm
(order separately)

Clamp Arm Shaft

03

23/D0

HS
Size
50
63

Shaft Length (L17)


12mm
12mm

23
Size
50
63

Shaft Length (L17)


21mm
21mm

D0
Size
D0

Shaft Length (L17)


26mm

PC-PPC-47

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

52H-3E Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
Sensor
00
L8
L9
K8

Description
No sensor
Sensor with In-line Connector (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-146-2)
Sensor with 90 deg Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-147-2)
Sensor with Cable Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-158-2)

L8

Size

Description

50
63

Size 50mm
Size 63mm

L9

K8

50

63

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

1300 Nm

1800 Nm

52H-3E..H.50/63

Modular manual
clamp, interchangeable
with 82M-3E...50/63
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-48

52H-3E...50 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Max. Holding
Torque
(Nm)

Model
52H-3E03H050..
52H-3E23H050..

1300

Weight
(kg)

B23
max.

L17

2,75

72

12

2,79

90

21

Swivel Angle a2
(with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)
0

15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

135

-1

30

39

46

53

61

70

81

92

103

Plan View

47,6

48 0,1

B23 max.

26,5

95
107

Dimensions of
the Driven Shaft

Hand Lever, Left

Hand Lever, Right

111,5
13 0,1
10 0,1

50 0,1
0,02
for 10H7

450,1

L17

SW19 h9

80 0,1

48

0
de
ep
H7

3,5

32 0,1

20
52
76

eep

43

3,8
(10
d

(1

8 H

0 )
10 deep

30

0,1
0,02 for 8H7

12 N9

+0,1
0

55

25

13

Notice!
The hand lever is
supplied loose enclosed.
Easy custom left hand or
right hand mounting in
required position.

11 0,1

8 H7

21,5

M8

ep

(12 deep)

10

de

(12 deep)

40 0,1
45 0,1

0,02 for
8H7

0,02 for
10H7

246

45 0,1

55 0,1

M
,5

125

(1

(9

71,5 0,1

Pivot
Point

63,5 0,1

36,5 0,05

0,02 for 8H7

76

44

30
74

20 20

10

Maximum Tooling Weight


~R
21
8

10
8

Weight [kg]

a2

Hand lever can be


mounted in 3 positions

9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

70

38

0
100

Spare parts
Specification

Base component

Hand lever set

PC-PPC-49

150

175

200

225

250

275

300

Order no.

Comment

8KB-098-1

Hand lever set (weldable)


Sensor box

125

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

52H-3E...50

8KB-102-1
8EA-146-2 (L8)
8EA-147-2 (L9)
8EA-158-2 (K8)

Connector 180
Connector 90
Cable Connection

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

52H-3E...63 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Max. Holding
Torque
(Nm)

Model
52H-3E03H06...
52H-3N03H06...
52H-3E23H06...

Weight
(kg)

B7a

50

3,5

55

1800

50

3,6

52H-3N23H06...

55

B23
max.

Swivel Angle a2
(with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)

L17

135

15

30

45

60

75

90

105

120

30

39

47

56

66

79

94

108 119

12

78

21
12

96

21

Plan View

52

54 0,1
112,5

Dimensions of
the Driven Shaft

111,5
13 0,1
10 0,1

63,5 0,1

+0,1
0

p)

3,5

320,1

de

ep

76

43

10

(1

20 20

52

10

51
79

30

Maximum Tooling Weight

100,5
218

14

~R

12

Weight [kg]

10

a2

Hand lever
can be mounted
in 3 positions

30

0,1
0,02 for 8H7

20

M8

25

(12 deep)

55

8,5

0,02 for
10H7

263

450,1

Notice!
The hand lever is
supplied loose enclosed.
Easy custom left hand or
right hand mounting in
required position.

54

110,1

21,5

dee

8 H7

M1

(12 deep)

550,1

Pivot
point

(10

L17

SW22 h9

0,02 for
10H7

71,5 0,1

B7a

12 N9

80 0,1

Hand lever, Right

36,5 0,05

Hand lever, Left

137

B23 max.

26,5

101,5

8
6
4

70,5

2
0
100

Spare parts

Specification

Base component

Hand lever set


Hand lever set (weldable)

150

175

200

225

250

275

300

Order no.

Comment

8KB-099-1
52H-3E...63

Sensor box

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

125

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

PC-PPC-50

8KB-103-1
8EA-146-2 (L8)
8EA-147-2 (L9)
8EA-158-2 (K8)

Connector 180
Connector 90
Cable Connection

U-Arms Center (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
90

52H-3E....5... U-Arms Center (Steel)


64,5
30 0,2

20 1,2

48,1 0

+0,2

H7

(9)

~1
9

180

95
105 0,1

30 0,02

20
1

180 version

,2

Area of interference

L5
~R7

L5 280,1

144

8UM501-15-144
8UM501-25-144
8UM501-45-144

+0,020

Opening

SW19 - 0,009

90 version

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R75" due to the
area of interference

Arm
Model No.
8UM504-15-144
8UM504-25-144
8UM504-45-144

Pivot point

Max. Opening
90 Version

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

135

Weight

L5

0,44
0,45
0,48

15
25
45

52H-3....6... U-Arms Center (Steel)

90

H
7

20 1,2

54,1 0

+0,2

B4
300,2

~1
9

B26

(9)

B11

L5

180

,2

Area of interference

hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R80" due to the
area of interference

L4

B2

Opening

8UM634-15-144
8UM634-25-144
8UM634-45-144
8UM631-75-204**

+0,020

SW22 - 0,009

L5

90 version

20
1

180 version

~R
80

300,02

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8UM634-15-144
8UM634-25-144
8UM634-45-144
8UM631-75-204**

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight
0,50
0,53
0,56
1,7

B2

B4

B11

B26

144

64,5

105

90,5

28

204

82

165

107

30

0,1

L4

0,1

** only steel version available.

PC-PPC-51

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

L5
15
25
45
75

U-Arms Offset (aluminum)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
52H-3E....5... U-Arms Offset (Steel)

+0,2

30 0,2

34 0,1

48,1 0

90 Right

180 Right*

180 Left*

8UL501-15-144
8UL501-25-144
8UL501-45-144

8UR501-15-144
8UR501-25-144
8UR501-45-144

95

U-clamp arm, right

90 Left

~1
9

201,2

(9)
300,02

U-clamp arm, left

20

1050,1

64,5

,2

Area of interference

180 version

Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R75" due to the
area of interference

L5

+0,020

Opening

SW19 - 0,009

90 version

L5 280,1

R7

144

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm. 90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Arm
Model No.
8U()504-15-144
8U()504-25-144
8U()504-45-144

Pivot point

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight

L5

0,45
0,46
0,49

15
25
45

52H-3E....6... U-Arms Offset (Steel)


B26

90 Left

90 Right

180 Right*

180 Left*

300,2

20 1,2

370,1

54,1

+0,2
0

U-clamp arm, right

U-clamp arm, left

(9)

~1
9

B11

20

300,02
B4

Area of interference

180 version

Hold-down piece
must not protrude
in the interior area
"R80" due to the
area of interference

L4

90 version

~R
80

L5
B2

,2

8UL631-15-144
8UL631-25-144
8UL631-45-144
8UL631-75-204**

+0,020

SW22 - 0,009

L5

Opening

Pivot point

8UR631-15-144
8UR631-25-144
8UR631-45-144
8UR631-75-204**

*90 left/180 right uses same clamp arm. 90 right/180 left uses same clamp arm.

Arm
Model No.
8U()634-15-144
8U()634-25-144
8U()634-45-144
8U()631-75-204**

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

Max. Opening
180 Version
105
120
135

Weight
0,52
0,54
0,58
1,9

** only steel version available.


Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-52

B2

B4

B11

B26

144

64,5

105

90,5

28

204

82

165

119

30

0,1

L4

0,1

L5
15
25
45
75

lateral (Side) arms


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
52H-3E....5...

90 Left

90 Right

180 Left

180 Right

Clamp arm on the right

30 0,2

H7

(9)

300,02

10

20

105 0,1

Clamp arm on the left

180 version
Area of interference

hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "20" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R75" on the inner
side of the clamp arm

144
~R

74

L5

280,1

75

L5

8JG-070-1-01
8S501-25-144

Opening
R2
8

SW19H8

90 version

Pivot point

Arm
Model No.
8JG-070-1-01
8S501-25-144

Max. Opening
90 Version

Max. Opening
180 Version

135

135

Weight
(kg)
0,9
1,0

52H-3E....6...

L5
Models with 2 lateral
clamp arms requires
2 clamp arm sets.

15
25

90 Left

90 Right

180 Left

180 Right

Clamp arm on the right

300,2

20

10

6H

(9)
B11

300,02

Clamp arm on the left

180 version
Area of interference
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
must not exceed
the width "20" of
the clamp arm in
the swivelling range
"R80" on the inner
side of the clamp arm

B2
B4

L5

L5

80

L4

~R

Arm
Model No.
8JG-080-1-01
8S631-25-144
8S631-45-144
8S631-75-204

R2
8

SW22 H8

90 version

8JG-080-1-01
8S631-25-144
8S631-45-144
8S631-75-204

Opening
Pivot point

Max. Opening
90 Version
135

PC-PPC-53

Max. Opening
180 Version
135

Weight
(kg)
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,5

B2

B4

B11
0,1

0,1

144

74

105

28

204

78

165

30

L4

L5
15
25
45
75

Models with 2 lateral


clamp arms requires
2 clamp arm sets.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
52H-3E. 50mm

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

R 20.00

75.00

XXX-XXXX-X

50.00

50 OFFSET SERIES

25.00

15.00

15.00

20.00

11.00 THRU TYP

8.00 F7 TYP

140.00

125.00

110.00

95.00

80.00

65.00

50.00

0.00

150.00

120.00

90.00

9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)


90mm [3.54] Arm
Series
Arm Style
s 3256
50 Offset
s 3246
25 Offset
s 3236
0 Offset

Length
Model
B8JG-3256-1
B8JG-3246-1
B8JG-3236-1

120mm [4.72] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 3257
50 Offset
B8JG-3257-1
s 3247
25 Offset
B8JG-3247-1
s 3237
0 Offset
B8JG-3237-1

150mm [5.90] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 3258
50 Offset
B8JG-3258-1
s 3248
25 Offset
B8JG-3248-1
s 3238
0 Offset
B8JG-3238-1

120mm [4.72] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1227
50 Offset
B8JG-1227-1
s 1217
25 Offset
B8JG-1217-1
s 1207
0 Offset
B8JG-1207-1

150mm [5.90] Arm Length


Model
Series
Arm Style
s 1228
50 Offset
B8JG-1228-1
s 1218
25 Offset
B8JG-1218-1
s 1208
0 Offset
B8JG-1208-1

11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)


90mm [3.54] Arm
Series
Arm Style
s 1226
50 Offset
s 1216
25 Offset
s 1206
0 Offset

Length
Model
B8JG-1226-1
B8JG-1216-1
B8JG-1206-1

s Common in North America

() STANDARD ARM OFFERING


Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238
1216-1218/3246-3248
1226-1228/3256-3258

135
135
125

135
N/A
N/A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

100
50
35

100
125
135

PC-PPC-54

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
30
50

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
52H-3E. 63mm for 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

[5.91]
150.00

XXX-XXXX-X
[4.72]
120.00

70 OFFSET SERIES

[3.94]
100.00

XXX-XXXX-X

[2.76]
70.00

120 OFFSET SERIES

25.00 [0.98]

55.00 [2.17]

18.00 [0..71]

15.00 [0.59]

[1.10]
R 28.00

[0.79]
20.00

9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

275.00 [10.83]

6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP

260.00 [10.24]

245.00 [9.65]

230.00 [9.06]

215.00 [8.46]

200.00 [7.87]

185.00 [7.28]

170.00 [6.69]

155.00 [6.10]

140.00 [5.51]

125.00 [4.92]

95.00 [3.74]

110.00 [4.33]

80.00 [3.15]

65.00 [2.56]

0.00

[11.22]
285.00

[10.04]
255.00

[8.86]
225.00

[7.68]
195.00

[6.50]
165.00

[5.31]
135.00

135mm [5.31] Arm Length


165mm [6.50] Arm Length
195mm [7.68] Arm Length
Model
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
s 1543
s 1544
s 1545
120 Offset
B8JG-1543-1
120 Offset
B8JG-1544-1
120 Offset
B8JG-1545-1
ARM OFFERING
s 1531
s 1532
s 1533
70 Offset
B8JG-1531-1
70 Offset
B8JG-1532-1 STANDARD
70BLANK
Offset
B8JG-1533-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
ARM OFFERING
s 1519 () STANDARD
s 1520
s 1521
25 Offset
B8JG-1519-1
25 Offset
B8JG-1520-1 20 25 018
Offset 8JG-1018-1
B8JG-1521-1
s 1507OFFSET B8JG-1507-1
s
1508
s
1509
0 Offset
0
Offset
B8JG-1508-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1509-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
120
70

043
031

8JG-1043-1
8JG-1031-1

120
70

048
036

8JG-1048-1
8JG-1036-1

034
022

8JG-1034-1
8JG-1022-1

8JG-1019-1
019
25
25
024
8JG-1024-1
225mm [8.86] Arm
Length
255mm [10.04] Arm Length
285mm
[11.22] Arm Length
8JG-1007-1
007
0
0
012
8JG-1012-1
Model
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1546 120 B8JG-1546-1
s 1547
s 1548
120 Offset
B8JG-1547-1 120 120 Offset
B8JG-1548-1
044
8JG-1044-1120 Offset
047
8JG-1047-1
70
032
8JG-1032-1
70
035
8JG-1035-1
s 1534 25 B8JG-1534-1
s 1535
s 1536
70 Offset
B8JG-1535-1 25 70 Offset
B8JG-1536-1
020
8JG-1020-1 70 Offset
023
8JG-1023-1
0
008
8JG-1008-1
0
011
s 1522
s 1523
s 1524
25 Offset
B8JG-1522-1
25 Offset
B8JG-1523-1
25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
B8JG-1524-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1510OFFSET
s
1511
s
1512
0 Offset
B8JG-1510-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1511-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1512-1
120
046
8JG-1046-1
120
045
8JG-1045-1
70
25

s Common in North America


0

033
021
009()

8JG-1033-1
8JG-1021-1

STANDARD
ARM OFFERING
8JG-1009-1

70
25

0 ARM OFFERING
010
8JG-1010-1
NON-STANDARD
(extended leadtimes apply)

Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509
1522-1524/1519-1521
1534-1536/1531-1533
1546-1548/1543-1545

135
135
115
110

135
N/A
N/A
N/A

PC-PPC-55

100
50
25
20

100
130
135
135

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
40
75
85

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
52H-3E. 63mm for D0 Clamp Arm Shaft Option

25 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

0 OFFSET SERIES

XXX-XXXX-X

[5.91]
150.00

XXX-XXXX-X
[4.72]
120.00

70 OFFSET SERIES

[3.94]
100.00

XXX-XXXX-X

[2.76]
70.00

120 OFFSET SERIES

25.00 [0.98]

55.00 [2.17]

18.00 [0..71]

15.00 [0.59]

[1.10]
R 28.00

[0.98]
25.00

11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

275.00 [10.83]

8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP

260.00 [10.24]

245.00 [9.65]

230.00 [9.06]

215.00 [8.46]

200.00 [7.87]

185.00 [7.28]

170.00 [6.69]

155.00 [6.10]

140.00 [5.51]

125.00 [4.92]

95.00 [3.74]

110.00 [4.33]

80.00 [3.15]

65.00 [2.56]

0.00

[11.22]
285.00

[10.04]
255.00

[8.86]
225.00

[7.68]
195.00

[6.50]
165.00

[5.31]
135.00

135mm [5.31] Arm Length


165mm [6.50] Arm Length
195mm [7.68] Arm Length
Model
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
s 1043
s 1044
s 1045
120 Offset
B8JG-1043-1
120 Offset
B8JG-1044-1
120 Offset
B8JG-1045-1
ARM OFFERING
s 1031
s 1032
s 1033
70 Offset
B8JG-1031-1
70 Offset
B8JG-1032-1 STANDARD
70 BLANK
Offset
B8JG-1033-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
ARM OFFERING
s 1019 () STANDARD
s 1020
s 1021
25 Offset
B8JG-1019-1
25 Offset
B8JG-1020-1 20 25 018
Offset 8JG-1018-1
B8JG-1021-1
s 1007
s

1008
s

1009
0 Offset
B8JG-1007-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1008-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1009-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
120
70

043
031

8JG-1043-1
8JG-1031-1

120
70

048
036

8JG-1048-1
8JG-1036-1

034
022

8JG-1034-1
8JG-1022-1

8JG-1019-1
019
25
25
024
8JG-1024-1
225mm [8.86] Arm
Length
255mm [10.04] Arm Length
285mm
[11.22] Arm Length
8JG-1007-1
007
0
0
012
8JG-1012-1
Model
Model
Model
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
Series
Arm Style
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1046120 B8JG-1046-1
s 1047
s 1048
120 Offset
B8JG-1047-1 120 120 Offset
B8JG-1048-1
044
8JG-1044-1120 Offset
047
8JG-1047-1
70
032
8JG-1032-1
70
035
8JG-1035-1
s 103425 B8JG-1034-1
s 1035
s 1036
70 Offset
B8JG-1035-1 25 70 Offset
B8JG-1036-1
020
8JG-1020-1 70 Offset
023
8JG-1023-1
0
008
8JG-1008-1
0
011
s 1022
s 1023
s 1024
25 Offset
B8JG-1022-1
25 Offset
B8JG-1023-1
25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
B8JG-1024-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
s 1010
s
1011
s
1012
0 Offset
B8JG-1010-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1011-1
0
Offset
B8JG-1012-1
120
046
8JG-1046-1
120
045
8JG-1045-1
70
25

s Common in North America


0

033
021
009 ()

8JG-1033-1
8JG-1021-1

STANDARD
ARM OFFERING
8JG-1009-1

70
25

0 ARM 010
8JG-1010-1
NON-STANDARD
OFFERING
(extended leadtimes apply)

Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)

Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009
1022-1024/1019-1021
1034-1036/1031-1033
1046-1048/1043-1045

135
135
115
110

135
N/A
N/A
N/A

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

100
50
25
20

100
130
135
135

PC-PPC-56

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
40
75
85

870-2, 871-2 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
870-2
Base Model
870-2
871-2

Description

Sensors

Description (order separately)

With Clamping Arm in Vertical Position


With Clamping Arm in Horizontal Position

BIM-IKE-AP
810151
810153
810155
810157

Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic

Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,

2
2
2
2
2

pieces
pieces
pieces
pieces
pieces

required
required
required
required
required

See page PC-PPC-58 for sensor specifications.

871-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm at 5bar

870-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm at 5bar

PC-PPC-57

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

870-2, 871-2 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Power clamps with the roller
and cam principle

[1.00]
25.4
S max.
870-2

[1.00]
25.4

[0.76]
19,3

[1.50] [1.13]
38,1 28,6

G1/8

870

-2

[1.00]
25.4

[1.75]
44.5

[3.31]
84

Important!
The clamp may only be
operated by the restrictor
connections which are supplied
with the unit (for throttling)

Model 870-2
[1.00]
25.4

[4.50] Model 870-2


114,3
[5.00] Model 871-2
127

[1.75]
44,5

[2.13]
54

[2.19]
55.6

S Max.

Model
870-2
871-2

Connection

Max. Tolerance Compensation


at the Clamp Arms End

G 1/8

Sensor Options

Mount Style

[ft lb] Nm
[3] 4,5

Connector

810155

Tie Rod

No
connector
cord

mm [INCH

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGL
PROJECTIO

Cylinder
[in.] mm

Opening
Angle

Weight
[lbs] kg

Air Consumption per


double stroke at 5 bar
dm3 [ft3]

[145]
10

[1.50]
38,1

112

[6.60]
3

0,95 [0.03]

Length
2m [6.6 ft.]

810151

mm [INCH]

Max. Operating
Pressure
[psi] bar

[3] 3,5

BIM-IKE-AP
810153

[2.13]
54

[0.78]
19,8

[1.75]
44,5
[0.25]
6.4

[9.58]
243,3

Model 871-2
[10.04]
255

Assembly Plate - [0.12] 3 Thick


(standard)
[1.00]
25.4

[0.28]
7.1

[3.38]
85.9

S max.
(max. tolerance
compensation at the
clamp arms end)

[1.75]
44.5

87

871-2

[1.00]
25.4

[1.00]
25.4

~112
OPENING

[0.38]
9,7

12

[4.25]
108

[0.62]
15,7

~126
OPENING

2.7m
[9ft.]

810157

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Function

118

Voltage

Max. Switching Current

Voltage Drop

PNP

10-30V DC

200mA

2.3V

Reed

5-120V AC/DC

500mA

3.5V

Reed

24-240V AC

4A

1.0V

PNP

6-24V DC

500mA

1.0V

NPN

6-24V DC

500mA

1.0V

PC-PPC-58

860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
860

Base Model

Description
2 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm
2 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm
2.5 in. mm Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm
2.5 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm
3.25 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm
3.25 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm

860
861
890
891
1000
1001
Sensors

Description (order separately)

BIM-IKE-AP
810151
810153
810155
810157

Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic
Magnetic

Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,
Sensor,

2
2
2
2
2

pieces
pieces
pieces
pieces
pieces

required
required
required
required
required

Seal Kit

Description (order separately)

8610100
8910100
10010100

Seal Kit for Model 860, 861


Seal Kit for Model 890, 891
Seal Kit for Model 1000, 1001

Cylinder
865133-MR
865132-MR
895133-MR
895132-MR
1005134-MR
1005133-MR

Description (order separately)


Replacement Cylinder for Model
Replacement Cylinder for Model
Replacement Cylinder for Model
Replacement Cylinder for Model
Replacement Cylinder for Model
Replacement Cylinder for Model

860
861
890
891
1000
1001

See page PC-PPC-58 for sensor specifications.

861

891

1001

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

380 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
120 Nm at 5bar

1300 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
270 Nm at 5bar

1800 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
420 Nm at 5bar

860

890

1000

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

Max Holding Torque

380 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
120 Nm at 5bar

1300 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
270 Nm at 5bar

1800 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
420 Nm at 5bar

PC-PPC-59

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
Maximum Clamping Torque at 5 bar

Torque (Nm) at 5 bar

800

1000/1, L1=160mm

700

Pivot

890/1, L1=115mm

600

860/1, L1=92mm

500

L1

400
300
200

Opening

100
0
0,5

1,5

2,5

3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

Clamping Arm Position X (mm)

Model
860
861
890
891
1000
1001

Opening

Cylinder
mm [in]

Opening
Angle

Weight
kg [lbs]

[2.00]
50,8

96
119

[8.58]
3,9

[2.50]
63,5

119

96
96

[3.25]
82,5

119

[16.06]
7,3
[29.70]
13,5

Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar


Operation with oil-free air is permissible.

Model
860

A
G1/8

861
890

G1/8

891
1000

G1/8

1001
Model
860
861
890
891
1000
1001

D1

B1

B1A

[2.94]
74,7

[1.75]
44,5

[3.56]
90,4

[2]
50,8

[4.5]
114,3

[2.62]
66,5

D4

L1

mm [INCH]

mm [INCH]

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION

FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION

B2

B2A

[5.44]
138,2

[4]
101,6

[6.57]
166,9

5.06
128,5

[9]
228,6

7
177,8

L2

L3

B3

B5

B7

B7A

B18

B24

B25

B30

[0.41]
10,4

[0.25]
6,4

[2.31]
58,7

[2.19]
55,6

[2.5]
63,5

[3.31]
84,1

[0.09]
2,3

[2.81]
71,4

[0.5]
12,7

[0.31]
7,9

[2.76]
70,1

[2.5]
63,5

[3]
76,2

[3.87]
98,3

[0.13]
3,3

[3.25]
82,6

[0.63]
16

[0.44]
11,2

[3.5]
88,9

[3.5]
88,9

[3.75]
95,3

[5.38]
136,7

[0.13]
3,3

[4.5]
114,3

L5a

L6

L7

L4

[0.34] [0.31] [12.44] [5.75] [4.06]


8,6
7,9
316 146,1 103,1 [1.13]
28,7

L4A

L5

[1.12]
28,4

--

[0.4]
10,2

[1.25]

31,8
[0.41] [0.38] [13.37] [6.75] [4.75]
10,4
9,7
339,6 171,5 120,7 [1.25]

31,8
[1.75]

44,5
[0.53] [0.5] [17.51] [9.25] [6.25]
13,5
12,7 444,8 235 158,8 [1.75]

44,5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Information vor machining of clamp arm: Steel 1.0726

[0.5]
12,7

L9

L10 L10a L14

[0.69]
17,4 [1.44] [2.5] [1.25] [0.62] [0.62] [2.5]
36,6 63,5 31,8 15,7 15,7 63,5
-[0.84]
21,4 [1.75] [2.65] [1.38] [0.81] [0.81] [3.06]
44,5 67,3 35,1 20,6 20,6 77,7
--

[1.37]
34,8 [2.25] [3.96] [2]
57,2 100,6 50,8
[0.88]
-22,4

PC-PPC-60

[1]
25,4

[1] [3.75]
25,4 95,3

82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Features and Benefits | Technical Information
Features:

Automation power clamps,


enclosed and narrow design
for 2 clamping arms

Compact, enclosed design


Narrow design
Adapts to various holding arm variants
High accuracy of positioning due to internal
holding arm stopper
2 lateral and 1 front mounting areas
Low weight (aluminium body)
Integrated inductive sensing module with LED display
Cylinder diameter 40 mm or 64 mm

Models:82D40-2...
82D63-5...

82D40-223C900
Base model with
2 U-clamping arms

Application:

Clamping, holding, gripping and positioning of


metal sheets and other parts, mainly in jigs and handling systems.

Key areas of application:

Automotive manufacturing, sheet processing


industry, jig and general mechanical engineering.

Technical Information
Air
consumption
Cylinder
per double

stroke at
mm [in]
5 bar
dm3 [ft3]

Clamping
position

Standard
opening
angle

Driveshaft

Max.
holding
torque
Nm
[lb ft]

82D40-223C900B

vertical

180

lateral, both sides


U-type clamping arms

55
[40]

55
[40]

40
[1.57]

1,2
[0.04]

2,5
[5.50]

82D63-523C900B

vertical

180

lateral, both sides


U-type clamping arms

120
[88]

120
[88]

63
[2.48]

3,8
[0.13]

4,5
[9.90]

Model

B1

B2

B3

L1

SW

82D40-223C900B

30

30

60

12,5

11

1/4

82D63-523C900B

47

47

94

21

19

1/4

Model

How To Order

82D40-282D63-5

82D63-5

23 = long drive shaft


ends on both
sides fit for all
clamping arms

23

C9

C9 = with sensing
system
8EA-024-2
M12x1

Clamping
torque
at 5 bar
Nm [lb ft]

without
handlever

Weight
~
kg
[lbs]

0 = Standard opening
angle 180
1=1
 60 opening angle
2 = 140 opening angle

B = Base model
Power clamp
without clamping
arm

3 = 120 opening angle


4 = 100 opening angle
5 =  80 opening angle
6 = 60 opening angle
7 =  40 opening angle
8 =  20 opening angle
Clamps with reduced
opening angle upon request

Basic model

Clamping arm

PC-PPC-61

Sensing system

Opening angle
limitation

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions
82D40-223C900B
Dimensions of the
driven shaft

~143

110,1
65 0,1

11
35 0,2

38 0,05

L1

52
B3
47
B1

B2
34

30 0,1
(0,05 f. 8H7)

58,5

SW

~125
117
107 0,05
73 0,02

Safety notice:

97
+0,1
0

~275

8 N9

55

M8
32 0,1

8H7

25 0,1

(0,02 f. 6H7)

(0,02 f. 6H7)

M6 6 H7

3,5 -0,2

The load on the clamping


arms must always point
towards the clamping
direction. Single load of
one arm is prohibited
Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation
with oil-free air is permissible

Connector socket
and cable are not
supplied with the unit.

IMPORTANT!
Power clamp must only
be operated by external
pneumatic one-way flow
control valves.
G1/4

82D63-523C900B

Safety notice:
Connection M12x1; 4-channel
The connector socket and the
cable are not supplied with the
unit.

The load on the clamping


arms must always point
towards the clamping
direction. Single load of
one arm is prohibited

Important!
Power clamp must only be
operated by external
pneumatic one-way flow
control valves.

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation


with oil-free air is permissible

PC-PPC-62

U-Arms Center (Steel)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

Clamping arm variants for 82D40-2


Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm

Base model with 2 U-type


clamping arms, small gap
between clamping arms

U-type central clamping arm | Technical Information

Model

82D40-223C900B

Order no. for


U-type
clamping
arm set
(1 clamping arm)

Clamping
position

8JG-065-2-01

vertical

Order no. for


U-type
clamping
arm set
(1 clamping arm)

Model

82D40-223C900B

8JG-065-2-01

Standard
opening
angle

B2

180

105

B31

D2

D3

+0,02

H7

73

B4

B9

45,3

L4

20

B10

B11

B12

+0,02

+0,1

+0,2

20

79

20

L10

L10a

+1,1

12

11,3

B26

68,2

L20

L21

33

73

L10

Drawing shows further


mounting possibility (L21)

D2
D3

L4

L21

L4

B12

B11
B26

B2

B4

(B9)

90

L4 L20 L4

L10
B10

Drawing shows standard mounting (L20)

L10
a

B31

PC-PPC-63

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

U-Arms Center (Steel)


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

Clamping arm variants for 82D63-5


Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm

Base model with 2 U-type


clamping arms, small gap
between clamping arms

U-type central clamping arms | Technical Information

Model

82D63-523C900B

Order no. for


U-type
clamping
arm set
(1 clamping arm)

Clamping
position

8JG-069-1-01

vertical

Order no. for


U-type
clamping
arm set
(1 clamping arm)

Model

82D63-523C900B

8JG-069-1-01

Standard
opening
angle

B2

180

144

B31

D2

D3

+0,02

H7

106

B4

L4

28

B9

64,3

B10

B11

B12

+0,02

+0,1

+0,2

30

105

30

L5

15

L10

L10a

+1,2

20

18

L10

L10

L10

B31
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

D2
D3
B12

B11
B26

B2

B4
B10

90

(B9)

L20
L4

L4

95

L20

L21

20

136

Drawing shows further


mounting possibility (L21)

Drawing shows standard mounting (L20)

L5

B26

PC-PPC-64

L4

L21
L5

L4

lateral (Side) arms


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

Clamping arm variants for 82D40-2


Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm

left

Lateral clamping arm

right

Lateral clamping arm

both sides
Base model with 4 lateral
clamping arms, large gap
between clamping arms

Lateral clamping arm | Technical Information


Order no. for
1 set of lateral
clamping arms
(1 clamping arm)

Clamping
position

lateral, left
lateral, right
lateral, both sides

8JG-066-1-01

vertical

Clamping
arm variant

Order no. for


1 set of lateral
clamping arms
(1 clamping arm)

B31

D2

D3

+0,02

H7

8JG-066-1-01

73

Clamping
arm variant

Model

82D40-223C900B

Model

lateral, left
lateral, right
lateral, both sides

82D40-223C900B

Standard
opening
angle

B2

180

105

B4

45

B12

+0,02

+0,1

+0,2

20

79

20

L10

L20

L21

33

73

-0,1

20

12

L21

L4

B4

B10

L4

D2 H7
D3

L10

B11

90

B2

B11

Drawing shows further


mounting possibility (L21)

(B9)

L4

B12

L20

B10

L4

Drawing shows standard mounting (L20)


with four lateral clamp arms
L4

B9

B31

PC-PPC-65

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

lateral (Side) arms


Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications

Clamping arm variants for 82D63-5


Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm

left

Lateral clamping arm

right

Lateral clamping arm

both sides
Base model with 4 lateral
clamping arms, large gap
between clamping arms

Lateral clamping arms | Technical Information


Order no. for
1 set of lateral
clamping arms
(1 clamping arm)

Clamping
position

lateral, left
lateral, right
lateral, both sides

8JG-070-1-01

vertical

Clamping
arm variant

Order no. for


1 set of lateral
clamping arms
(1 clamping arm)

B31

D2

D3

+0,02

H7

8JG-070-1-01

106

Clamping
arm variant

Model

82D63-523C900B

Model

lateral, left
lateral, right
lateral, both sides

82D63-523C900B

Standard
opening
angle

B2

B4

180

144

74

L4

L5

B9

28

15

+0,1

+0,2

30

105

30

L10

L20

L21

R2

20

136

28

B4

B11
R2

B31

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

L21
L5

D2 H7
D3

B12

L10

B10

(B9)

+0,02

Drawing shows further


mounting possibility (L21)

B2

90

B12

20

L4
L4 L20 L4

B11

-0,1

Drawing shows standard mounting (L20)


with four lateral clamp arms

L5

B10

PC-PPC-66

L4

82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc welding and a.c. arc welding
+brown

Plug M12x1

black

-blue

white

1
4

yellow
red

green

open
S 0.1

closed
S 0.2

Concept guideline (with reference to axis of clamping arm rotation)


Maximum Tooling Weight 82D40

Maximum Tooling Weight 82D63

1,25

4,00
3,50

Weight [kg]

Weight [kg]

1,00
0,75
0,50

3,00
2,50
2,00
1,50
1,00

0,25

0,50
0
75

100

125

150

175

200

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

0
75

100

125

150

200

225

250

275

300

Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

All details apply under an air pressure of 6 bar and opening and closure times of 1 second each

Diagram of clamping torque


Maximum Clamping Torque at 5 bar

Torque (Nm) at 5 bar

140

Pivot

120

82D63..., L1=135mm
82D40..., L1=99mm

100
80

L1

60
40
20
0
0,5

1,5

2,5

3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

Clamping Arm Position (mm)

PC-PPC-67

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

82D40-2/82D63-5 accessories
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Clamping Arms

Order no. for Structural component

Comment

Clamping position

82D40-223C900B

82D63-523C900B

U-central

vertical

8JG-065-1-01

8JG-069-1-01

sets of U-type clamping arms consist


of clamping arm, links and screws

lateral right/left

vertical

8JG-066-1-011)

8JG-070-1-012)

sets of lateral clamping arms consist of


1) clamping arm, links and screws
2) clamping arm and set screws
you need 2 sets of clamping arms

lateral both sides

vertical

8JG-066-1-011)

8JG-070-1-012)

you need 4 sets of clamping arms

Clamping are variant

Order no. for Structural component

Connector Cable
(includes 1 connector socket & 5 m cable)

Connector socket
M12x1 straight, 5-pin

Connector socket
M12x1 angular, 4-pin

82D40-223C900

82D63-523C900

Connector socket M12x1 straight, 5-pin

8EL-002-1

8EL-002-1

Connector socket M12x1 angular, 4-pin

8EL-003-1

8EL-003-1

Order no. for Structural component

Opening Angle
Limiter
Angle

Length

Order No.

Length

Order No.

180 (Standard)

11,4mm

8CE-342-1

14,4mm

8CE-362-1

160

15,1mm

8CE-340-1

20,0mm

8CE-360-1

140

18,5mm

8CE-338-1

24,8mm

8CE-358-1

120

22,2mm

8CE-336-1

29,6mm

8CE-356-1

100

25,8mm

8CE-334-1

34,3mm

8CE-354-1

80

28,0mm

8CE-332-1

39,0mm

8CE-352-1

60

33,0mm

8CE-330-1

43,8mm

8CE-350-1

40

37,0mm

8CE-328-1

49,1mm

8CE-348-1

20

41,8mm

8CE-326-1

56,2mm

8CE-346-1

Fit for model 82D40-2

Shim Plates
(for clamping arm)

82D63-523C900

82D40-223C900

Model
82ZB-SH4001
82ZB-SH4002

Fit for model 82D63-5

A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10

82ZB-SH5001

0,1

82ZB-SH5002

0,2

82ZB-SH4005 42 0,5 6,5

A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10

Model

20

20

12

0,1
0,2

82ZB-SH5005

65 0,5 6,5

82ZB-SH4010

1,0

82ZB-SH5010

1,0

82ZB-SH4020

2,0

82ZB-SH5020

2,0

82ZB-SH4050

5,0

82ZB-SH5050

5,0

10

30

30

Order no. for Structural component

Spare Parts

82D40-2

82D63-5

Cylinder

8PW-016-1

8PW-024-2

Integrated sensing system C9


Connector plug M12x1

8EA-024-2

8EA-024-2

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

PC-PPC-68

16

technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
Selecting The Proper DESTACO Clamp

The information contained in this catalog is designed


to help you select the right clamp to accomplish your
job. DESTACO distributor personnel, as well as
DESTACOs Technical Service department, are
qualified and willing to offer assistance in special or
unusual applications. For most ordinary applications,
however, consideration of the following points will
lead to the proper clamp selection

Size and shape of the parts to be held.


Uniformity of part size (Should you consider a springloaded spindle to compensate for uneven parts?)
Holding capacity required
Strength and dexterity of the operator
Operators position (Should you use horizontal or
vertical handle models?)
Frequency of operation (Should you plan for a
temporary or permanent fixture?)
Time cycle of operation (Should you consider
a turntable or conveyor set-up if curing time is
required?)
Cycling time and sequence (Should you consider
air-operated models that can be operated faster
and in sequence?)
Environment (Should a stainless steel model
be considered?)

Processing Applications

Remember, the same toggle action force multiplying


principle can be applied to other tasks besides holding. Certain DESTACO models can be used to position
parts, power fixtures or perform mechanical functions
such as piercing sheet metal, staking rivets or locating.

OEM Applications

DESTACO clamps provide ready-made, compact


devices for moving or holding components. A little
imagination will often show the product designer a
way to obtain motion or locking force with no tooling
costs and often at less cost than custom designed
components. Thousands of DESTACO clamps will
be found installed as original equipment for cleanout
door latches, wheel locks, positioning devices, etc.

(A) the part material: such as, steel, wood, plastic


or glass, etc.
(B) the surface finish of the part: such as, polished,
hard or soft, etc.
(C) the machining or assembly operation: such as,
milling, welding, drilling, bonding, joining or
sealing a mold, etc.
In order to ensure clamp strength is not compromised,
use all the mounting holes provided.
Red handle grips are provided on each model. Users
should only locate their hand in this area when operating ttie clamp, thus reducing the possibility of injury.
Safety Handle
This ergonomic handle provides
greater operator comfort.

Safety Feature
This safety link prevents accidental injury to an operator
when opening the clamp.
Clamp Series 201, 202, 207,
210,247,267
Safety Distance
Exclusive handle design gives
more hand clearance between
bar and handle when clamp is
in fully open position.
Clamp Series 213, 217, 227,
237, 245

Safety

Our concern is not only the constant high quality


of our products, but also their fail-safe and foolproof
handling. The knowledge gathered since 1936
guarantees a developed, safe and high-quality
clamping unit.
A certain clamping force will be necessary to safely
hold a part. This force is determined by taking the
following into account:

MC-TEC-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
DESTACO Toggle-Lock Plus Clamps
We have taken several of our most popular toggle clamps and have
added a locking release lever for improved safety. The locking release
lever helps ensure that the over-center locking condition is maintained.
In order to unlock each clamp, the locking lever must first be released.
The additional locking feature expands the range of applications where
DESTACO clamps can be used. If a clamp application warrants concerns
over accidental or unintentional opening, then a DESTACO Toggle-Lock
Plus clamp is right for the job.

Clamped
position
Open
Position

The most important models at a glance:


Vertical hold-down clamp

Straight line action clamp

Handle is vertical in clamped position


Holding capacities up to 22,25kN [5000lbf.]
Opening angle between 65 and 215

Forward movement of the handle pushes the


plunger into the forward position
Can be used as a push clamp and pull clamp,
locking in two positions
Holding capacities of 445N-71,2kN [1006,000lbf.]

Horizontal hold-down clamp

Latch clamp

Very low profile


Handle is horizontal in the clamped position
Holding capacities up to 7,5kN [1,680lbf.]
Opening angle between 90 and 105

Convenient one-hand operation due


to the patented thumb control lever
Compact models
Holding capacities up
to 33,4kN [7,500lbf.]

Plier clamp

Flexible clamping and fixturing


Also equipped with quick release lever
Holding capacities 450N-5340N [100-1200lbf.]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TEC-2

technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
Toggle Action Principle

How Toggle Action Works

Toggle action clamps operate through a linkage system


of levers and pivots. The fixed-length levers, connected
by pivot pins, supply the action and clamping force.
Toggle action has an over-center lock point which
is a fixed stop and linkage. Once in the over-center
position, the clamp cannot move or unlock unless the
linkage is moved. All types of toggle clamps have this
same action, just oriented differently.

Unclamped

Center position

Toggle Action Force Factors

The maximum clamping or exerting force developed


in any toggle action clamp is attained when the three
pivot points of the mechanism are in a straight line.
While this is theoretically true, it makes no allowance
for vibration and intermittent load conditions found
in industrial applications. Such conditions would soon
unlock an improperly designed clamp. The proper
amount of over-center travel to produce maximum
holding force and yet ensure positive locking is
a carefully calculated and controlled dimension
developed by years of experimentation and experience.
Throughout this catalog each clamp is rated with its
holding capacity. This is the maximum load or force
the clamp will sustain in the closed and locked position
without permanent deflection. Exerting forces applied
as the clamp closes are less than the holding capacity,
and are dependent on variables such as the position
of the operators hand on the handle; amount of force
applied; and position of the spindle on the bar.

What about the forces?

In the case of clamping products, a clear distinction


must be made between exerting forces and holding
capacities. Here are the essential features:

Exerting or Clamping Force

The exerting force of our air toggle clamps is well


defined and can be found on page 7. Manually
operated clamps present a series of variables to
determine actual exerting force.
These variables are:
(a) the force exerted on the handle by the operator;
(b) the point on the handle where this force is applied;
(c) the mechanical advantage in the linkage; and
(d) the
 point on the work holding bar where the
force will be measured. As a general rule, the
mechanical advantage available throughout
the line ranges 2:1 to 10:1

Over-center, clamped position

Toggle Action Clamps Compared with


Cam Action Clamps

Cam action uses frictional force to effect a locking


condition between the cam surface on the bar and
the follower on the handle. Toggle action clamps
have many advantages over cam action clamps,
mainly because cam action clamps allow some
movement while clamping. Toggle action clamps
thus provide a more consistent clamping point, can
be manufactured from inexpensive materials, and
are available in stainless steel for outdoor or corrosive
applications. If the material being clamped has a
variable thickness, however, a cam action clamp has
the ability to better accommodate this application.

Holding Capacity

The holding capacity of DESTACO toggle clamps


has been determined by actual tests. It is defined as
the maximum amount of force which may be applied
to the work holding bar, in the closed position,
without creating permanent deformation of the clamp
components. This maximum force is measured at a
point closest to the base and diminishes as the spindle
approaches the end of the bar. The ratings for
holding capacity are maximum
and should not be
exceeded. These
values include a
Manual force
safety factor.

Exerting force

MC-TEC-3

Holding capacity

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
Calculating Exerting or Clamping Force

The table below depicts holding capacity (HC) and clamping force (EF) data for a typical manual clamp. The
clamping force (EF) is expressed as a ratio of the force that is applied to the clamp handle (AF). In this example,
either 10:1 or 5.3:1 depending upon position of the clamping point on the clamp arm. That is, at position X1,
the maximum clamping force (EF) that can be generated is 10 times the force that is applied to the clamp handle.
AF

Y
EF

EF

HC
2

HC
1

Model

X1

X2

HC1

HC2

EF(X1):AF

EF(X2):AF

2007-( )

[1.59]
40,5

[1.95]
49,5

[3.92]
99,5

[5.16]
131

[1000lbf.]
4450N

[470lbf.]
2090N

10:1

5.3:1

Dimensions shown mm [inch] HC = Holding Capacity,


Refer to page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.

EF = Exerting Force, AF =Applied Force

X
X1
X2

Examples:

1. F
 ind the force (AF) the operator would have to apply to the clamp to generate a clamping force of
400N [90lbf.] at the end of the clamp arm (X1).
AF = 400 10 = 40N [9lbf.]
2. W
 hat is the maximum clamp force that can be generated at X2 if the operator is only able to apply
20N [4.5lbf.] to the clamp handle?
EF = 20 5,3 = 106N [24lbf.]

Calculating Holding Capacity

The holding capacity (HC) ratings shown in the table are in relation to the pivot point of the clamping arm. This is
useful in estimating the holding capacity at an intermediate clamping point along the arm, or at a point beyond
the length of the standard clamping arm.

Examples:
1. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamping point is 40mm [1.5in.] from the front of the base of the clamp.

Step 1 find the clamping distance from the clamping point to the pivot point

XC = 40mm + X = 40mm + 40,5mm = 80.5mm


Step 2 express the holding capacity as a moment
M = X1 HC1 = 49,5mm x 4450N = 220275 Nmm
Step 3 calculate the holding capacity at XC
HC = M XC = 220275 80,5 = 2736N [615lbf.]

2. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamp arm is extended by 25mm [1in.]
XC = 25+X2 = 25 + 99,5 = 124,5mm
M = X2 HC2 = 99,5mm 2090mm = 207955 Nmm
HC = M XC = 207955 124,5 = 1670N [375lbf.]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TEC-4

technical appendix
General Specifications
Material, finishes, treatments, etc. of DESTACO
products are changed from time-to-time to improve
performance or reliability. These items are, naturally,
subject to change without notice. In the interest of
catalog longevity, they are not discussed in detail
throughout the catalog. As of the date of going to
press, however, the following specifications apply
unless noted otherwise:

Materials

In general, light and medium duty clamp components


are made from low carbon cold-rolled steel. Materials
for other models vary depending upon the clamp
model and specific engineering requirements. These
materials include low to medium carbon steel castings
and forgings, heat treated as necessary to obtain the
desired mechanical properties.
Pivot pins for most light and medium duty clamps
are cold headed from precision cold drawn type 430,
EN 1.4016 stainless steel. Pins for heavy duty models
are made from heat treated alloy steel. Bushings
used in select models are made from low carbon,
case-hardened steel for wear resistance and serrated
on the outside diameter to prevent rotation.
Ergonomic grips are made from an oil-resistant
plasticized PVC compound, while some handles
and locking levers covered with plastisol dipping.

Stainless Steel

Stamped components in our stainless steel clamps


are made from type 302/304, 1.4300 or 1.4301
(or comparable) stainless steel, annealed & cold rolled.
Machined stainless steel components are type 303,
EN1.4305 (or comparable).

Finishes

Modifications

Making changes to the clamp may affect the


performance of the product. The life expectancy of
a clamp is dependent upon many factors, including
alterations to the clamping bar, handle, or the addition
of any tooling. Manual clamps are rated using hand
power to actuate them. The use of cheater bars
or hammers to impact the opening or closing of
the clamp is expressly prohibited.

Maintenance

Manual clamps are generally maintenance free;


however, lubrication of pivot points will extend the
life of the clamp dramatically. Clamps are shipped
from the factory with a light coating of oil, occasional
lubrication with a lightweight machine oil at pivot
points is recommended. A typical oil specification
is ISO grade 22 or 46 (SAE No. 10W or 20).

Temperature Limits

DESTACO manual clamps are intended to be used


at normal ambient temperatures. These limits are
intended to be guidelines and you should contact
DESTACO if you have a specific application concern.
For low-carbon steel clamps: -65F(-54C) to
480F(250C); for stainless steel (type 304): up
to 750F (400C). These values are based upon
maintaining the tensile strength of the material,
due to the many variables associated with operating
clamps at elevated temperatures service life may be
affected. Bear in mind that for low carbon steel parts
that are zinc plated, the plating has a useful service
temperature of up to 250F(120C), but corrosion
inhibiting properties degrade above 140F(60C).
These temperatures are NOT inclusive of any plastic
grip, vinyl dipping, rubber spindle accessory,
pneumatic, or hydraulic actuator.

Most manual toggle clamps are electro-plated zinc


per ASTM B633-98, SC1, type2 (or comparable).
Most cast or forged components are finished black
oxide with light oil to add corrosion protection.

Mounting

To properly secure the clamp to the mounting surface


and achieve the clamps rating, all mounting holes
provided must be used.

MC-TEC-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

technical appendix
Pneumatic Clamping Technology
End position sensing of pneumatic clamps
for automated production.

Please consult the table and formulae on the next


page. The Max M.A. is the highest mechanical
advantage the clamp can create at the optimum
spindle height while still toggle-locking.

Remote control and end position sensing

Model 807-S with 2 integral groove mounted sensors


(order separately)

Exerting Force vs. Holding Capacity

Due to the nature of the toggle action within the


clamping mechanism combined with the line pressure
of the cylinder, care should be taken in setting up
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.
The clamping force of a given pneumatic toggle
clamp is determined by two factors - adjustment
of the clamping spindle and the line pressure in the
cylinder. If the line pressure remains constant, then
the clamping force is solely determined by the vertical
adjustment of the spindle. If the spindle is improperly
adjusted, the clamp is capable of creating a clamping
force that exceeds the rated holding capacity.
As a result of this condition care must be taken by
properly adjusting the spindle OR by regulating the
inlet pressure to the cylinder in order to insure the
clamp does not exert a force higher than its rated
holding capacity.

Pneumatic diagram

A particularly interesting advantage of DESTACO


power clamps is the fact that they may be mounted
on rather inaccessible places of clamping fixtures and
they nary be operated simultaneously while being
controlled by a control valve. Power clamps with an
end position sensing system allow fully automated
operation with in controlled manufacturing processes.

Safety

DESTACO power clamps are based on the toggle


action principle (exceptions will be mentioned
separately) and offer the same safety advantages
as DESTACO manual clamps: no risk of accidental
opening of the clamp arm - even in case of a sudden
pressure drop.
The toggle action principle with over-center locking
guarantees safety during operation and protects the
parts from damage. (Provided that the power clamps
are mounted correctly and the air supply is reliable.)
Note: Most pneumatic products are now supplied with
a magnetic ring on the piston as a standard feature for
sensing the position of the cylinder (open/closed).

Wartungseinheit
maintenance unit

Schalldmpfer
silencer

manual
Hand-Steuerventil
operated valve

Verteilerstck
3-way connector

Standard-Kraftspanner
standard power clamp

Kunststoffschlauch
plastic hose

automation
power
clamp
AutomationsKraftspanner

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

air supply
Druckluftausgang

Schnellverschraubung
quick connector

Fu-Steuerventil
foot operated

MC-TEC-6

technical appendix
Specifications
Model
no.

Cylinder
Bore

Cylinder
Rod
Area
Diameter (Clamping
Stroke)

(in)

(in)

(mm)

Cylinder
Max.
Area
Mechanical
(Opening Advantage
Stroke)
(M.A.)

(mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2)

Distance From Pivot

(in)

Holding Capacity

B
(mm)

(in)

A
(mm)

Max Inlet Pressure


at Max M.A*

(lbf.)

Max. Clamping Force


at 5 bar [72 psi]

(N)

(lbf.)

(N)

(PSIG) (bar) (PSIG)

890

110

489

32

2.2

(bar)

(lbf.)

(N)

(lbf.)

(N)

34

2.3

450

2010

234

1045

Hold DownClamps
802-U

1.26

32

0.47

12

1.25

804

1.07

691

5.0

2.6

1.25

31.8

2.25

57.2

200

807-S

1.26

32

0.47

12

1.25

804

1.07

691

6.0

2.0

2.00

50.8

5.00 127.0 500

2220

260

1160

67

4.6

104

7.2

540

2412

180

804

807-U

1.26

32

0.47

12

1.25

804

1.07

691

6.4

3.3

2.00

50.8

3.75

375

1670

275

1220

47

3.2

67

4.6

576

2573

297

1327

95.3

810-S

1.57

40

0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64

1056

5.0

2.9

2.38

60.5

5.31 134.9 750

3340

500

2220

77

5.3

89

6.1

702

3143

407

1823

810-U

1.57

40

0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64

1056

6.1

2.9

2.38

60.3

4.88 123.8 600

2670

290

1290

50

3.5

51

3.5

856

3834

407

1823

812-U

0.75

19

0.25

253

4.3

2.9

1.25

31.8

2.25

57.2

100

440

55

245

53

3.6

43

3.0

136

613

92

413

846

1.57

40

0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64

1056

5.6

3.5

2.25

57.2

3.25

82.6

750

3340

520

2310

69

4.7

76

5.3

786

3520

491

2200

6.4

0.4

258

0.39

847-S

2.05

50

0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98

1923

4.0

1.8

3.25

82.6

6.50 165.1 1000 1118

650

2890

76

5.2

110

7.6

948

4248

426

1912

847-U

2.05

50

0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98

1923

4.0

1.9

3.25

82.6

6.25 158.8 1000 4450

480

2135

76

5.2

77

5.3

948

4248

450

2018

2626

4.4

2.3

3.00

76.2

7.00 177.8 4000 17800 2000 8900 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1530 6857

800

3585

8.4

2.2

1.3

1.70

43.2

2.60

66.0

390

1735

255

1135 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0 169

760

100

449

82.6

858

2.48

63

0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07

8021

1.26

32

0.47 12.0 1.07

8071

1.57

40

0.63 16.0 1.64 1056 1.95

1257

4.2

2.4

2.25

57.2

3.25

450

2000

310

1380

65

4.5

79

5.4

496

2218

283

1267

8101

2.05

50

0.63 16.0 2.98 1923 3.29

2124

2.3

1.2

2.35

59.7

4.45 113.0 700

3110

370

1645

103

7.1

105

7.3

491

2202

253

1135

691

1.25

817-S

1.26

32

0.47 12.0 1.25

804

1.07

691

2.25

2.75

69.9

4.94 125.5 450

2000

200

890

90

6.2

64

4.4

360

1608

225

1005

817-U

1.26

32

0.47 12.0 1.25

804

1.07

691

4.1

2.5

2.75

69.9

5.00 127.0 375

1670

200

890

73

5.1

64

4.4

369

1648

225

1005

827-S

1.57

40

.063 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64

1056

3.5

2.50

63.5

5.30 134.6 700

3110

330

1470

103

7.1

85

5.8

491

2200

281

1257

827-U

1.57

40

0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64

1026

3.5

2.2

2.13

54.1

3.25

2670

390

1735

88

6.1

91

6.3

491

2200

309

1383

868

2.48

63

0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07

2626

4.9

2.3

5.00 127.0 8.25 209.6 4000 17800 2400 10675 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1704 7637

800

3585

Model
no.

Cylinder
Bore

Cylinder
Rod
Area
Diameter (Clamping
Stroke)

(in)

(in)

(mm)

Cylinder
Max.
Area
Mechanical
(Opening Advantage
Stroke)
(M.A.)

(mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2)

82.6

600

Holding Capacity

(lbf.)

Max Inlet Pressure


at Max M.A

(N)

(PSIG)

(bar)

Straight Line Action Clamps


803

1.26 32.0 0.47 12.0 1.25

804

1.07 691.2

7.5

600

2670

64

4.4

675

3015

816

0.75 19.1 0.25

285

0.39 253.4

7.7

100

400

30

2.0

244

1097

830

1.57 40.0 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1055.6

5.7

2500

11100

145**

10.0**

800

3582

850

2.05 52.0 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1922.7

5.2

16000

71200

145**

10.0**

1232

5522

8031

1.13 28.6 0.38

10.25

2000

890

145**

10.0**

731

3285

6.4

9.5

0.44

0.99

641

0.88 570.0

* Maximum cylinder pressure is 145 PSIG (10 bar). Never exceed this value
**Maximum inlet pressure in conjunction with maximum mechanical advantage does not exceed holding capacity. Do not exceed maximum cylinder pressure

Formula for calculating maximum allowable inlet pressure:


Maximum Line Pressure = Holding Capacity (Cylinder Area X Mechanical Advantage)

Formula for calculating max. exerting force:


Exerting Force = Inlet Pressure X Mechanical Advantage X Cylinder Area

Example for Model 830

Holding Capacity = 11100N [2500lbf.]


Inlet Pressure 5bar (0,5 N/mm2) [72psig]
Cylinder Area = 1257mm2 [1.95in2]
Maximum Line Pressure = 11100 (1257 X 5.7) = 1,5 N/mm2 = 15bar

Spindle position to determine


mechanical advantage.

NOTE: This exceeds the maximum allowable cylinder pressure of 10bar


MC-TEC-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

technical appendix
Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-TEC-8

hydraulic power clamps


Table of Contents
Page
MC-HYD-#

Hydraulic Clamping
010-210-400
010-210-501
010-210-702
010-211-002
010-211-004
010-211-502
010-211-504
010-212-004

Hydraulic Clamping

Page
MC-HYD-#

030-1-S-475
7

3-4
030-1-D-475

030-1-S-1100
052-Series

4
030-1-D-1100

051-Series

030-1-S-2400
9
030-1-D-2400

020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE

030-1-S-4000

10

030-1-D-4000

10

031-S-475
031-L-475
031-S-1100
031-L-1100
031-S-2400
031-L-2400
031-S-4000
031-L-4000

11-12

020-013-031DE

039-101-000DE
13
039-104-000DE

MC-HYD-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Building safe hydraulic systems


Hydraulic Power Clamps | Safety
Safety means paying attention to the smallest details.
A hastily assembled workholding system can result
in a hazardous operator environment. Hydraulic
workholding is not a generic technique where most
anything will work, nor is there one right or best
answer for all situations. Each application is different and can be approached in many different ways.
Because of this versatility, there is no rule-of-thumb
to follow to guarantee safety. A careful balance of
knowledge, fixture design and common sense are
key to avoiding injuries.
Plan your fixture installation with operator safety in
mind. By nature, most clamping devices have pinch
points. Many times the fixture can be designed to shield
the operator from a pinching hazard. Often the placement of the clamping device in the fixture can minimize
the gap between the clamp and the workpiece, thus
reducing or eliminating the pinch point. Perhaps the
clamping control valve or switch can be located such
that the operator cannot reach the fixture and the control at the same time. Dual palm buttons on electricallyactuated systems serve the same purpose.
Do not require the operator to hold the workpiece in position during
the clamping operation.
Make sure that the workpiece is self-supporting
and self-locating so that
operator hands are out of
danger when the hydraulic system is actuated. Often a
simple spring plunger is all that is necessary.
The lowest pressure rating
of any component in the
clamping system sets the
maximum pressure rating
for the entire system.
Most hydraulic workholding components are rated
at 5,000 PSI maximum.
However, some components are rated at less than
5,000 PSI. The maximum pressure is listed on each
product page of this catalog. Never exceed this rating.
Just having a clamp that
is rated at 5,000 PSI is
not enough. Every hose,
fitting, valve, adapter and
tube exposed to pressure
must be rated at or above
the maximum hydraulic
system pressure. Most

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

hardware store fittings are intended only for low


pressure plumbing. Never use water pipe fittings or
copper tubing and brass fittings for hydraulic service.
Use proper tools when
bending tubing, and
maintain proper minimum bend radii for hoses
and tubing. If a hose
or tube is ever kinked,
replace it. Dont risk a
rupture. Fluid escaping
under high pressure is dangerous. The resulting loss in
pressure could release the workpiece from the fixture
and cause serious injury and equipment damage by
being ejected from the machine or breaking tooling.
Tubing and hoses do
flex when pressurized.
Allow for that movement
by supporting the fluid
lines away from surfaces which could abrade
the surface and eventually cause damage. Avoid
straight lengths of hose and tubing. A bend will
allow for this deflection without putting too much stress
on the line.
Even if proper hydraulic
tubing and fittings are
specified, be sure to protect them from abuse.
Components damaged
from abrasion or accidental dropping of a
workpiece will no longer
have the strength and safety of the original design.
Use proper mounting
hardware when installing workholding clamps
and other components.
Always use the largest
bolt available to fit in
the mounting hole. In
many cases, the recommended cap screw or thread is specified on the product
page of this catalog. Sometimes the mounting
hardware is included with the component. Always use
supplied hardware.

Safety means
paying attention to
the smallest details.
MC-HYD-2

010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
The single-action, spring-return hydraulic power
cylinders are small pistons that can be used singly
or combined. They offer tremendous force in a small,
easily mounted package that can be used in any
attitude and requires only a single inlet port. They are
often used grouped together by a common manifold
to provide as much force as needed for the operation. For a relatively small volume of oil, they provide
exceptional exerting force, and are generally the
best choice if stroke lengths can be kept short.

Features:

Threaded body for easy mounting


Small size permits low profile workholding
Accessories available for easy mounting
Available in metric or inch sizes (Metric on special request)
Hardened piston and rod
Single-acting for simple plumbing
Wide variety of sizes and strokes
Pressure capacity up to 5,000 PSIG,
provided piston does not bottom out

Technical Information
SAE Ports

Threaded
Body

Stoke

Force at
3,000 PSIG

Oil
Displacement

Effective Area
For Clamping

Jam Nuts

010-210-400

#2

1/2-20

0.22

279 lbs.

0.024 cu. in.

0.110

Furnished

010-210-501

#4

3/4-16

0.31

588 lbs.

0.061 cu. in.

0.196

Furnished

010-210-702

#4

1-12

0.50

1,326 lbs.

0.221 cu. in.

0.442

Furnished

010-211-002

#4

1 5/16-16

0.50

2,355 lbs.

0.393 cu. in.

0.785

Optional

010-211-004

#4

1 5/16-16

1.00

2,355 lbs.

0.785 cu. in.

0.785

Optional

010-211-502

#4

1 7/8-16

0.50

5,301 lbs.

0.884 cu. in.

1.767

Optional

010-211-504

#4

1 7/8-16

1.00

5,301 lbs.

1.767 cu. in.

1.767

Optional

010-212-004

#4

2 1/2-16

1.00

9,423 lbs.

3.142 cu. in.

3.142

Optional

Model no.

MC-HYD-3

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
F (THREAD)

H (PORTING)

OG

J (FEMALE THREAD)

Model no.

Dimensions (In Inches)


A

010-210-400

1.66

1.41

0.19

0.22

.044 Hex

1/2-20

0.15

SAE #2

010-210-501

2.25

1.97

0.22

0.31

.062 Hex

3/4-16

0.22

SAE #4

010-210-702

2.56

2.31

0.31

0.50

.075 Hex

1-12

.024

SAE #4

010-211-002

2.63

2.25

0.13

0.50

1.00 Hex

1 5/16-16

0.64

SAE #4

1/4-20

010-211-004

3.63

3.25

0.12

1.00

1.00 Hex

1 5/16-16

0.64

SAE #4

1/4-20

010-211-502

2.94

2.57

0.13

0.50

1.50 Hex

1 7/8-16

1.00

SAE #4

5/16-18

010-211-504

4.59

4.22

0.14

1.00

1.50 Hex

1 7/8-16

1.00

SAE #4

5/16-18

010-212-004

4.13

3.76

0.13

1.00

2.00 Hex

2 1/2-16

1.50

SAE #4

5/16-18

Series 052 Flange Mount


Dimensions (In Inches)

Model no.

052-112-160

1 1/8-16 UN 2B

1.50

0.50

0.22

1.030

052-131-160

1 5/16-16 UN 2B

1.69

0.50

0.27

1.250

052-137-180

1 3/8-16 UN 2B

1.75

0.50

0.27

1.340

052-187-160

1 7/8-16 UN 2B

2.25

1.00

0.34

1.770

052-250-160

2 1/2-16 UN 2B

3.00

1.00

0.34

2.170

E
A

Series 051 Jam Nut


Model no.

Dimensions (In Inches)

051-112-160

1 1/8-16 UN 2B

1.500

0.31

0.250

0.250

051-131-160

1 5/16-16 UN 2B

1.688

0.31

0.250

0.250

051-137-180

1 3/8-16 UN 2B

1.875

0.31

0.250

0.250

051-187-160

1 7/8-16 UN 2B

2.625

0.38

0.312

0.132

051-250-160

2 1/2-16 UN 2B

3.250

0.50

0.312

0.312

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HYD-4

C
E

020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Ram Product Overview
By inserting a rod through the hollow piston, these
cylinders can be used to push or pull depending on
the orientation of the ram. They will actuate a rod of
any length or shape and are extremely effective in
translating power to a remote location. Greater forces
are generated in these thru-hole rams because of their
larger piston area.

Symbol

Features:

Larger piston diameter for greater clamping forces


Hardened steel piston and rod
Single-acting for simple plumbing
Optional threaded inserts
Optional mounting plate
(permits mounting ram with a single cap screw)
Model no.

RAM
I.D.*

Port

Stroke

020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE
020-013-031DE

0.38
0.50
0.63

SAE #2
SAE #4
SAE #4

0.38
0.50
0.63

Force at
Oil
3,000 PSIG Displacement
4,380 lbs.
8,100 lbs.
12,066 lbs.

0.547 cu. in.


1.35 cu. in.
2.51 cu. in.

* Clearance for rod or bolt of given dimension.

Dimensions
A

2.13
3.00
3.25

1.88
2.63
3.00

2.25
2.88
3.63

Maximum input pressure 3,500 PSIG.

Accessories
All size thru-hole rams are supplied with
a thru-hole insert threaded into the top.
Optional threaded inserts, inch or metric,
are also available.

RAM no.

Thru-Hole Insert
(supplied)

020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE
020-013-031DE

705384
705512
705634

Loads Trasmitted by Various Diameter Screws


Bolt Size
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8

UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF
UNF

A thru-hole ram easily converts a manual strap clamp into


an automatic hydraulic powered clamp. Usually a longer
bolt is the only part needed to make this conversion.

Wrench Length F-lbs. (Average)


4.00
4.00
5.75
5.75
8.00
8.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
11.00
12.00

2,400 lbs.
1,920 lbs.
3,000 lbs.
2,920 lbs.
4,200 lbs.
3,640 lbs.
5,600 lbs.
5,600 lbs.
4,800 lbs.
4,200 lbs.
50,400 lbs.

To determine how much force is needed to replace a manual clamp,


use this chart as a guide.

MC-HYD-5

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Rams Technical Information

Calculation of Forces Using Straps and Levers

Figure #1
When the distance AB is equal to
the distance BC the force upward
from Model 020-011-011DE Ram
C is equal to the downward
force
A on the part.

Figure #2
The downward force A is equal to the
upward force C times a ratio of the
distance BC:AB.
Example:
AB = 2, BC = 4, Force C = 1,000 lbs.
Force A = Force C x BC

AB

A = 1,000 lbs. x 4

2

A = 2,000 lbs.

Figure #3
When Force B from Model 020-011-011DE
Hollow Bore is divided between A & C, the
forces at A & C are in inverse ratio to the distance AB & BC respectively.
Force A = Force B x BC

AB
Force C = Force B x AB

AC
Example:
AB = 2, BC = 4, Force B = 1,000 lbs.
Force A = 1,000 lbs. x 4 = 666.7 lbs.
6

Force C = 1,000 lbs. x 2 = 333.3 lbs.
6

Power Sources

Thru-hole Rams can be powered by automatic pumps, hand pumps, boosters or existing machine hydraulics.
Used with automatic pump

Used with
booster
Used with
hand pump

Multiple Uses

Thru-hole Rams can be used to push or pull depending on the position of the ram.

Pull

Pull

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Pull

Push

MC-HYD-6

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 475 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.

030-1-S-475

They are available with 90 left or right hand rotation, or


with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.

Features:

Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant


construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance
Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and
corrosion resistance
MRO interchange design
Straight pull capacity 600 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max

030-1-D-475
T

E Port

25
50

D Port
L

600

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

500

For 475 lb.


Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
see Page MC-HYD-11

400
300

A
B

200

100
0

Q
J

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)

H
G

Performance

With 031-L-475 Arm (3.25" long)


With 0-31-S-475 Arm (1.22" long)
Straight Pull

Specifications

Cat. no.
Oper.
030-1-S-475 (-X)
030-1-D-475 (-X)

Swing
Direction

*Force
(lbs.)

SingleActing

Left Hand
(Counter Clockwise)
Double- Right Hand (Clockwise)
Straight Pull
acting

Eff. Area (sq. In.)

Oil Cap. (cu. In.)

Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp

Ordering Notes:

Left hand swing (ccw) is standard


no suffix
Add R suffix for right hand swing
Add S suffix for straight guided pull

in

0.12

475

Max
Oil Flow
in3/m

0.08

12

0.24

0.15

Specifications

Cat. no.

A
B
Total Clamping
Stroke
Stroke

030-1-S-475

0.65

0.210

0.59

030-1-D-475

0.65

0.32

0.59

D
E
Clamp Unclamp
Port
Port
SAE-2

This item is available upon request

SAE-2

1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 0.8

M6x1 0.157 0.393

1-1/84.96 0.495 1.3


16UN

1.55 0.61

NOTE: *With 1.22 long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.

Do not pressurize single-acting only

See page MC-HYD-11 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting

MC-HYD-7

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 1,100lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.

030-1-S-1100

They are available with 90 left or right hand rotation, or


with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.

Features:

Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant


construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance
Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and
corrosion resistance
MRO interchange design
Straight pull capacity 1,400 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max

030-1-D-1100
T

E Port

25
50

D Port
L

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

1600
K

1400

For 1,100 lb.


Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
see Page MC-HYD-12

1200
800

A
B
N

400
0

Q
J

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)

Performance

With 031-L-1100 Arm (5.31" long)


With 031-S-1100 Arm (1.89" long)
Straight Pull

Specifications

Cat. no.
Oper.
030-1-S-1000 (-X)
030-1-D-1000 (-X)

Swing
Direction

SingleActing

Left Hand
(Counter Clockwise)
Double- Right Hand (Clockwise)
Straight Pull
acting

*Force
(lbs.)

Eff. Area (sq. In.)

Oil Cap. (cu. In.)

Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp

Ordering Notes:

Left hand swing (ccw) is standard


no suffix
Add R suffix for right hand swing
Add S suffix for straight guided pull

in

0.28

1100

Max
Oil Flow
in3/m

0.25

25

0.59

0.52

Specifications

Cat. no.
030-1-S-1100

A
B
Total Clamping
Stroke Stroke
0.89

0.39

C
0.6

D
E
Clamp Unclamp
Port
Port
SAE-4

SAE-4

2.4

2.6

030-1-D-1100

This item is available upon request

3.58 5.305 0.94

M8 x
1-3/80.196 0.629
5.965 0.400 1.5
1.25
18UN

NOTE: *With 1.89 long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.

Do not pressurize single-acting only

See page MC-HYD-12 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HYD-8

1.87 0.75

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 2,400 lb.
030-1-S-2400

The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.
They are available with 90 left or right hand rotation, or
with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.

Features:

Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant


construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance
Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and
corrosion resistance
MRO interchange design
Straight pull capacity 3,150 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max

030-1-D-2400
T

E Port

25
50

D Port
L

3500

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

3000

For 2,400 lb.


Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
see Page MC-HYD-11

2500
2000

A
B

1500

1000
0

Q
J

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)

Performance

With 031-L-2400 Arm (6.36" long)


With 031-S-2400 Arm (2.43" long)
Straight Pull

Specifications

Cat. no.

Swing
Direction

*Force
(lbs.)

Left Hand
(Counter Clockwise)
Right Hand (Clockwise)
Straight Pull

2400

Oper.
SingleActing

030-1-S-2400 (-X)
030-1-D-2400 (-X)

Doubleacting

Eff. Area (sq. In.)

Oil Cap. (cu. In.)

Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp

Max
Oil Flow
in3/m

Ordering Notes:

Left hand swing (ccw) is standard


no suffix
Add R suffix for right hand swing
Add S suffix for straight guided pull

in

0.63

0.7

100

1.23

1.10

Specifications

Cat. no.
030-1-S-2400

A
B
Total Clamping
Stroke Stroke
1.12

0.5

C
0.62

D
E
Clamp Unclamp
Port
Port
SAE-4

SAE-4

030-1-D-2400

This item is available upon request

F
t

3.38 4.38

6.8

1.28

M10x
1-7/80.196 0.87
7.543 0.517 2.0
1.5
16UN

2.38

1.0

NOTE: *With 2.43 long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.

Do not pressurize single-acting only

See page MC-HYD-11 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting

MC-HYD-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 4,000 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.

030-1-S-4000

They are available with 90 left or right hand rotation, or


with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.

Features:

Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant


construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance
Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and
corrosion resistance
MRO interchange design
Straight pull capacity 5,500 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max

030-1-D-4000
T
U

25

50 S

Clamping Force (l bs.)

5000
4500

4000

3500
3000

For 4,000 lb.


Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
see Page MC-HYD-11

2500
2000

1500

0N

1000
500
0

Q
0

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)

J
G

M
F

With 031-L-4000 Arm (X.XX" long)


With 031-S-4000 Arm (X.XX"
long)
(7.01
long)
Straight Pull
(2.75 long)

Specifications
Swing
Direction

*Force
(lbs.)

Left Hand
(Counter Clockwise)
Right Hand (Clockwise)
Straight Pull

4000

Oper.
SingleActing

030-1-S-4000 (-X)
030-1-D-4000 (-X)

Doubleacting

Performance

Cat. no.

Eff. Area (sq. In.)

Oil Cap. (cu. In.)

Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp

Max
Oil Flow
in3/m

Ordering Notes:

Left hand swing (ccw) is standard


no suffix
Add R suffix for right hand swing
Add S suffix for straight guided pull

in

1.10

1.22

140

2.35

2.60

This item is available upon request


Specifications

Cat. no.
030-1-S-4000

A
B
Total Clamping
Stroke
Stroke
1.07

0.45

030-1-D-4000

This item is available upon request

C
0.75

D
E
Clamp Unclamp
Port
Port
SAE#4

SAE#4

22.70 2.83 4.09 6.67 0.64 1.61 0.14 1.26 1/2-16 7.30 0.33 2.56 2.99 1.28
UN

NOTE: *With 2.75 long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.

Do not pressurize single-acting only

See page MC-HYD-11 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HYD-10

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 475-2,400 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the
swing/pull clamps piston rod in a manner similar to
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp
will be necessary.

P
G
D

The design feature K, in the chart and drawing at the


bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart for
design details. In applications where there is no bending
stress being transferred into the piston rod (like push/
pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this design
detail may be eliminated. In these applications, the
clamps full capacity (referred to as straight pull
capacity) is available.

A
Q
H

L
O
M

Specifications
Cat. no.
A

031-S-475

1.929

0.709

M6

031-L-475

3.959

0.709

031-S-1100

2.598

0.709

031-L-1100

6.019

031-S-2400
031-L-2400

Weight
(lbs.)

0.630

0.394

0.394

0.256

0.984

M6

0.236

1.220

0.159

0.394

0.630

0.394

0.394

0.256

M6

3.250

0.348

0.433

0.748

0.630

0.472

0.33

1.575

M6

0.315

1.889

0.286

0.630

0.472

0.335

M6

5.310

0.63

1.139

0.394

0.63

1.166

M8

0.748

1.294

0.709

0.126

0.748

1.412

0.433

0.748

0.236

0.217

3.268

0.866

M10

1.125

1.459

0.633

1.00

0.866

0.709

0.413

1.969

M8

0.433

2.402

7.226

0.866

1.125

1.696

0.633

1.00

0.866

0.709

0.413

M8

6.360

0.721
0.634
1.564

IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACOs

standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.



Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACOs standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required

Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for Swing/Pull Clamps

D
F

Specifications

Shaft
Dia.

10 MM

0.394

0.256

0.63

0.63

0.709

16MM

0.630

0.335

0.748

0.748

0.709

22 MM

0.866

0.413

1.00

1.00

0.866

1.26

0.394

0.236

0.217

0.472

0.236

0.217

0.709

0.236

0.217

M
K

M6 x 1.0

M6 x 1.0

0.30

M8 x 1.25

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

5000 3575 2500 2000 1785 1570 1360

600
500
400
300
200
0
.98
12

3850

2700 2150

1.00

1.50

2.50

Arm Length (In.)

Max Flow (in3/min.)

3.00

1250
1000
750

0
1.57
24

5000 3625

1775 1425

250

100

Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 1.6 Lbs


Pressure (psi)

Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .73 Lbs


Pressure (psi)
5000
Clamping Force (Lbs.)

Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .35 Lbs


Pressure (psi)

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

2.50

3.50

Arm Length (In.)

Max Flow (in3/min.)

MC-HYD-11

12

2465

1960 1450

2500
2000
1500
1000

Chart Legend

Maximum Length / Pressure


Operating Range

FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]

500

98

Clamps must operate at or below maximum


arm length/pressure curve:
To approximate clamping force with any arm
at less than maximum pressure:

3000

0
2.00

4.50

2900

3.00

4.00

5.00

Arm Length (In.)

Max Flow (in3/min.)

6.00
49

P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)


A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
length (PSI)

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 4,000 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the
swing/pull clamps piston rod in a manner similar to
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp
will be necessary.

U
C

V
G

The design feature K, in the chart and drawing at the


bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart
for design details. In applications where there is no
bending stress being transferred into the piston rod (like
push/pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this
design detail may be eliminated. In these applications,
the clamps full capacity (referred to as straight pull
capacity) is available.

0M
A
(031-S-4000)

K
L
A
(031-L-4000)

Specifications

Cat no.
031-S-4000
031-L-4000

Weight
(lbs.)

4.17

1.42

1/2-13

1.89

0.138

2.56

0.83

1.18

0.55

0.43

1.26

2.17

M12

0.58

2.75

0.98

1.80

8.43

1.42

1/2-13

1.89

0.138

2.56

0.83

1.18

0.55

0.43

1.26

M12

7.01

0.98

2.80

IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACOs
standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.

Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACOs standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required

Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for 4,000 lb. Swing/Pull Clamps


Specifications
Cat no.

32MM

1.26

1.18

1.89

1.42

0.138

0.55

0.43

M12 x 1.75

031-S-4000 031-L-4000
C

Clamping Force (Lbs.)

5000
4500

Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 2.8 Lbs


Pressure (psi)
3625

3100

2540

2175

1885

Maximum Length / Pressure

1740

3500
3000
2500

FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]

2000
1500
1000

500
0
2.17
152

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Operating Range

Clamps must operate at or below maximum


arm length/pressure curve:
To approximate clamping force with any arm
at less than maximum pressure:

4000

Chart Legend

3.00

4.00

5.00

6.00

Arm Length (In.)

7.00
91

Max Flow (in3/min.)

MC-HYD-12

P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)


A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
length (PSI)

039 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Air/Hydraulic Power Boosters
The DESTACO Air/Hydraulic Power Booster converts normal
shop-line air pressure to high-pressure hydraulic power. The
two models available provide oil displacements ranging from
1 cu. in. to 4 cu. in. per stroke.
With the system filled, the volume of oil required to actuate a
cylinder or pressure point is only equal to the cubic content of
the piston displacement. The small booster, producing 1 cu. in.
of usable oil per stroke, can operate 50 of the tiny 1/2-20
pressure points a full .22 max. stroke, and even more when
strokes are kept to a minimum.

Features:

039-104-000DE

Built-in manifold
Complete automatic bleeding with each
return stroke
Automatic relief of system overcharge
Automatic bleeding feature eliminates pre-filling
Large volume visible oil reservoir automatically

replenishes the system with reserve oil capacity


Corrosion and wear-resistant materials
Wear rings on hydraulic piston tube
Unique self-centering air piston assures long life
Increases hydraulic pressure to 3,000 PSIG from
100 PSIG air-line pressure
All models supplied with SAE hydraulic ports
NPT hydraulic ports available on request

SAE
HYDRAULIC
PORTS

Model no.

Press
Ratio

Displacement
Per Stroke

Nominal
Reservoir
Capacity

Weight

039-101-000DE

33.87:1

1 cu. in.

10.4 cu. in.

9 lbs.

10.88

4.50

SAE #4

039-104-000DE

32.41:1

4 cu. in.

42 cu. in.

23 lbs.

16.38

6.50

SAE #4

Dimensions
A
B
(Square)

1/4 NPT
AIR PORTS

Ports

(100 PSIG max. input air pressure)


Note: Special High Temperature Seals available for applications where Viton Seals are required. Order as H/T option.

MC-HYD-13

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

hydraulic power clamps


Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-HYD-14

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
010-210-400
010-210-501
010-210-702
010-211-002
010-211-004
010-211-502
010-211-504
010-212-004
020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE
020-013-031DE
030-1-D-1100
030-1-D-2400
030-1-D-4000
030-1-D-475
030-1-S-1100
030-1-S-2400
030-1-S-4000
030-1-S-475
031-L-1100
031-L-2400
031-L-4000
031-L-475
031-S-1100
031-S-2400
031-S-4000
031-S-475
035-125-190
035-125-290
035-132-190
035-132-290
035-140-190
035-140-290
035-150-190
035-150-290
035-225-190
035-225-290
035-232-190
035-232-290
035-240-190
035-240-290
035-250-190
035-250-290
036-551-01
036-551-02
036-630-01
036-630-02
036-787-01
036-787-02
039-101-000DE
039-104-000DE
051-112-160
051-131-160
051-137-180
051-150-160
051-187-160
051-225-160
051-250-160
052-112-160
052-131-160
052-137-180

Page
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-3
MC-HYD-5
MC-HYD-5
MC-HYD-5
MC-HYD-8
MC-HYD-9
MC-HYD-10
MC-HYD-7
MC-HYD-8
MC-HYD-9
MC-HYD-10
MC-HYD-7
MC-HYD-11
MC-HYD-11
MC-HYD-12
MC-HYD-11
MC-HYD-11
MC-HYD-11
MC-HYD-12
MC-HYD-11
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-32
MC-PSC-35
MC-PSC-35
MC-PSC-35
MC-PSC-35
MC-PSC-35
MC-PSC-35
MC-HYD-13
MC-HYD-13
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4
MC-PSC-36
MC-PSC-36,
MC-HYD-4
MC-PSC-36
MC-PSC-36
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4

Model No.
052-187-160
052-250-160
1000
1001
10010100
1005133-MR
1005134-MR
102111
102208
102911
105106
105203
105208
105906
12/100
12/200
12/300
1200
1200-E
16/100
16/200
16/300
186-13
2002-S
2002-SB
2002-SBR
2002-SR
2002-U
2002-U-LS-BLK
2002-U207
2002-UB
2002-UB-LS-BLK
2002-UBR
2002-UR
2002-UR207
2002115-E
2007-S
2007-SB
2007-SBR
2007-SR
2007-U
2007-U-LS-BLK
2007-UB
2007-UB-LS-BLK
2007-UBR
2007-UR
2007115-E
2007208-M
201-TU
201-U
201-UB
201-USS
2010-S
2010-SB
2010-SBR
2010-SR
2010-U
2010-UB
2010-UBR
2010-UR
2010115-E
201208
201208-M

MC-IND-1

Page
MC-HYD-4
MC-HYD-4
PC-PPC-59
PC-PPC-59
PC-PPC-59
PC-PPC-59
PC-PPC-59
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-6
MC-VSC-4
MC-VSC-4
MC-VSC-4
MC-PTC-29
MC-PTC-29
MC-VSC-4, 7
MC-VSC-4, 7
MC-VSC-4, 7
MC-CVR-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-VHD-3
MC-ACC-6
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-VHD-7
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-2
MC-VHD-11
MC-VHD-11
MC-VHD-11
MC-VHD-11
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-VHD-9
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2

Model No.
2013-U
2013-U-LS-BLK
2013-UR
2013208-M
2017-U
2017-U-LS-BLK
2017-UR
201943
201943-M
202
202-B
202-SS
202-T
202-TU
202-U
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK
202-UB
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK
202-UL
202-USS
202203
202208
202208-M
202305
2027-U
2027-U-LS-BLK
2027-UR
202943
202943-M
205-S
205-SB
205-SL
205-SR
205-SSS
205-U
205-UB
205-UL
205-UR
205-USS
205203
205203-M
205208-M
205943
205943-M
206-HSS
206-SS
207-L
207-LB
207-LBR
207-LR
207-S
207-SB
207-SF
207-TU
207-TUL
207-U
207-U-L
207-U-L-BLK
207-UB
207-UB-L
207-UB-L-BLK

Page
MC-HHD-3
MC-HHD-3
MC-HHD-3
MC-ACC-2
MC-HHD-5
MC-HHD-5
MC-HHD-5
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-VHD-13
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-VHD-13
MC-HHD-7
MC-HHD-7
MC-HHD-7
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-HHD-19
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-HHD-29
MC-HHD-29
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
207-UF
207-UL
207-ULB
207-UR
207-USS
207105
207105-M
207203
207203-M
207206
207206-M
207209
207305
207426-Q
207943
207943-M
210-S
210-SB
210-SR
210-TU
210-U
210-UB
210-UR
210-USS
210114
210114-M
210203
210203-M
210206
210206-M
210208
210209
210440-Q
213-U
213-U-L
213-U-LS-BLK
213-UB
213-UB-L
213-UB-LS-BLK
213-USS
213208
213208-M
213208-M-L
215-S
215-U
215-UB
215-USS
215105
215119
215208
215208-M
215219
215219-M
215319
215905
217-U
217-U-L
217-U-L-BLK
217-U-LS-BLK
217-UB
217-UB-L
217-UB-L-BLK
217-UB-LS-BLK

Page
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-VHD-17
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-VHD-17
MC-ACC-10
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-VHD-21
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-10
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-HHD-9
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-HHD-21
MC-HHD-21
MC-HHD-21
MC-HHD-21
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-6
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11
MC-HHD-11

Model No.
217-USS
22/100
22/200
22/300
220203
220203-M
225-U
225-UB
225-UBSS
225-UR
225-USS
225119
225208
225208-M
225219
225219-M
225319
227-U
227-U-L
227-U-L-BLK
227-UB
227-UB-L
227-UB-L-BLK
227-UB-LS-BLK
227-USS
229
235-U
235-UB
235-UR
235-USS
235106
235110
235119
235208
235208-M
235219
235219-M
235319
235906
237-U
237-USS
237943
237943-M
240203
240203-M
240208
240208-M
245-U
245943
245943-M
247-S
247-U
247-UB
247109
247110
247110-M
247208
247208-M
247909
250121
250203
250206
250206-M

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Page
MC-HHD-11
MC-VSC-4
MC-VSC-4
MC-VSC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-HHD-23
MC-HHD-23
MC-HHD-23
MC-HHD-23
MC-HHD-23
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-HHD-13
MC-VHD-41
MC-HHD-25
MC-HHD-25
MC-HHD-25
MC-HHD-25
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-6
MC-HHD-15
MC-HHD-15
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-HHD-17
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-VHD-23
MC-VHD-23
MC-VHD-23
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3

MC-IND-2

Model No.
267-S
267-U
267102
267203-M
267208
267902
290-13
301
301-SS
3011
305-U
305-UR
305-USS
3051
3051-R
305203
305208
305208-M
307-U
307-UR
307-USS
307208-M
309-U
309-UR
309-USS
311
317-S
317-U
323
323-R
323-RSS
323-SS
323215
323215-M-100
323215-M-25
323215-M-50
323915
323915-M-100
323915-M-25
323915-M-50
324
324-R
324-SS
324-ZB1
324215
324215-M-100
324215-M-25
324215-M-50
324915
324915-M-100
324915-M-25
324915-M-50
325
325-SS
325203
32MM
330
330-SS
330-ZB1
330-ZB1 (cont.)
330215
330215-M-100

Page
MC-VHD-23
MC-VHD-23
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-6
MC-CVR-3
MC-PAL-21
MC-PAL-21
MC-PAL-22
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-PAL-3
MC-PAL-3
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-2
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-ACC-2
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-HHD-27
MC-PAL-21
MC-VHD-37
MC-VHD-37
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-11,
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-SAP-2
MC-SAP-2
MC-ACC-4
MC-VSC-11
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-8,
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
330215-M-25
330215-M-50
330915
330915-M-100
330915-M-25
330915-M-50
331
331-R
331-RSS
331-SS
331215
331215-M-100
331215-M-25
331215-M-50
331915
331915-M-100
331915-M-25
331915-M-50
334
334-R
334-SS
334-ZB1
334215
334215-M-100
334215-M-25
334215-M-50
334915
334915-M-100
334915-M-25
334915-M-50
341
341-R
341-RSS
341-SS
341-ZB1
341215
341215-M-100
341215-M-25
341215-M-50
341915
341915-M-100
341915-M-25
341915-M-50
344
344-R
344-SS
344-ZB1
344215
344215-M-100
344215-M-25
344215-M-50
344915
344915-M-100
344915-M-25
344915-M-50
345
345-G
351
351-B
351-BSS
351-R
351-SS
351-ZB1

Page
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-11
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-SAP-3
MC-SAP-3
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-6

Model No.
351215
351215-M-100
351215-M-25
351215-M-50
351915
351915-M-100
351915-M-25
351915-M-50
353-35
353-65
371
371-R
371-SS
371-ZB1
371215
371215-M-100
371215-M-25
371215-M-50
371915
371915-M-100
371915-M-25
371915-M-50
374
374215
374215-M-100
374215-M-25
374215-M-50
375
375-B
375-BR
375-R
375-ZB1
375215
375509
381
381-SS
381-ZB1
381215
381215-M-100
381215-M-25
381215-M-50
381915
381915-M-100
381915-M-25
381915-M-50
385
385-L
385-R
385-V2A
385-ZB1
385102
385215
385215-M-100
385215-M-25
385215-M-50
385915
385915-M-100
385915-M-25
385915-M-50
424
424-2
424107
424208

MC-IND-3

Page
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-23
MC-PAL-23
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-6
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-17
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-20
MC-PAL-12
MC-PAL-12
MC-PAL-12
MC-PAL-12
MC-PAL-16, 20
MC-PAL-13
MC-PAL-12, 14
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-4
MC-PAL-8
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-7
MC-PAL-14
MC-PAL-14
MC-PAL-14
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-12, 14
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-PAL-16
MC-SAP-4
MC-SAP-4
MC-ACC-5
MC-ACC-2

Model No.
424208-M
425
431
431208
431208-M
435
441
441-2
441203
461203
461203-M
462
462-2
463
468206
468206-M
482
484
486
491203
491203-M
501-B
501-LB
501501
501503
503-MB
503-MBLSC
503-MLB
503-MLBLSC
503501
503502
503503-L
505-MB
505-MBLSC
505-MLB
505-MLBLSC
505501
505502
505503-L
506-MB
506-MBLSC
506-MLB
506-MLBLSC
506501
506502
506503-L
507107
507206
507206-M
507208
507208-M
507209
507907
509208
5105
5110
5130
5130-B
5130-M
5130-MB
5131
5131-B
5131-M

Page
MC-ACC-2
MC-SAP-6
MC-SAP-5
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-SAP-6
MC-SAP-4
MC-SAP-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-SAP-7
MC-SAP-7
MC-SAP-7
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-SAP-7
MC-SAP-7
MC-SAP-7
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-4
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-43
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-VHD-46
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-2
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-6
MC-ACC-3
MC-VHD-29
MC-VHD-29
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
5131-MB
5133
5133-B
5133-M
5133-MB
5150
5150-B
5150-M
5150-MB
519208
527
527-F
527203
527208
528
528-F
52H-3E...50
52H-3E...63
5305
5310
533-L
533-LB
535-L
535-LB
548
558
578
5905
5910
5915
6001
6001-M
6001-MSS
6001-SS
6004
6004-MM
6004-MMR
6004-R
601
601-M
601-O
601-OSS
601-SS
6015
6015-M
6015-MR
6015-MSS
6015-R
6015-SS
602
602-MM
602-MMSS
602-SS
602106-M
603
603-M
603-MR
603-MSS
603-R
603-SS
604
604-MM
604-MMSS

Page
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-21
MC-SLA-23
MC-SLA-23
MC-SLA-23
MC-SLA-23
MC-ACC-3
MC-VHD-39
MC-VHD-39
MC-ACC-4
MC-ACC-2
MC-VHD-31
MC-VHD-31
PC-PPC-47
PC-PPC-47
MC-HHD-31
MC-HHD-31
MC-VHD-33
MC-VHD-33
MC-VHD-33
MC-VHD-33
MC-VHD-32
MC-VHD-35
MC-VHD-32
MC-VHD-27
MC-VHD-27
MC-VHD-27
MC-SLA-3
MC-SLA-3
MC-SLA-3
MC-SLA-3
MC-SLA-27
MC-SLA-27
MC-SLA-27
MC-SLA-27
MC-SLA-4
MC-SLA-4
MC-SLA-4
MC-SLA-4
MC-SLA-4
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-5
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-28
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25

Model No.
604-SS
604106
604106-M
605
605-M
606
606-M
607
607-M
607-SQ
607-SQM
608
608-M
609
609-B
610
610-M
614-M
615
620
620-M
624
624-MM
624-SS
624106-M
630
630-M
630-MR
630-R
640
640-M
640-MR
640-R
650
650-M
670-1MBPLS
675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
695-1MBPLS
705384
705512
705634
7-58
7-59
7-60
7-101
800
800-E
8007-E
8007-EHL
8007-EHR
8015
801528
801529
801532
801553
8016
802-U
802-UE
8021
8021-UE
803
803-ME

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Page
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-28
MC-SLA-28
MC-SLA-9
MC-SLA-9
MC-SLA-10
MC-SLA-10
MC-SLA-11
MC-SLA-11
MC-SLA-11
MC-SLA-11
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-7
MC-SLA-12
MC-SLA-12
MC-SLA-13
MC-SLA-13
MC-SLA-29
MC-SLA-14
MC-SLA-15
MC-SLA-15
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-25
MC-SLA-28
MC-SLA-16
MC-SLA-16
MC-SLA-16
MC-SLA-16
MC-SLA-17
MC-SLA-17
MC-SLA-17
MC-SLA-17
MC-SLA-18
MC-SLA-18
MC-SLA-31
MC-SLA-31
MC-SLA-31
MC-SLA-31
MC-HYD-5
MC-HYD-5
MC-HYD-5
MC-VHD-40
MC-VHD-40
MC-VHD-40
MC-VHD-40
MC-PTC-29
MC-PTC-29
MC-PTC-13
MC-PTC-13
MC-PTC-13
MC-PSC-28
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-31
MC-PSC-28
MC-PTC-5
MC-PTC-5
MC-PTC-19
MC-PTC-19
MC-PTC-25
MC-PTC-25

MC-IND-4

Model No.
8031
807-S
807-SE
807-U
807-UE
8071
8071-UE
810-S
810-SE
810-U
810-UE
810151
810153
810155
810156
810157
810158
810169
810170
810171
810173
810174
8115
8116
812-U
817-S
817-SE
817-U
817-UE
81L-12-1....
81L-16-1....
81L-20-1....
81L-25-1....
8215
821512
821513
821553
821556
8216
827-S
827-SE
827-U
827-UE
82D40-2...
82D63-5...
82L-12-4...
82L-16-4...
82L-20-4...
82L-25-4...
82L2G-2...
82L3G-2...
82L3N-2...
82L4G-2...
82L4N-2...
82M-3E..H040..
82M-3E..H05...
82M-3E..H06..
82M-3E..H08..
82M-3E....40
82M-3E...5.
82M-3E...6.
82M-3E...8.
82ZB-004-1

Page
MC-PTC-26
MC-PTC-7
MC-PTC-7
MC-PTC-7
MC-PTC-7
MC-PTC-19
MC-PTC-19
MC-PTC-9
MC-PTC-9
MC-PTC-9
MC-PTC-9
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-40
MC-PSC-19
MC-PSC-19
MC-PTC-3
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
PC-PPC-3
PC-PPC-3
PC-PPC-3
PC-PPC-3
MC-PSC-28
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-31
MC-PSC-22, 31
MC-PSC-28
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
MC-PTC-21
PC-PPC-61
PC-PPC-61
PC-PPC-7
PC-PPC-7
PC-PPC-7
PC-PPC-7
PC-PPC-15
PC-PPC-15
PC-PPC-15
PC-PPC-15
PC-PPC-15
PC-PPC-45
PC-PPC-45
PC-PPC-45
PC-PPC-45
PC-PPC-25
PC-PPC-25
PC-PPC-25
PC-PPC-25
PC-PPC-4, 8

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
82ZB-036-1
82ZB-037-1
82ZB-038-1
82ZB-039-1
82ZB-084-1
82ZB-SH4001
82ZB-SH4002
82ZB-SH4005
82ZB-SH4010
82ZB-SH4020
82ZB-SH4050
82ZB-SH5001
82ZB-SH5002
82ZB-SH5005
82ZB-SH5010
82ZB-SH5020
82ZB-SH5050
830
830-ME
8315
8316
8415
841550
8416
846
847-S
847-U
850
850-ME
858
858-E
860
861
8610100
865132-MR
865133-MR
868
868-E
870-2
871-2
8725
872550
8732
873250
8732G
8740
874050
8740G
8750
875050
8750G
890
891
8910100
895132-MR
895133-MR
89B20-010-1L
89B20-010-1R
89B30-010-1L
89B30-010-1R
89B40-010-1L
89B40-010-1R
89B50-025-1L

Page
PC-PPC-22
PC-PPC-22
PC-PPC-22
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-23, 68
PC-PPC-23, 68
PC-PPC-23, 68
PC-PPC-23, 68
PC-PPC-23, 68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
MC-PTC-27
MC-PTC-27
MC-PSC-19
MC-PSC-19
MC-PSC-28
MC-PSC-31
MC-PSC-28
MC-PTC-11
MC-PTC-15
MC-PTC-15
MC-PTC-28
MC-PTC-28
MC-PTC-17
MC-PTC-17
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PTC-23
MC-PTC-23
MC-PPC-57
MC-PPC-57
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-39
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-39
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-39
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-37
MC-PSC-39
MC-PSC-37
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PPC-59
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14

Model No.
89B50-025-1R
89B63-008-1L
89B63-008-1R
89E20-010-1L
89E20-010-1R
89E30-010-1L
89E30-010-1R
89E40-010-1L
89E40-010-1R
89E50-025-1L
89E50-025-1R
89E63-008-1L
89E63-008-1R
89R20-010-2
89R32-010-2
89R40-010-2
89R40-025-2
89R50-025-2
89R63-025-2
8AB-151-1
8AB-152-1
8AB-153-1
8AB-154-1
8CE-282-1
8CE-284-1
8CE-286-1
8CE-288-1
8CE-290-1
8CE-292-1
8CE-296-1
8CE-298-1
8CE-300-1
8CE-302-1
8CE-304-1
8CE-306-1
8CE-310-1
8CE-312-1
8CE-314-1
8CE-316-1
8CE-318-1
8CE-320-1
8CE-326-1
8CE-328-1
8CE-330-1
8CE-332-1
8CE-334-1
8CE-336-1
8CE-338-1
8CE-340-1
8CE-342-1
8CE-346-1
8CE-348-1
8CE-350-1
8CE-352-1
8CE-354-1
8CE-356-1
8CE-358-1
8CE-360-1
8CE-362-1
8EA-024-2
8EA-109-1
8EA-120-1

MC-IND-5

Page
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-14
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-23
MC-PSC-8
MC-PSC-8
MC-PSC-8
MC-PSC-8
MC-PSC-8
MC-PSC-8
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-46
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
MC-PSC-40,
MC-SLA-3,7
MC-PSC-40

Model No.
8EA-137-1
8EA-138-1
8EA-139-1
8EL-002-1
8EL-003-1
8EL-007-1
8EL-009-1
8JG-065-2-01
8JG-066-1-01
8JG-067-2-01
8JG-068-1-01
8JG-069-1-01
8JG-070-1-01
8JG-075-3-01
8JG-080-1-01
8JG-1179-1-01
8JG-169-2-01
8JG-17()-2-01
8JG-215-1
8JG-217-1
8JG-218-1
8JG-219-1
8JG-220-1
8JG-363-1-01
8JG-364-1-01
8JG-401-1-01
8JG-402-1-01
8JG-403-1-01
8JG-404-1-01
8KB-031-1
8KB-032-1
8MA-061-1
8MA-063-1
8MA-064-1
8MA-065-1
8MA-066-1
8MA-084-1
8MA-086-1
8MA-087-1
8MA-088-1
8MA-089-1
8MA-089-1
8MA-092-1
8MA-094-1
8MA-095-1
8MA-096-1
8MA-219-1
8MA-220-1
8MA-221-1
8MA-222-1
8MA-223-1
8MW-018-1
8MW-020-1
8MW-021-1
8MW-022-1
8MW-023-1
8PW-016-1
8PW-016-1-00
8PW-024-1-00
8PW-024-2
8PW-095-1-00
8PW-095-2
8PW-096-1-00

Page
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23, 46, 68
PC-PPC-23, 46, 68
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-20, 23, 63, 68
PC-PPC-20, 23, 65, 68
PC-PPC-20, 23
PC-PPC-20, 23
PC-PPC-64, 68
PC-PPC-39, 53, 66, 68
PC-PPC-20, 23
PC-PPC-40, 53
PC-PPC-40
PC-PPC-36
PC-PPC-38
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
PC-PPC-21, 23
MC-SLA-21, 23
PC-PPC-13
PC-PPC-13
PC-PPC-13
PC-PPC-13
MC-SLA-23
MC-SLA-23
MC-PSC-13
MC-PSC-13
MC-PSC-13
MC-PSC-13
MC-PSC-13
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-27
MC-PSC-27
MC-PSC-27
MC-PSC-27
MC-PSC-27
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
PC-PPC-68
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
MC-PSC-12
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
8PW-096-2
8PW-097-1-00
8PW-097-2
8PW-102-2
8PW-103-2
8S401-15-117
8S501-25-144
8S631-25-144
8S631-45-144
8S631-75-204
8S801-45-204
8U()405-00-117
8U()405-15-117
8U()405-25-117
8U()405-45-107
8U()501-15-144
8U()501-25-144
8U()501-45-144
8U()631-15-144
8U()631-25-144
8U()631-45-144
8U()631-75-204
8UM405-00-117
8UM405-15-117
8UM405-25-117
8UM405-45-107
8UM501-15-144
8UM501-25-144
8UM501-45-144
8UM631-15-144
8UM631-25-144
8UM631-45-144
8UM631-75-204
8UM801-45-204
905
905-M
91090
920
920-M
95030
95040
95050
95060
9522-2L
9522-2R
9522150
9522153
952260
952261
952262
9530-2GL
9530-2GR
9530-2L
9530-2R
953060
953061
953062
9540-2GL
9540-2GR
9540-2L
9540-2R
9540150
9540153

Page
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-23
PC-PPC-39
PC-PPC-39, 53
PC-PPC-40, 53
PC-PPC-40, 53
PC-PPC-40, 53
PC-PPC-40
PC-PPC-37
PC-PPC-37
PC-PPC-37
PC-PPC-37
PC-PPC-37, 52
PC-PPC-52
PC-PPC-37, 52
PC-PPC-37, 52
PC-PPC-38, 52
PC-PPC-38, 52
PC-PPC-38, 52
PC-PPC-35
PC-PPC-35
PC-PPC-35
PC-PPC-35
PC-PPC-35, 51
PC-PPC-35, 51
PC-PPC-35, 51
PC-PPC-36, 51
PC-PPC-36, 51
PC-PPC-36, 51
PC-PPC-36, 51
PC-PPC-36
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-VHD-36
MC-ACC-3
MC-ACC-3
MC-SLA-19
MC-SLA-19
MC-SLA-19
MC-SLA-19
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-7
MC-PSC-7
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-7
MC-PSC-7

Model No.
954060
954061
9550-2GL
9550-2GR
9550-2L
9550-2R
9550150
9550153
955060
955061
955062
B8JG-1007-1
B8JG-1008-1
B8JG-1009-1
B8JG-1010-1
B8JG-1011-1
B8JG-1012-1
B8JG-1019-1
B8JG-1020-1
B8JG-1021-1
B8JG-1022-1
B8JG-1023-1
B8JG-1024-1
B8JG-1031-1
B8JG-1032-1
B8JG-1033-1
B8JG-1034-1
B8JG-1035-1
B8JG-1036-1
B8JG-1043-1
B8JG-1044-1
B8JG-1045-1
B8JG-1046-1
B8JG-1047-1
B8JG-1048-1
B8JG-1110-1
B8JG-1111-1
B8JG-1112-1
B8JG-1113-1
B8JG-1114-1
B8JG-1115-1
B8JG-1116-1
B8JG-1117-1
B8JG-1118-1
B8JG-1130-1
B8JG-1131-1
B8JG-1132-1
B8JG-1133-1
B8JG-1134-1
B8JG-1135-1
B8JG-1136-1
B8JG-1137-1
B8JG-1138-1
B8JG-1150-1
B8JG-1151-1
B8JG-1152-1
B8JG-1153-1
B8JG-1154-1
B8JG-1155-1
B8JG-1156-1
B8JG-1157-1
B8JG-1158-1
B8JG-1170-1

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Page
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-3
MC-PSC-7
MC-PSC-7
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
MC-PSC-6
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-43,
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44

56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56

MC-IND-6

Model No.
B8JG-1171-1
B8JG-1172-1
B8JG-1173-1
B8JG-1174-1
B8JG-1175-1
B8JG-1176-1
B8JG-1177-1
B8JG-1178-1
B8JG-1206-1
B8JG-1207-1
B8JG-1208-1
B8JG-1216-1
B8JG-1217-1
B8JG-1218-1
B8JG-1226-1
B8JG-1227-1
B8JG-1228-1
B8JG-1507-1
B8JG-1508-1
B8JG-1509-1
B8JG-1510-1
B8JG-1511-1
B8JG-1512-1
B8JG-1519-1
B8JG-1520-1
B8JG-1521-1
B8JG-1522-1
B8JG-1523-1
B8JG-1524-1
B8JG-1531-1
B8JG-1532-1
B8JG-1533-1
B8JG-1534-1
B8JG-1535-1
B8JG-1536-1
B8JG-1543-1
B8JG-1544-1
B8JG-1545-1
B8JG-1546-1
B8JG-1547-1
B8JG-1548-1
B8JG-3236-1
B8JG-3237-1
B8JG-3238-1
B8JG-3246-1
B8JG-3247-1
B8JG-3248-1
B8JG-3256-1
B8JG-3257-1
B8JG-3258-1
BIM-IKE-AP
BK-R25-82L25-1
BK-R25-82L32-1
BK-R25-82L40-1
CABL-010
CABL-013
F-160
FL-120/-FL-121/45
FL-122/45
FL-160/-FL-161/60
FL-162/60

Page
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-44
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-42, 55
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
PC-PPC-41, 54
MC-SLA-47
PC-PPC-21
PC-PPC-21
PC-PPC-21
MC-PSC-41
MC-PSC-41
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3

Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No.
FO-082/40
FO-120/-FO-121/45
FO-122/45
FO-160/-FO-161/60
FO-162/60
FO-220/-FO-221/80
G-082/40
G-120/-G-121-45
G-122-45
K-1222
K-508
K-612
K-816
K1000-120-7-1
K1000-15-7-1
K1000-200-7-1
K1000-30-7-1
K1000-50-7-1
K1000-70-7-1
K3000-120-6-1
K3000-15-6-1
K3000-200-6-1
K3000-30-6-1
K3000-50-6-1
K3000-70-6-1
K400-120-6-1
K400-15-6-1
K400-200-6-1
K400-30-6-1
K400-50-6-1
K400-70-6-1
K4500-120-6-1
K4500-15-6-1
K4500-200-6-1
K4500-30-6-1
K4500-50-6-1
K4500-70-6-1
K600-120-6-1
K600-15-6-1
K600-200-6-1
K600-30-6-1
K600-50-6-1
K600-70-6-1
K XXXX-...-A
K XXXX-...-K
L-213-1-01
L-213-1-02
L-213-2-01
L-213-2-02
L-213-3-01
L-213-4-01
L-217-1-01
L-217-1-02
L-217-1-03
L-217-2-01
L-217-2-02
L-217-3-01
L-217-4-01
L-227-1-01

Page
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-3
MC-VSC-7
MC-VSC-7
MC-VSC-7
MC-VSC-7
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-3
MC-PPC-10
MC-PPC-11
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-9
MC-ACC-10
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-9
MC-ACC-10
MC-ACC-8

Model No.
L-227-1-02
L-227-1-03
L-227-1-04
L-227-2-01
L-227-2-02
L-227-3-01
L-227-4-01
SMB-102157
T186-12
T186-20
T186-24
T186-36
T186-6
T257-24
T257-36
T257-84
T285-18
T285-36
T285-60
T285-84
T285-9
T290-18
T290-36
T290-40
T290-60
T290-84
T290-9
T321-10
T321-24
T321-36
T321-60
T400-4
T400-6
T400-8
T402-12
T402-18
T402-24
T402-6
T600-4
T600-6
T600-8
T602-12
T602-18
T602-6
T614-0
T614-1
T614-2
T813400
WK1000-120-7-1
WK1000-15-7-1
WK1000-200-7-1
WK1000-30-7-1
WK1000-50-7-1
WK1000-70-7-1
WK3000-120-6-1
WK3000-15-6-1
WK3000-200-6-1
WK3000-30-6-1
WK3000-50-6-1
WK3000-70-6-1
WK400-120-6-1
WK400-15-6-1
WK400-200-6-1

MC-IND-7

Page
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-8
MC-ACC-9
MC-ACC-10
MC-PPC-10
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-5
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-3
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-9
MC-CVR-7
MC-CVR-7
MC-CVR-7
MC-CVR-9
MC-PPC-5
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6

Model No.
WK400-30-6-1
WK400-50-6-1
WK400-70-6-1
WK4500-120-6-1
WK4500-15-6-1
WK4500-200-6-1
WK4500-30-6-1
WK4500-50-6-1
WK4500-70-6-1
WK600-120-6-1
WK600-15-6-1
WK600-200-6-1
WK600-30-6-1
WK600-50-6-1
WK600-70-6-1
WK6000-120-6
WK6000-30-6
WK6000-50-6
WK6000-70-6
WR 2000-120-7
WR 2000-15-7
WR 2000-30-7
WR 2000-50-7
WR 2000-70-7
WK XXXX-...-A
WK XXXX-...-K

Page
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-6
MC-PPC-9
MC-PPC-9
MC-PPC-9
MC-PPC-9
MC-PPC-9
MC-PPC-10
MC-PPC-11

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Clamping Technology
Notes

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

MC-IND-8

Clamping Technology
Notes

MC-IND-9

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

ABOUT DESTACO

our portfolio of products

Precision in Productivity

DESTACO Mission Statement


Enable optimal manufacturing productivity through a comprehensive suite of easy to integrate
high-performance, precision automation, workholding and containment solutions.
Focused - Dedicated talent and resources to help manufacturers improve precision and productivity

End Effectors (EE)

Grippers (GR)

Tool Changers

Electric Grippers

End-of-Arm Tooling

Pneumatic and Sheet Metal Grippers

Vacuum Products

Rotates

Palletizing Solutions

Slides

Indexers (IN)

Power Clamps (PC)

Precision Conveyors

Power Clamps

Dial Indexers

Pin Clamps and Packages

Shaft and Flange Indexers

Pivot Units

Part Handlers

Power Cylinders

Manual Clamps (MC)

Remote Handling (RH)

Hold Down

Gloveport Systems

Squeeze Action

Transfer Systems

Plunger, Hook and Latch

Telemanipulators

Pneumatic Toggle and Swing

Waste Drum Systems

Insightful - Full line of products improves production flexibility and meets any manufacturing requirement
Comprehensive - Through perspective gained on plant floors around the world, we deliver unique,
creative solutions nobody else can
Global - Production, customer and technical support worldwide, wherever you need us

Focused

Insightful

Comprehensive

Global

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Clamping Technology

Netherlands
UK

Auburn Hills, MIUSA


Red Wing, MN USA

France

Mt. Juliet, TN USA

Wheeling, ILUSA

Germany
China

Spain

Thailand

Brazil

Global Locations
NORTH AMERICA

ASIA

DESTACO Headquarters
Auburn Hills, Michigan
Toll Free: 1.888.DESTACO
Marketing: [email protected]
Customer Service: [email protected]

Thailand
Tel: +66-2-326-0812
Customer Service: [email protected]

Mt. Juliet, Tennessee


Tel: 1.888.DESTACO
Customer Service: [email protected]
Wheeling, Illinois
Tel: 1.800.645.5207
Customer Service: [email protected]
Red Wing, Minnesota (Central Research Laboratories)
Tel: 651.385.2142
Customer Service: [email protected]

SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Tel: 0800-124070
Customer Service: [email protected]

Volume 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic

Vol 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic | July 2016

India

Clamping Technology

China
Tel: +86-21-6081-2888
Customer Service: [email protected]
India
Tel: +91-80-41123421-426
Customer Service: [email protected]

EUROPE
Germany
Tel: +49-6171-705-0
Customer Service: [email protected]
France
Tel: +33-4-7354-5001
Customer Service: [email protected]
UK
Tel: +44-1902-797980
Customer Service: [email protected]
Spain
Tel: +34-936361680
Customer Service: [email protected]
Netherlands
Tel: +31-297285332
Customer Service: [email protected]

Copyright, 2016 DESTACO. All rights for layout, photos and text rest with the publisher
DESTACO. All photomechanical or other reproductions only with our express permission.
All sales are based on our terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment.

MC_CTV1-C_0716_US

End Effectors

Grippers

Indexers

Manual Clamps

Power Clamps

Remote Handling

PRODUCT CATALOG

destaco.com

You might also like